WO2011156849A1 - Test module with microfluidic device having loc and dialysis device for separating pathogens from other constituents in a biological sample - Google Patents

Test module with microfluidic device having loc and dialysis device for separating pathogens from other constituents in a biological sample Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011156849A1
WO2011156849A1 PCT/AU2011/000672 AU2011000672W WO2011156849A1 WO 2011156849 A1 WO2011156849 A1 WO 2011156849A1 AU 2011000672 W AU2011000672 W AU 2011000672W WO 2011156849 A1 WO2011156849 A1 WO 2011156849A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
channel
nucleic acid
sample
hybridization
loc
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/AU2011/000672
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Mehdi Azimi
Kia Silverbrook
Original Assignee
Geneasys Pty Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Geneasys Pty Ltd filed Critical Geneasys Pty Ltd
Publication of WO2011156849A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011156849A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5027Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5027Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
    • B01L3/502707Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by the manufacture of the container or its components
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5027Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
    • B01L3/502738Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip characterised by integrated valves
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K99/0001Microvalves
    • F16K99/0003Constructional types of microvalves; Details of the cutting-off member
    • F16K99/003Valves for single use only
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16KVALVES; TAPS; COCKS; ACTUATING-FLOATS; DEVICES FOR VENTING OR AERATING
    • F16K99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F16K99/0001Microvalves
    • F16K99/0034Operating means specially adapted for microvalves
    • F16K99/0036Operating means specially adapted for microvalves operated by temperature variations
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2200/00Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
    • B01L2200/10Integrating sample preparation and analysis in single entity, e.g. lab-on-a-chip concept
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/02Identification, exchange or storage of information
    • B01L2300/023Sending and receiving of information, e.g. using bluetooth
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/02Identification, exchange or storage of information
    • B01L2300/024Storing results with means integrated into the container
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/06Auxiliary integrated devices, integrated components
    • B01L2300/0627Sensor or part of a sensor is integrated
    • B01L2300/0636Integrated biosensor, microarrays
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/06Auxiliary integrated devices, integrated components
    • B01L2300/0627Sensor or part of a sensor is integrated
    • B01L2300/0654Lenses; Optical fibres
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/08Geometry, shape and general structure
    • B01L2300/0861Configuration of multiple channels and/or chambers in a single devices
    • B01L2300/0883Serpentine channels
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/10Means to control humidity and/or other gases
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2300/00Additional constructional details
    • B01L2300/18Means for temperature control
    • B01L2300/1805Conductive heating, heat from thermostatted solids is conducted to receptacles, e.g. heating plates, blocks
    • B01L2300/1827Conductive heating, heat from thermostatted solids is conducted to receptacles, e.g. heating plates, blocks using resistive heater
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/04Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means
    • B01L2400/0403Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces
    • B01L2400/0406Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces capillary forces
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/06Valves, specific forms thereof
    • B01L2400/0633Valves, specific forms thereof with moving parts
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/06Valves, specific forms thereof
    • B01L2400/0677Valves, specific forms thereof phase change valves; Meltable, freezing, dissolvable plugs; Destructible barriers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L2400/00Moving or stopping fluids
    • B01L2400/06Valves, specific forms thereof
    • B01L2400/0688Valves, specific forms thereof surface tension valves, capillary stop, capillary break
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L7/00Heating or cooling apparatus; Heat insulating devices
    • B01L7/52Heating or cooling apparatus; Heat insulating devices with provision for submitting samples to a predetermined sequence of different temperatures, e.g. for treating nucleic acid samples
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A90/00Technologies having an indirect contribution to adaptation to climate change
    • Y02A90/10Information and communication technologies [ICT] supporting adaptation to climate change, e.g. for weather forecasting or climate simulation
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T137/00Fluid handling
    • Y10T137/0318Processes
    • Y10T137/0324With control of flow by a condition or characteristic of a fluid
    • Y10T137/0329Mixing of plural fluids of diverse characteristics or conditions
    • Y10T137/0352Controlled by pressure
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T137/00Fluid handling
    • Y10T137/0318Processes
    • Y10T137/0391Affecting flow by the addition of material or energy
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T137/00Fluid handling
    • Y10T137/0971Speed responsive valve control
    • Y10T137/1044With other condition responsive valve control
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T137/00Fluid handling
    • Y10T137/206Flow affected by fluid contact, energy field or coanda effect [e.g., pure fluid device or system]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T137/00Fluid handling
    • Y10T137/206Flow affected by fluid contact, energy field or coanda effect [e.g., pure fluid device or system]
    • Y10T137/2076Utilizing diverse fluids
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T137/00Fluid handling
    • Y10T137/206Flow affected by fluid contact, energy field or coanda effect [e.g., pure fluid device or system]
    • Y10T137/218Means to regulate or vary operation of device
    • Y10T137/2202By movable element
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/10Composition for standardization, calibration, simulation, stabilization, preparation or preservation; processes of use in preparation for chemical testing
    • Y10T436/107497Preparation composition [e.g., lysing or precipitation, etc.]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/11Automated chemical analysis
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/14Heterocyclic carbon compound [i.e., O, S, N, Se, Te, as only ring hetero atom]
    • Y10T436/142222Hetero-O [e.g., ascorbic acid, etc.]
    • Y10T436/143333Saccharide [e.g., DNA, etc.]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/14Heterocyclic carbon compound [i.e., O, S, N, Se, Te, as only ring hetero atom]
    • Y10T436/145555Hetero-N
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/17Nitrogen containing
    • Y10T436/173845Amine and quaternary ammonium
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/20Oxygen containing
    • Y10T436/203332Hydroxyl containing
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/25Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing including sample preparation
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T436/00Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
    • Y10T436/25Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing including sample preparation
    • Y10T436/25375Liberation or purification of sample or separation of material from a sample [e.g., filtering, centrifuging, etc.]

Definitions

  • MST microfluidic and biochemical processing and analysis for molecular diagnostics.
  • molecular diagnostic tests have the potential to reduce the occurrence of ineffective health care services, enhance patient outcomes, improve disease management and individualize patient care.
  • Many of the techniques in molecular diagnostics are based on the detection and identification of specific nucleic acids, both deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and ribonucleic acid (RNA), extracted and amplified from a biological specimen (such as blood or saliva).
  • DNA deoxyribonucleic acid
  • RNA ribonucleic acid
  • the complementary nature of the nucleic acid bases allows short sequences of synthesized DNA (oligonucleotides) to bond (hybridize) to specific nucleic acid sequences for use in nucleic acid tests. If hybridization occurs, then the complementary sequence is present in the sample. This makes it possible, for example, to predict the disease a person will contract in the future, determine the identity and virulence of an infectious pathogen, or determine the response a person will have to a drug.
  • a nucleic acid based test has four distinct steps:
  • sample types are used for genetic analysis, such as blood, urine, sputum and tissue samples.
  • the diagnostic test determines the type of sample required as not all samples are representative of the disease process. These samples have a variety of constituents, but usually only one of these is of interest. For example, in blood, high concentrations of erythrocytes can inhibit the detection of a pathogenic organism. Therefore a purification and/or concentration step at the beginning of the nucleic acid test is often required.
  • Blood is one of the more commonly sought sample types. It has three major constituents: leukocytes (white blood cells), erythrocytes (red blood cells) and thrombocytes (platelets).
  • the thrombocytes facilitate clotting and remain active in vitro.
  • the specimen is mixed with an agent such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) prior to purification and concentration.
  • EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • Erythrocytes are usually removed from the sample in order to concentrate the target cells. In humans, erythrocytes account for approximately 99% of the cellular material but do not carry DNA as they have no nucleus.
  • erythrocytes contain components such as haemoglobin that can interfere with the downstream nucleic acid amplification process (described below). Removal of erythrocytes can be achieved by differentially lysing the erythrocytes in a lysis solution, leaving remaining cellular material intact which can then be separated from the sample using centrifugation. This provides a concentration of the target cells from which the nucleic acids are extracted.
  • the exact protocol used to extract nucleic acids depends on the sample and the diagnostic assay to be performed. For example, the protocol for extracting viral RNA will vary
  • extracting nucleic acids from target cells usually involves a cell lysis step followed by nucleic acid purification.
  • the cell lysis step disrupts the cell and nuclear membranes, releasing the genetic material. This is often accomplished using a lysis detergent, such as sodium dodecyl sulfate, which also denatures the large amount of proteins present in the cells.
  • the nucleic acids are then purified with an alcohol precipitation step, usually ice-cold ethanol or isopropanol, or via a solid phase purification step, typically on a silica matrix in a column, resin or on paramagnetic beads in the presence of high concentrations of a chaotropic salt, prior to washing and then elution in a low ionic strength buffer.
  • An optional step prior to nucleic acid precipitation is the addition of a protease which digests the proteins in order to further purify the sample.
  • Other lysis methods include mechanical lysis via ultrasonic vibration and thermal lysis where the sample is heated to 94°C to disrupt cell membranes.
  • the target DNA or RNA may be present in the extracted material in very small amounts, particularly if the target is of pathogenic origin. Nucleic acid amplification provides the ability to selectively amplify (that is, replicate) specific targets present in low concentrations to detectable levels.
  • PC polymerase chain reaction
  • PCR is a powerful technique that amplifies a target DNA sequence against a background of complex DNA. If RNA is to be amplified (by PCR), it must be first transcribed into cDNA (complementary DNA) using an enzyme called reverse transcriptase. Afterwards, the resulting cDNA is amplified by PCR.
  • PCR is an exponential process that proceeds as long as the conditions for sustaining the reaction are acceptable.
  • the components of the reaction are:
  • pair of primers short single strands of DNA with around 10-30 nucleotides complementary to the regions flanking the target sequence
  • DNA polymerase - a thermostable enzyme that synthesizes DNA
  • deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates (dNTPs) - provide the nucleotides that are incorporated into the newly synthesized DNA strand
  • PCR typically involves placing these reactants in a small tube (-10-50 microlitres) containing the extracted nucleic acids.
  • the tube is placed in a thermal cycler; an instrument that subjects the reaction to a series of different temperatures for varying amounts of time.
  • the standard protocol for each thermal cycle involves a denaturation phase, an annealing phase, and an extension phase.
  • the extension phase is sometimes referred to as the primer extension phase.
  • two-step thermal protocols can be employed, in which the annealing and extension phases are combined.
  • the denaturation phase typically involves raising the temperature of the reaction to 90 - 95°C to denature the DNA strands; in the annealing phase, the temperature is lowered to ⁇ 50-60°C for the primers to anneal; and then in the extension phase the temperature is raised to the optimal DNA polymerase activity temperature of 60-72°C for primer extension. This process is repeated cyclically around 20-40 times, the end result being the creation of millions of copies of the target sequence between the primers.
  • Multiplex PCR uses multiple primer sets within a single PCR mixture to produce amplicons of varying sizes that are specific to different DNA sequences. By targeting multiple genes at once, additional information may be gained from a single test-run that otherwise would require several experiments. Optimization of multiplex PCR is more difficult though and requires selecting primers with similar annealing temperatures, and amplicons with similar lengths and base composition to ensure the amplification efficiency of each amplicon is equivalent.
  • Linker-primed PCR also known as ligation adaptor PCR
  • ligation adaptor PCR is a method used to enable nucleic acid amplification of essentially all DNA sequences in a complex DNA mixture without the need for target-specific primers.
  • the method firstly involves digesting the target DNA population with a suitable restriction endonuclease (enzyme). Double-stranded oligonucleotide linkers (also called adaptors) with a suitable overhanging end are then ligated to the ends of target DNA fragments using a ligase enzyme. Nucleic acid amplification is subsequently performed using oligonucleotide primers which are specific for the linker sequences. In this way, all fragments of the DNA source which are flanked by linker oligonucleotides can be amplified.
  • Direct PCR describes a system whereby PCR is performed directly on a sample without any, or with minimal, nucleic acid extraction. It has long been accepted that PCR reactions are inhibited by the presence of many components of unpurified biological samples, such as the haem component in blood. Traditionally, PCR has required extensive purification of the target nucleic acid prior to preparation of the reaction mixture. With appropriate changes to the chemistry and sample concentration, however, it is possible to perform PCR with minimal DNA purification, or direct PCR. Adjustments to the PCR chemistry for direct PCR include increased buffer strength, the use of polymerases which have high activity and processivity, and additives which chelate with potential polymerase inhibitors.
  • Tandem PCR utilises two distinct rounds of nucleic acid amplification to increase the probability that the correct amplicon is amplified.
  • One form of tandem PCR is nested PCR in which two pairs of PCR primers are used to amplify a single locus in separate rounds of nucleic acid amplification. The first pair of primers hybridize to the nucleic acid sequence at regions external to the target nucleic acid sequence. The second pair of primers (nested primers) used in the second round of amplification bind within the first PCR product and produce a second PCR product containing the target nucleic acid, that will be shorter than the first one.
  • Real-time PCR or quantitative PCR, is used to measure the quantity of a PCR product in real time.
  • a fluorophore-containing probe or fluorescent dyes along with a set of standards in the reaction, it is possible to quantitate the starting amount of nucleic acid in the sample. This is particularly useful in molecular diagnostics where treatment options may differ depending on the pathogen load in the sample.
  • Reverse-transcriptase PCR is used to amplify DNA from RNA.
  • Reverse transcriptase is an enzyme that reverse transcribes RNA into complementary DNA (cDNA), which is then amplified by PCR.
  • cDNA complementary DNA
  • RT-PCR is widely used in expression profiling, to determine the expression of a gene or to identify the sequence of an RNA transcript, including transcription start and termination sites. It is also used to amplify RNA viruses such as human
  • Isothermal amplification is another form of nucleic acid amplification which does not rely on the thermal denaturation of the target DNA during the amplification reaction and hence does not require sophisticated machinery. Isothermal nucleic acid amplification methods can therefore be carried out in primitive sites or operated easily outside of a laboratory environment. A number of isothermal nucleic acid amplification methods have been described, including Strand Displacement Amplification, Transcription Mediated Amplification, Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification, Recombinase Polymerase Amplification, Rolling Circle Amplification, Ramification Amplification, Helicase-Dependent Isothermal DNA Amplification and Loop-Mediated Isothermal Amplification.
  • Isothermal nucleic acid amplification methods do not rely on the continuing heat denaturation of the template DNA to produce single stranded molecules to serve as templates for further amplification, but instead rely on alternative methods such as enzymatic nicking of DNA molecules by specific restriction endonucleases, or the use of an enzyme to separate the DNA strands, at a constant temperature.
  • Strand Displacement Amplification relies on the ability of certain restriction enzymes to nick the unmodified strand of hemi-modified DNA and the ability of a 5 '-3' exonuclease-deficient polymerase to extend and displace the downstream strand. Exponential nucleic acid amplification is then achieved by coupling sense and antisense reactions in which strand displacement from the sense reaction serves as a template for the antisense reaction.
  • nickase enzymes which do not cut DNA in the traditional manner but produce a nick on one of the DNA strands, such as N. Alwl, N. BsfNBl and Mlyl, are useful in this reaction.
  • SDA has been improved by the use of a combination of a heat-stable restriction enzyme (Aval) and heat-stable Exo- polymerase (Bst polymerase). This combination has been shown to increase amplification efficiency of the reaction from 10 8 fold amplification to 10 10 fold amplification so that it is possible using this technique to amplify unique single copy molecules.
  • Aval heat-stable restriction enzyme
  • Bst polymerase heat-stable Exo- polymerase
  • TMA Transcription Mediated Amplification
  • NASBA Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification
  • RNA polymerase uses two primers and two or three enzymes, RNA polymerase, reverse transcriptase and optionally RNase H (if the reverse transcriptase does not have RNase activity).
  • One primer contains a promoter sequence for RNA polymerase.
  • this primer hybridizes to the target ribosomal RNA (rRNA) at a defined site.
  • rRNA target ribosomal RNA
  • Reverse transcriptase creates a DNA copy of the target rRNA by extension from the 3' end of the promoter primer.
  • RNA in the resulting RNA:DNA duplex is degraded by the RNase activity of the reverse transcriptase if present or the additional RNase H.
  • a second primer binds to the DNA copy.
  • a new strand of DNA is synthesized from the end of this primer by reverse transcriptase, creating a double-stranded DNA molecule.
  • RNA polymerase recognizes the promoter sequence in the DNA template and initiates transcription. Each of the newly synthesized RNA amplicons re-enters the process and serves as a template for a new round of replication.
  • RPA Recombinase Polymerase Amplification
  • Recombinase disassembly leaves the 3' end of the oligonucleotide accessible to a strand displacing DNA polymerase, such as the large fragment of Bacillus subtilis Pol I (Bsu), and primer extension ensues. Exponential nucleic acid amplification is accomplished by the cyclic repetition of this process.
  • HSA Helicase-dependent amplification
  • a DNA helicase enzyme to generate single-stranded templates for primer hybridization and subsequent primer extension by a DNA polymerase.
  • the helicase enzyme traverses along the target DNA, disrupting the hydrogen bonds linking the two strands which are then bound by single-stranded binding proteins. Exposure of the single-stranded target region by the helicase allows primers to anneal.
  • the DNA polymerase then extends the 3 ' ends of each primer using free deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates (dNTPs) to produce two DNA replicates.
  • dNTPs free deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates
  • RCA Rolling Circle Amplification
  • a DNA polymerase extends a primer continuously around a circular DNA template, generating a long DNA product that consists of many repeated copies of the circle.
  • the polymerase generates many thousands of copies of the circular template, with the chain of copies tethered to the original target DNA.
  • Ramification amplification is a variation of RCA and utilizes a closed circular probe (C-probe) or padlock probe and a DNA polymerase with a high processivity to exponentially amplify the C-probe under isothermal conditions.
  • Loop-mediated isothermal amplification offers high selectivity and employs a
  • An inner primer containing sequences of the sense and antisense strands of the target DNA initiates LAMP.
  • the following strand displacement DNA synthesis primed by an outer primer releases a single-stranded DNA.
  • one inner primer hybridizes to the loop on the product and initiates displacement DNA synthesis, yielding the original stem-loop DNA and a new stem-loop DNA with a stem twice as long.
  • the cycling reaction continues with accumulation of 10 9 copies of target in less than an hour.
  • the final products are stem-loop DNAs with several inverted repeats of the target and cauliflower-like structures with multiple loops formed by annealing between alternately inverted repeats of the target in the same strand.
  • the amplified product After completion of the nucleic acid amplification, the amplified product must be analysed to determine whether the anticipated amplicon (the amplified quantity of target nucleic acids) was generated.
  • the methods of analyzing the product range from simply determining the size of the amplicon through gel electrophoresis, to identifying the nucleotide composition of the amplicon using DNA hybridization.
  • Gel electrophoresis is one of the simplest ways to check whether the nucleic acid amplification process generated the anticipated amplicon.
  • Gel electrophoresis uses an electric field applied to a gel matrix to separate DNA fragments. The negatively charged DNA fragments will move through the matrix at different rates, determined largely by their size. After the electrophoresis is complete, the fragments in the gel can be stained to make them visible. Ethidium bromide is a commonly used stain which fluoresces under UV light.
  • the size of the fragments is determined by comparison with a DNA size marker (a DNA ladder), which contains DNA fragments of known sizes, run on the gel alongside the amplicon. Because the oligonucleotide primers bind to specific sites flanking the target DNA, the size of the amplified product can be anticipated and detected as a band of known size on the gel. To be certain of the identity of the amplicon, or if several amplicons have been generated, DNA probe hybridization to the amplicon is commonly employed.
  • a DNA size marker a DNA ladder
  • DNA hybridization refers to the formation of double-stranded DNA by complementary base pairing.
  • DNA hybridization for positive identification of a specific amplification product requires the use of a DNA probe around 20 nucleotides in length. If the probe has a sequence that is complementary to the amplicon (target) DNA sequence, hybridization will occur under favourable conditions of temperature, pH and ionic concentration. If hybridization occurs, then the gene or DNA sequence of interest was present in the original sample.
  • Optical detection is the most common method to detect hybridization. Either the amplicons or the probes are labelled to emit light through fluorescence or
  • electrochemiluminescence processes differ in the means of producing excited states of the light-producing moieties, but both enable covalent labelling of nucleotide strands.
  • ECL electrochemiluminescence
  • luminophore molecules or complexes upon stimulation with an electric current.
  • fluorescence it is illumination with excitation light which leads to emission.
  • Fluorescence is detected using an illumination source which provides excitation light at a wavelength absorbed by the fluorescent molecule, and a detection unit.
  • the detection unit comprises a photosensor (such as a photomultiplier tube or charge-coupled device (CCD) array) to detect the emitted signal, and a mechanism (such as a wavelength-selective filter) to prevent the excitation light from being included in the photosensor output.
  • the fluorescent molecules emit Stokes-shifted light in response to the excitation light, and this emitted light is collected by the detection unit. Stokes shift is the frequency difference or wavelength difference between emitted light and absorbed excitation light.
  • ECL emission is detected using a photosensor which is sensitive to the emission wavelength of the ECL species being employed.
  • a photosensor which is sensitive to the emission wavelength of the ECL species being employed.
  • transition metal-ligand complexes emit light at visible wavelengths, so conventional photodiodes and CCDs are employed as photosensors.
  • An advantage of ECL is that, if ambient light is excluded, the ECL emission can be the only light present in the detection system, which improves sensitivity.
  • Microarrays allow for hundreds of thousands of DNA hybridization experiments to be performed simultaneously. Microarrays are powerful tools for molecular diagnostics with the potential to screen for thousands of genetic diseases or detect the presence of numerous infectious pathogens in a single test.
  • a microarray consists of many different DNA probes immobilized as spots on a substrate.
  • the target DNA (amplicon) is first labelled with a fluorescent or luminescent molecule (either during or after nucleic acid amplification) and then applied to the array of probes.
  • the microarray is incubated in a temperature controlled, humid environment for a number of hours or days while hybridization between the probe and amplicon takes place. Following incubation, the microarray must be washed in a series of buffers to remove unbound strands. Once washed, the microarray surface is dried using a stream of air (often nitrogen).
  • the stringency of the hybridization and washes is critical. Insufficient stringency can result in a high degree of nonspecific binding. Excessive stringency can lead to a failure of appropriate binding, which results in diminished sensitivity.
  • Hybridization is recognized by detecting light emission from the labelled amplicons which have formed a hybrid with complementary probes.
  • Fluorescence from microarrays is detected using a microarray scanner which is generally a computer controlled inverted scanning fluorescence confocal microscope which typically uses a laser for excitation of the fluorescent dye and a photosensor (such as a photomultiplier tube or CCD) to detect the emitted signal.
  • the fluorescent molecules emit Stokes-shifted light (described above) which is collected by the detection unit.
  • the emitted fluorescence must be collected, separated from the unabsorbed excitation wavelength, and transported to the detector.
  • a confocal arrangement is commonly used to eliminate out-of- focus information by means of a confocal pinhole situated at an image plane. This allows only the in- focus portion of the light to be detected. Light from above and below the plane of focus of the object is prevented from entering the detector, thereby increasing the signal to noise ratio.
  • the detected fluorescent photons are converted into electrical energy by the detector which is subsequently converted to a digital signal. This digital signal translates to a number representing the intensity of fluorescence from a given pixel. Each feature of the array is made up of one or more such pixels.
  • the final result of a scan is an image of the array surface. The exact sequence and position of every probe on the microarray is known, and so the hybridized target sequences can be identified and analysed simultaneously.
  • a point-of-care technology serving the physician's office, the hospital bedside or even consumer-based, at home, would offer many advantages including:
  • LOC Lab-on-a-chip
  • GBS005.1 This aspect of the invention provides a micro fluidic device for diagnostic analysis of a sample fluid, the microfluidic device comprising:
  • LOC lab-on-a-chip
  • MST microsystems technology
  • a cap interconnecting the plurality of LOC devices, the cap having a cap channel for establishing fluid communication between the MST layers on at least two of the LOC devices.
  • the MST layer in each of the LOC devices defines at least one microchannel for processing the sample fluid and the cap is configured to establish a fluid connection between one of the microchannels on one of the LOC devices, and one of the microchannels on at least one other of the LOC devices.
  • the cap is configured to draw fluid flow between the LOC devices by capillary action.
  • the cap has a reservoir in fluid communication with the cap channel, the reservoir being configured to retain a reagent by surface tension in a meniscus of the reagent.
  • the plurality of LOC devices is a first LOC device and a second LOC device, the first LOC device having a dialysis section for receiving the sample and separating constituents larger than a threshold size from constituents smaller than the threshold.
  • the dialysis section has apertures corresponding to the threshold size and the constituents larger than the threshold include leukocytes and the constituents smaller than the threshold include pathogens.
  • the second LOC device has a hybridization section with probe nucleic acid sequences for hybridization of target nucleic acid sequences from the sample to form probe-target hybrids, the hybridization section being configured for detecting the probe- target hybrids.
  • the cap has a laminar structure with the cap channel formed in one layer and the reservoir formed in an adjacent layer.
  • the laminar structure includes an interface layer for establishing fluid communication between the cap channel and the LOC devices.
  • the MST layer on the second LOC has an active valve for arresting flow of the sample from the MST channel to the cap channel until activation of the active valve allows the sample flow to resume.
  • the sample is blood and the reagent in the reservoir is an anticoagulant and the cap is configured such that the anticoagulant is mixed with the blood prior to entering the dialysis section.
  • the microfluidic device also has a lysis section in fluid communication with a lysis reagent reservoir containing a lysis reagent, the lysis section being configured to lyse cells and release genetic material within.
  • the microfluidic device also has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying nucleic acid sequences in the fluid.
  • the nucleic acid amplification section is a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) section and the cap has a PCR reagent reservoir containing dNTPs and primers for mixing with the sample prior to amplifying the nucleic acid sequences.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the cap has a polymerase reservoir containing a polymerase for mixing with the fluid prior to amplifying the nucleic acid sequences.
  • the microfluidic device also has CMOS circuitry positioned between the supporting substrate and the MST layer for operative control of the PCR section.
  • the microfluidic device also has a hybridization section with hybridization chambers containing probe nucleic acid sequences for annealing to target nucleic acid sequences in the fluid.
  • the probe nucleic acid sequences are contained in
  • ERET electrochemiluminescence resonance energy transfer
  • each of the hybridization chambers has a photodiode for detecting luminescence from the ERET probes in response to annealing with target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the microfluidic device also has a plurality of heaters for controlling the temperature of the sample.
  • Multiple surface-micromachined chips are integrated fluidically to provide more extensive and improved functionality.
  • the microfluidic multichip assemblies provide for higher modularity. Surface-micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly. Functionally optimal, less expensive fabrication process is utilized to fabricate each surface-micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic multichip assembly, eg, a bioMST-only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass wafer.
  • GBS006.1 This aspect of the invention provides a test module comprising:
  • a receptacle for receiving a sample fluid
  • microfluidic device in fluid communication with the inlet, the microfluidic device having a plurality of lab-on-a-chip (LOC) devices and a cap in engagement with each of the plurality of LOC devices;
  • the cap is configured to establish fluid communication between at least two of the LOC devices.
  • each of the LOC devices have a supporting substrate and a microsystems technologies (MST) layer on the supporting substrate and a cap overlying the MST layer, the MST layer incorporating MST channels and a plurality of fluidic connections for fluid communication with the cap, and the cap having cap channels for fluid communication with the fluidic connections of each LOC device.
  • MST microsystems technologies
  • the sample fluid is a biological sample and the MST channels each have a cross-sectional area between 1 square micron and 400 square microns for biochemical processing of constituents within the biological sample and the cap channels each have a cross-sectional area greater than 400 square microns for receiving the biological sample and transporting cells within the biological sample to predetermined sites in the MST channels.
  • the outer casing has a lancet for finger pricking a patient to obtain a blood sample for insertion in the sample inlet.
  • the lancet is movable between a retracted and extended position
  • the outer casing has a biasing mechanism to bias the lancet into the extended position and a user actuated catch for retaining the lancet in the retracted position until user actuation.
  • the cap is configured to draw fluid flow through the cap channels by capillary action.
  • the cap has a reservoir in fluid communication with the cap channel, the reservoir being configured to retain a reagent by surface tension in a meniscus of the reagent.
  • the plurality of LOC devices is a first LOC device and a second LOC device, the first LOC device having a dialysis section for receiving the sample and separating constituents larger than a threshold size from constituents smaller than the threshold.
  • the dialysis section has apertures corresponding to the threshold size and the constituents larger than the threshold include leukocytes and the constituents smaller than the threshold include pathogens.
  • the second LOC device has a hybridization section with probe nucleic acid sequences for hybridization of target nucleic acid sequences from the sample to form probe-target hybrids, the hybridization section being configured for detecting the probe- target hybrids.
  • the cap has a laminar structure with the cap channel formed in one layer and the reservoir formed in an adjacent layer.
  • the laminar structure includes an interface layer for establishing fluid communication between the cap channel and the LOC devices.
  • the MST layer on the second LOC has an active valve for arresting flow of the sample from the MST channel to the cap channel until activation of the active valve allows the sample flow to resume.
  • the sample is blood and the reagent in the reservoir is an anticoagulant and the cap is configured such that the anticoagulant is mixed with the blood prior to entering the dialysis section.
  • the microfluidic device also has a lysis section in fluid communication with a lysis reagent reservoir containing a lysis reagent, the lysis section being configured to lyse cells and release genetic material within.
  • the microfluidic device also has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying nucleic acid sequences in the fluid.
  • the nucleic acid amplification section is a polymerase chain reaction (PC ) section and the cap has a PCR reagent reservoir containing dNTPs and primers for mixing with the sample prior to amplifying the nucleic acid sequences.
  • PC polymerase chain reaction
  • the cap has a polymerase reservoir containing a polymerase for mixing with the fluid prior to amplifying the nucleic acid sequences.
  • the microfluidic device also has CMOS circuitry positioned between the supporting substrate and the MST layer for operative control of the PCR section.
  • the microfluidic device also has a hybridization section with hybridization chambers containing probe nucleic acid sequences for annealing to target nucleic acid sequences in the fluid.
  • Multiple surface-micromachined chips are integrated fluidically to provide more extensive and improved functionality.
  • the microfluidic multichip assemblies provide for higher modularity. Surface-micromachined chips in the assembly are each much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly.
  • a bioMST-only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass substrate.
  • GDI015.1 This aspect of the invention provides a microfluidic device for processing a sample fluid containing target molecules, the microfluidic device comprising:
  • a dialysis device for receiving the sample and concentrating the target molecules in a portion of the sample
  • LOC lab-on-a-chip
  • a cap overlaying the LOC and the dialysis device for establishing fluid communication between the LOC and the dialysis device.
  • the fluid sample is a sample of biological material including cells of different sizes
  • the dialysis device has at least two channels with a plurality of apertures fluidically connecting the channels, the plurality of apertures being sized to correspond to a predetermined threshold size of the cells in the fluid sample.
  • the at least two channels and the plurality of apertures are configured such that the sample flows though the channels and the apertures under capillary action.
  • the at least two channels includes a target channel and a waste channel, the target channel being connected to the cap for capillary driven flow to the LOC.
  • the target molecules are target nucleic acid sequences within cells in the sample fluid, and the LOC has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying the target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the target nucleic acid sequences are within the cells smaller than the predetermined threshold.
  • the LOC has a hybridization section with an array of probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences to form probe-target hybrids.
  • the probes are configured to form probe-target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, the probe-target hybrids being configured to emit photons of light in response to an excitation electric current.
  • the LOC has CMOS circuitry for operative control of the PCR section, the CMOS circuitry having a photosensor for sensing photons emitted by the probe- target hybrids.
  • the hybridization section has an array of hybridization chambers containing the probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the photosensor is an array of photodiodes positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers respectively.
  • the CMOS circuitry has a digital memory for storing data relating to the processing of the fluid, the data including the probe details and location of each of the probes in the array of hybridization chambers.
  • the CMOS circuitry has at least one temperature sensor for sensing the temperature at the array of hybridization chambers.
  • the microfluidic device also has a heater controlled by the CMOS circuitry using feedback from the temperature sensor for maintaining the probes and the target nucleic acid sequences at a hybridization temperature.
  • the photodiodes are less than 1600 microns from the corresponding hybridization chamber.
  • the probes have an electrochemiluminescent (ECL) luminophore that emits a photon when in an excited state.
  • ECL electrochemiluminescent
  • the hybridization chambers have electrodes for exciting the
  • the ECL probes each have a luminophore and a quencher positioned proximate the luminophore for quenching photons emitted by the luminophore such that hybridization with one of the target nucleic acid sequences moves the quencher away from the luminophore such that the photons are not quenched.
  • the CMOS circuitry has bond-pads for electrical connection to an external device, and is configured to convert output from the photodiodes into a signal indicative of the ECL probes that hybridized with the target nucleic acid sequences, and provide the signal to the bond-pads for transmission to the external device.
  • the cap has at least one channel for fluid communication between the dialysis device and the LOC, and a plurality of reservoirs for holding liquid reagents for addition to the sample.
  • the easily usable, mass-producible, and inexpensive microfluidic multichip assembly accepts a biochemical sample, uses a dialysis chip for separating the cells of different dimensions, and separately processes the nucleic acid content of the cells separated based on their dimensions.
  • the dialysis chip functionality extract additional information from the sample and increases the sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range of the assay system.
  • microfluidic multichip assembly provides for higher modularity.
  • Surface- micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly.
  • a large yet cost-effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
  • This aspect of the invention provides a dialysis device for dialysis of a fluid containing constituents of different sizes, the dialysis device comprising:
  • a first layer of material defining a first channel and a second channel, the first channel configured for receiving the fluid which contains constituents of different sizes;
  • a second layer having a plurality of apertures open to the first channel and at least one fluid connection leading from the apertures to the second channel for establishing fluid communication between the first channel and the second channel;
  • the apertures are sized in accordance with a predetermined size threshold such that the constituents flowing to the second channel are smaller constituents that are smaller than the predetermined size threshold, and the constituents retained in the first channel include larger constituents which are larger than the predetermined size threshold.
  • the second layer is a laminate with a roof layer
  • the at least one fluid connection is a series of adjacent channels enclosed by the roof layer, the apertures being formed in the roof layer between the first channel and the adjacent channels.
  • the first and second channels, and the series of adjacent channels are configured to fill with the sample by capillary action.
  • the dialysis device also has a bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, wherein each of the adjacent channels are configured to pin a meniscus of the fluid that arrests capillary flow between the first channel and the second channel, and the bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, the bypass channel joining the second channel upstream of the series of adjacent channels and is configured for uninterrupted capillary driven flow from the first channel to the second channel, such that flow from the bypass channel reaches the meniscus pinned at each of the adjacent channels after the meniscus has formed to sequentially remove each of the menisci and flow from the first channel to the second channel is via the adjacent channels as well as the bypass channel.
  • the sample is a biological sample containing constituents of different sizes and the adjacent channels and the bypass channel have apertures sized in accordance with a predetermined size threshold such that the constituents flowing to the second channel are smaller constituents that are smaller than the predetermined size threshold, and the constituents retained in the first channel include larger constituents which are larger than the predetermined size threshold.
  • the biological sample is blood and the larger constituents include leukocytes and the smaller constituents include erythrocytes.
  • the adjacent channels are a series of parallel, adjacent channels extending normal to the first channel and the second channel.
  • the dialysis device also has a waste reservoir for receiving constituents not required for downstream processing or analysis.
  • the apertures are holes with diameters less than 8 microns.
  • the smaller constituents include targets such that processing of the smaller constituents includes detection of the targets.
  • the dialysis device also has a lysis section connected to the target channel for lysing the target cells to release target nucleic acid sequences therein.
  • the dialysis device also has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying the target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the dialysis device also has a hybridization section having an array of probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences amplified by the nucleic acid amplification section.
  • the probes are configured to form probe-target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, the probe-target hybrids being electrochemiluminescent in response to an electrical pulse.
  • the dialysis device also has CMOS circuitry for operative control of the nucleic acid amplification section and the hybridization section, the CMOS circuitry also having a photosensor for sensing electrochemiluminescence emission from the probe-target hybrids.
  • the hybridization section has an array of hybridization chambers containing the probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the photosensor is an array of photodiodes positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers respectively.
  • the CMOS circuitry has a digital memory for storing data relating to the processing of the fluid, the data including the probe details and location of each of the probes in the array of hybridization chambers.
  • the CMOS circuitry has bond-pads for electrical connection to an external device and is configured to convert output from the photodiodes into a signal indicative of the probes that hybridized with the target nucleic acid sequences, and provide the signal to the bond-pads for transmission to the external device.
  • the dialysis device also has a plurality of reservoirs for holding liquid reagents for addition to the sample.
  • the easily usable, mass-producible, and inexpensive microfluidic multichip assembly accepts a biochemical sample, uses a dialysis chip for separating the cells of different dimensions, and separately processes the nucleic acid content of the cells separated based on their dimensions.
  • the dialysis chip functionality extract additional information from the sample and increases the sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range of the assay system.
  • microfluidic multichip assembly provides for higher modularity.
  • Surface- micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly.
  • a large yet cost-effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
  • Functionally optimal, less expensive fabrication process is utilized to fabricate each surface- micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic multichip assembly, ie, the bioMST- only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass wafer.
  • GDI017.1 This aspect of the invention provides a dialysis device with capillary- driven, flow-channel structure for dialysis of a fluid containing constituents of different sizes, the dialysis device comprising:
  • a first channel configured to fill with the fluid by capillary action
  • a second channel configured to fill with the fluid by capillary action
  • each of the fluid connections being configured to pin a meniscus of the fluid that arrests capillary flow between the first channel and the second channel;
  • bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, the bypass channel joining the second channel upstream of the plurality of fluid connections and is configured for uninterrupted capillary driven flow from the first channel to the second channel;
  • the fluid is a biological sample containing constituents of different sizes and the plurality of fluid connections and the bypass channel have apertures sized in accordance with a predetermined size threshold such that the constituents flowing to the second channel are smaller constituents that are smaller than the predetermined size threshold, and the constituents retained in the first channel include larger constituents which are larger than the predetermined size threshold.
  • the biological sample is blood and the larger constituents include leukocytes and the smaller constituents include erythrocytes.
  • the dialysis device also has :
  • a second layer defining the plurality of fluid connections and the bypass channel.
  • the second layer is a laminate with a roof layer
  • the plurality of fluid connections is a series of adjacent channels enclosed by the roof layer, the apertures being formed in the roof layer between the first channel and the adjacent channels.
  • the adjacent channels are a series of parallel, adjacent channels extending normal to the first channel and the second channel.
  • the dialysis device also has a waste reservoir for receiving constituents not required for downstream processing or analysis.
  • the apertures are holes with diameters less than 8 microns.
  • the smaller constituents include targets such that processing of the smaller constituents includes detection of the targets.
  • the dialysis device also has a lysis section connected to the target channel for lysing the target cells to release target nucleic acid sequences therein.
  • the dialysis device also has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying the target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the dialysis device also has a hybridization section having an array of probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences amplified by the nucleic acid amplification section.
  • the probes are configured to form probe-target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, the probe-target hybrids being electrochemiluminescent in response to an electrical pulse.
  • the dialysis device also has CMOS circuitry for operative control of the nucleic acid amplification section and the hybridization section, the CMOS circuitry also having a photosensor for sensing electrochemiluminescence emission from the probe-target hybrids.
  • the CMOS circuitry is configured to provide the electrical pulse to the electrodes.
  • the hybridization section has an array of hybridization chambers containing the probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the photosensor is an array of photodiodes positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers respectively.
  • the CMOS circuitry has a digital memory for storing data relating to the processing of the fluid, the data including the probe details and location of each of the probes in the array of hybridization chambers.
  • the CMOS circuitry has bond-pads for electrical connection to an external device and is configured to convert output from the photodiodes into a signal indicative of the probes that hybridized with the target nucleic acid sequences, and provide the signal to the bond-pads for transmission to the external device.
  • the dialysis device also has a plurality of reservoirs for holding liquid reagents for addition to the sample.
  • the easily usable, mass-producible, and inexpensive microfluidic multichip assembly accepts a biochemical sample, uses a dialysis chip for separating the cells of different dimensions, and separately processes the nucleic acid content of the cells separated based on their dimensions.
  • the dialysis chip functionality extract additional information from the sample and increases the sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range of the assay system.
  • the microfluidic multichip assembly provides for higher modularity. Surface- micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly.
  • a large yet cost-effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
  • the special flow-channel structure provides for capillary-driven priming of the dialysis chip without trapped air bubbles.
  • This aspect of the invention provides a dialysis device to separate pathogens from a biological sample, the dialysis device comprising:
  • the second channel is fluidically connected to the first channel via the apertures such that the pathogens flow from the first channel to the second channel and larger constituents in the biological sample remain in the first channel.
  • the dialysis device also has a series of adjacent channels extending between the first channel and the second channel wherein the apertures are at an upstream end of the adjacent channels, each of the adjacent channels being configured to pin a meniscus of the sample that arrests capillary flow between the first channel and the second channel; and, a bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, the bypass channel joining the second channel upstream of the adjacent channels and is configured for uninterrupted capillary driven flow from the first channel to the second channel; wherein during use,
  • the dialysis device also has :
  • cap layer in which the first channel and the second channel are formed; and, an supporting layer in which the adjacent channels are formed, the cap layer overlaying the supporting layer.
  • the supporting layer is a laminate that includes a roof layer, the roof layer defining the apertures.
  • the adjacent channels are parallel and extend normal to the first channel and the second channel.
  • the biological sample is blood and the cap has a reagent reservoir containing anticoagulant for addition to the blood.
  • the reagent reservoir has a surface tension valve with a meniscus anchor for pinning a meniscus to retain the reagent in the reservoir, such that the sample flow removes the meniscus from the meniscus anchor to entrain the anticoagulant into the sample flow.
  • the easily usable, mass-producible, and inexpensive multichip lab accepts a biological sample, uses a dialysis chip for separating the pathogens in the sample, and separately processes the nucleic acid content of the pathogens separated from the sample.
  • the dialysis chip functionality extract additional information from the sample and increases the sensitivity, signal- to-noise ratio, and dynamic range of the assay system.
  • the multichip lab provides for higher modularity. Surface-micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly. Alternatively a large yet cost- effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system. Functionally optimal, less expensive fabrication process is utilized to fabricate each surface- micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic multichip assembly, ie, the bioMST- only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass wafer.
  • GDI023.1 This aspect of the invention provides a dialysis device to separate nucleated cells in a biological sample from smaller constituents, the dialysis device comprising: a first channel for receiving the biological sample;
  • the second channel is fluidically connected to the first channel via the apertures, the apertures being smaller than the nucleated cells such that the smaller constituents flow from the first channel to the second channel and the nucleated cells in the biological sample remain in the first channel.
  • the dialysis device also has a series of adjacent channels extending between the first channel and the second channel wherein the apertures are at an upstream end of the adjacent channels, each of the adjacent channels being configured to pin a meniscus of the sample that arrests capillary flow between the first channel and the second channel; and,
  • bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, the bypass channel joining the second channel upstream of the adjacent channels and is configured for uninterrupted capillary driven flow from the first channel to the second channel;
  • the dialysis device also has :
  • cap layer in which the first channel and the second channel are formed; and, an supporting layer in which the adjacent channels are formed, the cap layer overlaying the supporting layer.
  • the supporting layer is a laminate that includes a roof layer, the roof layer defining the apertures.
  • the adjacent channels are parallel and extend normal to the first channel and the second channel.
  • the biological sample is blood and the cap has a reagent reservoir containing anticoagulant for addition to the blood.
  • the reagent reservoir has a surface tension valve with a meniscus anchor for pinning a meniscus to retain the reagent in the reservoir, such that the sample flow removes the meniscus from the meniscus anchor to entrain the anticoagulant into the sample flow.
  • the nucleated cells are leukocytes.
  • This multichip lab design has the advantage of directly selecting the component of the sample which contains the target.
  • This multichip lab design has the advantage of enriching the effective target concentration in the portion of the sample which is to be further processed by the multichip lab.
  • This multichip lab design has the advantage of removing components of the sample which can inhibit later analytical steps.
  • This multichip lab design has the advantage of removing unwanted components of the processed mixture which may interfere with later detection of the target.
  • This multichip lab design has the advantage of removing components of the mixture which might clog the chambers or connections within the multichip lab and degrade operation.
  • the multichip lab provides for higher modularity.
  • Surface-micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly.
  • a large yet cost- effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
  • test module for analyzing a sample fluid containing target molecules, the test module comprising:
  • a microfluidic device having:
  • a dialysis device in fluid communication with the receptacle and configured to separate the target molecules from other constituents of the sample
  • LOC lab-on-a-chip
  • the fluid sample is a sample of biological material including cells of different sizes
  • the dialysis device has at least two channels with a plurality of apertures fluidically connecting the channels, the plurality of apertures being sized to correspond to a predetermined threshold size of the cells in the fluid sample.
  • the at least two channels and the plurality of apertures are configured such that the sample flows though the channels and the apertures under capillary action.
  • the at least two channels includes a target channel and a waste channel, the target channel being connected to the cap for capillary driven flow to the LOC device.
  • the target molecules are target nucleic acid sequences within cells in the sample fluid, and the LOC device has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying the target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the target nucleic acid sequences are within the cells smaller than the predetermined threshold.
  • the LOC device has a hybridization section with an array of probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences to form probe-target hybrids.
  • the probes are configured to form probe-target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, the probe-target hybrids being configured to emit photons of light in response to an excitation electric current.
  • the LOC device has CMOS circuitry for operative control of the PCR section, the CMOS circuitry having a photosensor for sensing photons emitted by the probe-target hybrids.
  • the hybridization section has an array of hybridization chambers containing the probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the photosensor is an array of photodiodes positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers respectively.
  • the CMOS circuitry has a digital memory for storing data relating to the processing of the fluid, the data including the probe details and location of each of the probes in the array of hybridization chambers.
  • the CMOS circuitry has at least one temperature sensor for sensing the temperature at the array of hybridization chambers.
  • the LOC device has a heater controlled by the CMOS circuitry using feedback from the temperature sensor for maintaining the probes and the target nucleic acid sequences at a hybridization temperature.
  • GDI028.15 Preferably, the photodiodes are less than 1600 microns from the corresponding hybridization chamber.
  • the probes have an electrochemiluminescent (ECL) luminophore that emits a photon when in an excited state.
  • ECL electrochemiluminescent
  • the hybridization chambers have electrodes for exciting the ECL luminophores with electrical current.
  • the ECL probes each have a luminophore and a quencher positioned proximate the luminophore for quenching photons emitted by the luminophore such that hybridization with one of the target nucleic acid sequences moves the quencher away from the luminophore such that the photons are not quenched.
  • the CMOS circuitry has bond-pads for electrical connection to an external device, and is configured to convert output from the photodiodes into a signal indicative of the ECL probes that hybridized with the target nucleic acid sequences, and provide the signal to the bond-pads for transmission to the external device.
  • the cap has at least one channel for fluid communication between the dialysis device and the LOC device, and a plurality of reservoirs for holding liquid reagents for addition to the sample.
  • the easily usable, mass-producible, inexpensive, and portable diagnostic test module accepts a biochemical sample, uses a dialysis chip for separating the cells of different dimensions, and separately processes the nucleic acid content of the cells separated based on their dimensions.
  • the dialysis chip functionality extract additional information from the sample and increases the sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range of the assay system.
  • the microfluidic multichip assembly provides for higher modularity. Surface- micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly.
  • a large yet cost-effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
  • test module for concentrating pathogens in a biological sample, the test module comprising:
  • a dialysis device in fluid communication with the receptacle and configured to separate the pathogens from other constituents in the sample
  • a lab-on-a-chip (LOC) device being in fluid communication with the dialysis device and configured to analyze the pathogens.
  • LOC lab-on-a-chip
  • the dialysis device has a first channel for receiving the biological sample, a second channel, and a plurality of apertures, the second channel being fluidically connected to the first channel via the apertures such that the pathogens flow from the first channel to the second channel and larger constituents in the biological sample remain in the first channel.
  • the dialysis device also has a series of adjacent channels extending between the first channel and the second channel wherein the apertures are at an upstream end of the adjacent channels, each of the adjacent channels being configured to pin a meniscus of the sample that arrests capillary flow between the first channel and the second channel and, a bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, the bypass channel joining the second channel upstream of the adjacent channels and is configured for uninterrupted capillary driven flow from the first channel to the second channel, wherein during use, flow from the bypass channel reaches the meniscus pinned at each of the adjacent channels after the meniscus has formed such that the flow sequentially removes each of the menisci and sample flow from the first channel to the second channel is via the adjacent channels as well as the bypass channel.
  • the second channel supplies a target channel and the first channel supplies a waste channel, the target channel being configured for capillary driven flow to the LOC device.
  • the pathogens contain target nucleic acid sequences
  • the LOC device has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying the target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the LOC device has a lysis section for lysing the pathogens to release the target nucleic acid sequences therein.
  • the LOC device has a hybridization section with an array of probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences to form probe-target hybrids.
  • GDI030.8 Preferably, the probes are configured to form probe-target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, the probe-target hybrids being configured to emit photons of light in response to an excitation electric current.
  • the LOC device has CMOS circuitry for operative control of the PCR section, the CMOS circuitry having a photosensor for sensing photons emitted by the probe-target hybrids.
  • the hybridization section has an array of hybridization chambers containing the probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the photosensor is an array of photodiodes positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers respectively.
  • the CMOS circuitry has a digital memory for storing data relating to the processing of the fluid, the data including the probe details and location of each of the probes in the array of hybridization chambers.
  • the CMOS circuitry has at least one temperature sensor for sensing the temperature at the array of hybridization chambers.
  • the LOC device has a heater controlled by the CMOS circuitry using feedback from the temperature sensor for maintaining the probes and the target nucleic acid sequences at a hybridization temperature.
  • the photodiodes are less than 1600 microns from the corresponding hybridization chamber.
  • the probes have an electrochemiluminescent (ECL) luminophore that emits a photon when in an excited state.
  • ECL electrochemiluminescent
  • the hybridization chambers have electrodes for exciting the ECL luminophores with electrical current.
  • the ECL probes each have a luminophore and a quencher positioned proximate the luminophore for quenching photons emitted by the luminophore such that hybridization with one of the target nucleic acid sequences moves the quencher away from the luminophore such that the photons are not quenched.
  • the CMOS circuitry has bond-pads for electrical connection to an external device, and is configured to convert output from the photodiodes into a signal indicative of the ECL probes that hybridized with the target nucleic acid sequences, and provide the signal to the bond-pads for transmission to the external device.
  • the LOC device and the dialysis device are fluidically connected via a cap, the cap has at least one channel for fluid communication between the dialysis device and the LOC device, and a plurality of reservoirs for holding liquid reagents for addition to the sample.
  • the easily usable, mass-producible, inexpensive, and portable diagnostic test module accepts a biological sample, uses a dialysis chip for separating the pathogens in the sample, and separately processes the nucleic acid content of the pathogens separated from the sample.
  • the dialysis chip functionality extract additional information from the sample and increases the sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range of the assay system.
  • microfluidic multichip assembly provides for higher modularity.
  • Surface- micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly.
  • a large yet cost-effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
  • Figure 1 shows a test module and test module reader configured for fluorescence detection
  • Figure 2 is a schematic overview of the electronic components in the test module configured for fluorescence detection
  • Figure 3 is a schematic overview of the electronic components in the test module reader;
  • Figure 4 is a schematic representation of the architecture of the LOC device;
  • Figure 5 is a perspective of the LOC device
  • Figure 6 is a plan view of the LOC device with features and structures from all layers superimposed on each other;
  • Figure 7 is a plan view of the LOC device with the structures of the cap shown in isolation;
  • Figure 8 is a top perspective of the cap with internal channels and reservoirs shown in dotted line;
  • Figure 9 is an exploded top perspective of the cap with internal channels and reservoirs shown in dotted line;
  • Figure 10 is a bottom perspective of the cap showing the configuration of the top channels
  • Figure 11 is a plan view of the LOC device showing the structures of the CMOS + MST device in isolation;
  • Figure 12 is a schematic section view of the LOC device at the sample inlet
  • Figure 13 is an enlarged view of Inset AA shown in Figure 6;
  • Figure 14 is an enlarged view of Inset AB shown in Figure 6;
  • Figure 15 is an enlarged view of Inset AE shown in Figure 13;
  • Figure 16 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AE;
  • Figure 17 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AE;
  • Figure 18 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AE;
  • Figure 19 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AE;
  • Figure 20 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AE;
  • Figure 21 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AE;
  • Figure 22 is schematic section view of the lysis reagent reservoir shown in Figure 21 ;
  • Figure 23 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AB;
  • Figure 24 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AB;
  • Figure 25 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AI
  • Figure 26 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AB;
  • Figure 27 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Ins et AB ;
  • Figure 28 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AB;
  • Figure 29 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AB;
  • Figure 30 is a schematic section view of the amplification mix reservoir and the polymerase reservoir
  • Figure 31 show the features of a boiling-initiated valve in isolation
  • Figure 32 is a schematic section view of the boiling-initiated valve taken through line 33- 33 shown in Figure 31;
  • Figure 33 is an enlarged view of Inset AF shown in Figure 15;
  • Figure 34 is a schematic section view of the upstream end of the dialysis section taken through line 35-35 shown in Figure 33;
  • Fij >ure 35 is an enlarged view of Inset AC shown in Figure 6;
  • Fij >ure 36 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification section
  • Fij >ure 37 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification section
  • ii >ure 38 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification section
  • ii >ure 39 is a further enlarged view within Inset AK shown in Figure 38;
  • Fi. >ure 40 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification chamber
  • Fi. >ure 41 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification section
  • Fii >ure 42 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification chamber
  • Fii >ure 43 is a further enlarged view within Inset AL shown in Figure 42;
  • Fii >ure 44 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification section
  • Fii >ure 45 is a further enlarged view within Inset AM shown in Figure 44;
  • Fii >ure 46 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification chamber
  • Fii >ure 47 is a further enlarged view within Inset AN shown in Figure 46;
  • Fii >ure 48 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification chamber
  • Fii >ure 49 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification chamber
  • Fii >ure 50 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification section
  • Fii >ure 51 is a schematic section view of the amplification section
  • Fii >ure 52 is an enlarged plan view of the hybridization section
  • Fii >ure 53 is a further enlarged plan view of two hybridization chambers in isolation
  • Fii >ure 54 is schematic section view of a single hybridization chamber
  • Fii >ure 55 is an enlarged view of the humidifier illustrated in Inset AG shown in Figure 6;
  • Fii >ure 56 is an enlarged view of Inset AD shown in Figure 52;
  • Fii >ure 57 is an exploded perspective view of the LOC device within Inset AD;
  • Figure 58 is an enlarged plan view of the humidity sensor shown in Inset AH of Figure 6;
  • Figure 59 is a schematic showing part of the photodiode array of the photosensor;
  • Figure 60 is an enlarged view of the evaporator shown in Inset AP of Figure 55;
  • Figure 61 is a diagram of linker-primed PCR
  • Figure 62 is a schematic representation of a test module with a lancet
  • Figure 63 is a diagrammatic representation of the architecture of LOC variant VII.
  • Figure 64 is a plan view of LOC variant VIII with features and structures from all layers superimposed on each other;
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 65 is an enlarged view of Inset CA shown in Figure 64;
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 66 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of LOC variant VIII within Inset CA shown in Figure 64;
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 67 is an enlarged view of Inset CE shown in Figure 65;
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 68 is a diagrammatic representation of the architecture of LOC variant VIII
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 69 is a schematic illustration of the architecture of LOC variant XIV.
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 70 is a schematic illustration of the architecture of LOC variant XLI
  • Figure 71 is a schematic illustration of the architecture of LOC variant XLIII
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 72 is a schematic illustration of the architecture of LOC variant XLIV.
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 73 is a schematic illustration of the architecture of LOC variant XL VII;
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 74 is a diagrammatic representation of the architecture of LOC variant XI;
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 75 is a circuit diagram of the differential imager
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 76 illustrates the reactions occurring during an electrochemiluminescence (ECL) process
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 77 schematically illustrates three different anode configurations
  • Fi ⁇ *ure 78 is a schematic partial cross-section of the anode and cathode in the
  • Figure 79 schematically illustrates an anode in a ring geometry around the peripheral edge of a photodiode
  • Figure 80 schematically illustrates an anode in a ring geometry within the peripheral edge of a photodiode
  • Figure 81 schematically illustrates an anode with a series of fingers to increase the length of its lateral edges
  • Figure 82 schematically illustrates the use of a transparent anode to maximise surface area coupling and ECL signal detection
  • Figure 83 schematically illustrates the use of an anode affixed to the roof of the hybridization chamber to maximise surface area coupling and ECL signal detection;
  • Figure 84 schematically illustrates an anode interdigitated with a cathode;
  • Figure 85 shows a test module and test module reader configured for use with ECL detection
  • Figure 86 is a schematic overview of the electronic components in the test module configured for use with ECL detection
  • Figure 87 shows a test module and alternative test module readers
  • Figure 88 shows a test module and test module reader along with the hosting system housing various databases
  • Figure 89 is a plan view of LOC variant L showing all the features superimposed on each other and showing the locations of Insets GA to GL;
  • Figure 90 is an enlarged view of Inset GD shown in Figure 89;
  • Figure 91 is an enlarged view of Inset GG shown in Figure 89;
  • Figure 92 is an enlarged view of Inset GH shown in Figure 89;
  • Figure 93 is a diagram of an electrochemiluminescence resonance energy transfer probe in a closed configuration
  • Figure 94 is a diagram of an electrochemiluminescence resonance energy transfer probe in an open and hybridized configuration
  • Figure 95 is a diagram of a primer-linked, luminescent linear probe during the initial round of amplification
  • Figure 96 is a diagram of a primer-linked, luminescent linear probe during a subsequent amplification cycle
  • Figures 97A to 97F diagrammatically illustrate thermal cycling of a luminescent primer- linked stem-and-loop probe
  • Figure 98 schematically illustrates a negative control luminescent probe in its stem-and- loop configuration
  • Figure 99 schematically illustrates the negative control luminescent probe of Figure 98 in its open configuration
  • Figure 100 schematically illustrates a positive control luminescent probe in its stem-and- loop configuration
  • Figure 101 schematically illustrates the positive control luminescent probe of Figure 100 in its open configuration
  • Figure 102 is a diagrammatic representation of the architecture of a microfluidic device with dialysis device, LOC device, interconnecting cap and electrochemiluminescence (ECL) detection
  • Figure 103 is a perspective view of a microfluidic device with dialysis device, LOC device and interconnecting cap;
  • Figure 104 is a plan view showing the features of the dialysis device of the microfluidic device and showing the location of Inset JA;
  • Figure 105 is an enlarged view of Inset JA shown in Figure 104;
  • Figure 106 is a plan view showing the features of the LOC device of the microfluidic device and showing the locations of Insets JB to JJ;
  • Fi *ure 107 is an enlarged view of Inset JB shown in Figure 106;
  • Fi *ure 108 is an enlarged view of Inset JC shown in Figure 106;
  • Fi *ure 109 is an enlarged view of Inset JD shown in Figure 106;
  • Fi *ure 110 is an enlarged view of Inset JE shown in Figure 106;
  • Fi *ure 111 is an enlarged view of Inset JF shown in Figure 106;
  • Fi *ure 112 is an enlarged view of Inset JG shown in Figure 106;
  • Fi *ure 113 is an enlarged view of Inset JH shown in Figure 106;
  • Fi *ure 114 is an enlarged view of Inset JJ shown in Figure 106;
  • Fi *ure 115 is an enlarged view of the hybridization chamber of LOC variant L;
  • Fi *ure 116 is an enlarged view of the hybridization chamber array of LOC variant L showing the distribution of calibration chambers
  • Test modules 10 and 1 1 are the size of a typical USB memory key and very cheap to produce.
  • Test modules 10 and 11 each contain a microfluidic device, typically in the form of a lab-on-a-chip (LOC) device 30 preloaded with reagents and typically more than 1000 probes for the molecular diagnostic assay (see Figures 1 and 85).
  • LOC lab-on-a-chip
  • Test module 10 schematically shown in Figure 1 uses a fluorescence-based detection technique to identify target molecules, while test module 11 in Figure 85 uses an electrochemiluminescence-based detection technique.
  • the LOC device 30 has an integrated photosensor 44 for fluorescence or electrochemiluminescence detection (described in detail below).
  • test modules 10 and 11 use a standard Micro-USB plug 14 for power, data and control, both have a printed circuit board (PCB) 57, and both have external power supply capacitors 32 and an inductor 15.
  • PCB printed circuit board
  • the test modules 10 and 1 1 are both single-use only for mass production and distribution in sterile packaging ready for use.
  • the outer casing 13 has a macroreceptacle 24 for receiving the biological sample and a removable sterile sealing tape 22, preferably with a low tack adhesive, to cover the
  • a membrane seal 408 with a membrane guard 410 forms part of the outer casing 13 to reduce dehumidification within the test module while providing pressure relief from small air pressure fluctuations.
  • the membrane guard 410 protects the membrane seal 408 from damage.
  • Test module reader 12 powers the test module 10 or 11 via Micro-USB port 16.
  • the test module reader 12 can adopt many different forms and a selection of these are described later.
  • the version of the reader 12 shown in Figures 1, 3 and 85 is a smart phone embodiment.
  • a block diagram of this reader 12 is shown in Figure 3.
  • Processor 42 runs application software from program storage 43.
  • the processor 42 also interfaces with the display screen 18 and user interface (UI) touch screen 17 and buttons 19, a cellular radio 21, wireless network connection 23, and a satellite navigation system 25.
  • the cellular radio 21 and wireless network connection 23 are used for communications. Satellite navigation system 25 is used for updating
  • Data storage 27 holds genetic and diagnostic information, test results, patient information, assay and probe data for identifying each probe and its array position.
  • Data storage 27 and program storage 43 may be shared in a common memory facility.
  • Application software installed on the test module reader 12 provides analysis of results, along with additional test and diagnostic information.
  • test module 10 (or test module 1 1) is inserted into the Micro-USB port 16 on the test module reader 12.
  • the sterile sealing tape 22 is peeled back and the biological sample (in a liquid form) is loaded into the sample macroreceptacle 24.
  • Pressing start button 20 initiates testing via the application software.
  • the sample flows into the LOC device 30 and the on-board assay extracts, incubates, amplifies and hybridizes the sample nucleic acids (the target) with presynthesized hybridization-responsive oligonucleotide probes.
  • test module 10 which uses fluorescence-based detection
  • the probes are fluorescently labelled and the LED 26 housed in the casing 13 provides the necessary excitation light to induce fluorescence emission from the hybridized probes (see Figures 1 and 2).
  • test module 1 1 which uses electrochemiluminescence (ECL) detection
  • the LOC device 30 is loaded with ECL probes (discussed above) and the LED 26 is not necessary for generating the luminescent emission. Instead, electrodes 860 and 870 provide the excitation electrical current (see Figure 86).
  • the emission (fluorescent or luminescent) is detected using a photosensor 44 integrated into CMOS circuitry of each LOC device. The detected signal is amplified and converted to a digital output which is analyzed by the test module reader 12. The reader then displays the results.
  • the data may be saved locally and/or uploaded to a network server containing patient records.
  • the test module 10 or 11 is removed from the test module reader 12 and disposed of appropriately.
  • Figures 1, 3 and 85 show the test module reader 12 configured as a mobile phone/smart phone 28.
  • the test module reader is a laptop/notebook 101, a dedicated reader 103, an ebook reader 107, a tablet computer 109 or desktop computer 105 for use in hospitals, private practices or laboratories (see Figure 87).
  • the reader can interface with a range of additional applications such as patient records, billing, online databases and multi-user environments. It can also be interfaced with a range of local or remote peripherals such as printers and patient smart cards.
  • the data generated by the test module 10 can be used to update, via the reader 12 and network 125, the epidemiological databases hosted on the hosting system for epidemiological data 11 1, the genetic databases hosted on the hosting system for genetic data 1 13, the electronic health records hosted on the hosting system for electronic health records (EHR) 1 15, the electronic medical records hosted on the hosting system for electronic medical records (EMR) 121, and the personal health records hosted on the hosting system for personal health records (PHR) 123.
  • EHR electronic health records hosted on the hosting system for electronic health records
  • PHR personal health records hosted on the hosting system for personal health records
  • the epidemiological data hosted on the hosting system for epidemiological data 11 1 can be used to update, via network 125 and the reader 12, the digital memory in the LOC 30 of the test module 10.
  • the reader 12 uses battery power in the mobile phone configuration.
  • the mobile phone reader contains all test and diagnostic information preloaded. Data can also be loaded or updated via a number of wireless or contact interfaces to enable communications with peripheral devices, computers or online servers.
  • a Micro-USB port 16 is provided for connection to a computer or mains power supply for battery recharge.
  • Figure 62 shows an embodiment of the test module 10 used for tests that only require a positive or negative result for a particular target, such as testing whether a person is infected with, for example, H1N1 Influenza A virus.
  • a positive or negative result for a particular target such as testing whether a person is infected with, for example, H1N1 Influenza A virus.
  • Only a purpose built USB power/indicator-only module 47 is adequate. No other reader or application software is necessary.
  • An indicator 45 on the USB power/indicator-only module 47 signals positive or negative results. This configuration is well suited to mass screening.
  • Additional items supplied with the system may include a test tube containing reagents for pre-treatment of certain samples, along with spatula and lancet for sample collection.
  • Figure 62 shows an embodiment of the test module incorporating a spring-loaded, retractable lancet 390 and lancet release button 392 for convenience.
  • a satellite phone can be used in remote areas.
  • FIGS 2 and 86 are block diagrams of the electronic components in the test modules 10 and 11, respectively.
  • the CMOS circuitry integrated in the LOC device 30 has a USB device driver 36, a controller 34, a USB-compatible LED driver 29, clock 33, power conditioner 31,
  • RAM 38 and program and data flash memory 40 provide the control and memory for the entire test module 10 or 11 including the photosensor 44, the temperature sensors 170, the liquid sensors 174, and the various heaters 152, 154, 182, 234, together with associated drivers 37 and 39 and registers 35 and 41.
  • the LOC devices 30 include bond-pads for making connections to these external components.
  • the RAM 38 and the program and data flash memory 40 have the application software and the diagnostic and test information (Flash/Secure storage, e.g. via encryption) for over 1000 probes.
  • test module 11 configured for ECL detection, there is no LED 26 (see Figures 85 and 86).
  • Data is encrypted by the LOC device 30 for secure storage and secure communication with an external device.
  • the LOC devices 30 are loaded with electrochemiluminescent probes and the hybridization chambers each have a pair of ECL excitation electrodes 860 and 870.
  • test modules 10 are manufactured in a number of test forms, ready for off- the-shelf use. The differences between the test forms lie in the on board assay of reagents and probes.
  • infectious diseases rapidly identified with this system include:
  • Tuberculosis Mycobacterium tuberculosis, bovis, africanum, canetti, and microti
  • HIV Human immunodeficiency virus
  • HSV Herpes simplex virus
  • CMV Cytomegalovirus
  • genetic disorders identified with this system include:
  • a small selection of cancers identified by the diagnostic system include:
  • the LOC device 30 is central to the diagnostic system. It rapidly performs the four major steps of a nucleic acid based molecular diagnostic assay, i.e. sample preparation, nucleic acid extraction, nucleic acid amplification, and detection, using a microfluidic platform.
  • the LOC device also has alternative uses, and these are detailed later.
  • test modules 10 and 1 1 can adopt many different configurations to detect different targets.
  • the LOC device 30 has numerous different embodiments tailored to the target(s) of interest.
  • One form of the LOC device 30 is LOC device 301 for fluorescent detection of target nucleic acid sequences in the pathogens of a whole blood sample.
  • LOC device 301 for fluorescent detection of target nucleic acid sequences in the pathogens of a whole blood sample.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic representation of the architecture of the LOC device 301.
  • process stages shown in Figure 4 are indicated with the reference numeral corresponding to the functional sections of the LOC device 301 that perform that process stage.
  • the process stages associated with each of the major steps of a nucleic acid based molecular diagnostic assay are also indicated: sample input and preparation 288, extraction 290, incubation 291, amplification 292 and detection 294.
  • sample input and preparation 288 extraction 290
  • incubation 291 amplification 292
  • detection 294 The various reservoirs, chambers, valves and other components of the LOC device 301 will be described in more detail later.
  • Figure 5 is a perspective view of the LOC device 301. It is fabricated using high volume
  • CMOS and MST microsystems technology manufacturing techniques.
  • the laminar structure of the LOC device 301 is illustrated in the schematic (not to scale) partial section view of Figure 12.
  • the LOC device 301 has a silicon substrate 84 which supports the CMOS + MST chip 48, comprising CMOS circuitry 86 and an MST layer 87, with a cap 46 overlaying the MST layer 87.
  • the term 'MST layer' is a reference to a collection of structures and layers that process the sample with various reagents. Accordingly, these structures and components are configured to define flow-paths with characteristic dimensions that will support capillary driven flow of liquids with physical characteristics similar to those of the sample during processing.
  • the MST layer and components are typically fabricated using surface micromachining techniques and/or bulk micromachining techniques. However, other fabrication methods can also produce structures and components dimensioned for capillary driven flows and processing very small volumes.
  • the specific embodiments described in this specification show the MST layer as the structures and active components supported on the CMOS circuitry 86, but excluding the features of the cap 46. However, the skilled addressee will appreciate that the MST layer need not have underlying CMOS or indeed an overlying cap in order for it to process the sample.
  • the overall dimensions of the LOC device shown in the following figures are 1760 ⁇ x 5824 ⁇ .
  • LOC devices fabricated for different applications may have different dimensions.
  • Figure 6 shows the features of the MST layer 87 superimposed with the features of the cap.
  • Insets AA to AD, AG and AH shown in Figure 6 are enlarged in Figures 13, 14, 35, 56, 55 and 58, respectively, and described in detail below for a comprehensive understanding of each structure within the LOC device 301.
  • Figures 7 to 10 show the features of the cap 46 in isolation while Figure 11 shows the CMOS + MST device 48 structures in isolation.
  • Figures 12 and 22 are sketches that diagrammatically show the laminar structure of the CMOS + MST device 48, the cap 46 and the fluidic interaction between the two. The figures are not to scale for the purposes of illustration.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic section view through the sample inlet 68 and Figure 22 is a schematic section through the reservoir 54.
  • the CMOS + MST device 48 has a silicon substrate 84 which supports the CMOS circuitry 86 that operates the active elements within the MST layer 87 above.
  • a passivation layer 88 seals and protects the CMOS layer 86 from the fluid flows through the MST layer 87.
  • Cell transport occurs in the larger channels 94 fabricated in the cap 46, while biochemical processes are carried out in the smaller MST channels 90.
  • Cell transport channels are sized so as to be able to transport cells in the sample to predetermined sites in the MST channels 90.
  • Transportation of cells with sizes greater than 20 microns for example, certain leukocytes
  • MST channels particularly at locations in the LOC where transport of cells is not required, can be significantly smaller.
  • cap channel 94 and MST channel 90 are generic references and particular MST channels 90 may also be referred to as (for example) heated microchannels or dialysis MST channels in light of their particular function.
  • MST channels 90 are formed by etching through a MST channel layer 100 deposited on the passivation layer 88 and patterned with photoresist.
  • the MST channels 90 are enclosed by a roof layer 66 which forms the top (with respect to the orientation shown in the figures) of the CMOS + MST device 48.
  • the cap channel layer 80 and the reservoir layer 78 are formed from a unitary piece of material. Of course, the piece of material may also be non-unitary.
  • This piece of material is etched from both sides in order to form a cap channel layer 80 in which the cap channels 94 are etched and the reservoir layer 78 in which the reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60 and 62 are etched.
  • the reservoirs and the cap channels are formed by a micromolding process. Both etching and micromolding techniques are used to produce channels with cross sectional areas transverse to the flow as large as 20,000 square microns, and as small as 8 square microns.
  • the cross sectional area of the channel transverse to the flow there can be a range of appropriate choices for the cross sectional area of the channel transverse to the flow.
  • a cross-sectional area of up to 20,000 square microns for example, a 200 micron wide channel in a 100 micron thick layer
  • small quantities of liquid, or mixtures without large cells present are contained in the channel, a very small cross sectional area transverse to the flow is preferable.
  • a lower seal 64 encloses the cap channels 94 and the upper seal layer 82 encloses the reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60 and 62.
  • the five reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60 and 62 are preloaded with assay-specific reagents.
  • the reservoirs are preloaded with the following reagents, but other reagents can easily be substituted:
  • reservoir 54 anticoagulant with option to include erythrocyte lysis buffer
  • reservoir 58 restriction enzymes, ligase and linkers (for linker-primed PCR (see Figure 61, extracted from T. Stachan et al., Human Molecular Genetics 2, Garland Science, NY and London, 1999))
  • reservoir 60 amplification mix (dNTPs, primers, buffer) and
  • the cap 46 and the CMOS+MST layers 48 are in fluid communication via corresponding openings in the lower seal 64 and the roof layer 66. These openings are referred to as uptakes 96 and downtakes 92 depending on whether fluid is flowing from the MST channels 90 to the cap channels 94 or vice versa.
  • LOC DEVICE OPERATION The operation of the LOC device 301 is described below in a step-wise fashion with reference to analysing pathogenic DNA in a blood sample.
  • other types of biological or non-biological fluid are also analysed using an appropriate set, or combination, of reagents, test protocols, LOC variants and detection systems.
  • the sample input and preparation step 288 involves mixing the blood with an anticoagulant 116 and then separating pathogens from the leukocytes and erythrocytes with the pathogen dialysis section 70.
  • the blood sample enters the device via the sample inlet 68. Capillary action draws the blood sample along the cap channel 94 to the reservoir 54.
  • Anticoagulant is released from the reservoir 54 as the sample blood flow opens its surface tension valve 118 (see Figures 15 and 22). The anticoagulant prevents the formation of clots which would block the flow.
  • the anticoagulant 1 16 is drawn out of the reservoir 54 by capillary action and into the MST channel 90 via the downtake 92.
  • the downtake 92 has a capillary initiation feature (CIF) 102 to shape the geometry of the meniscus such that it does not anchor to the rim of the downtake 92.
  • Vent holes 122 in the upper seal 82 allows air to replace the anticoagulant 116 as it is drawn out of the reservoir 54.
  • the MST channel 90 shown in Figure 22 is part of a surface tension valve 118.
  • the anticoagulant 116 fills the surface tension valve 1 18 and pins a meniscus 120 to the uptake 96 to a meniscus anchor 98.
  • the meniscus 120 remains pinned at the uptake 96 so the anticoagulant does not flow into the cap channel 94.
  • the meniscus 120 is removed and the anticoagulant is drawn into the flow.
  • Figures 15 to 21 show Inset AE which is a portion of Inset AA shown in Figure 13.
  • the surface tension valve 118 has three separate MST channels 90 extending between respective downtakes 92 and uptakes 96.
  • the number of MST channels 90 in a surface tension valve can be varied to change the flow rate of the reagent into the sample mixture.
  • the flow rate out of the reservoir determines the concentration of the reagent in the sample flow.
  • the surface tension valve for each of the reservoirs is configured to match the desired reagent concentration.
  • the blood passes into a pathogen dialysis section 70 (see Figures 4 and 15) where target cells are concentrated from the sample using an array of apertures 164 sized according to a predetermined threshold. Cells smaller than the threshold pass through the apertures while larger cells do not pass through the apertures. Unwanted cells, which may be either the larger cells withheld by the array of apertures 164 or the smaller cells that pass through the apertures, are redirected to a waste unit 76 while the target cells continue as part of the assay.
  • the pathogens from the whole blood sample are concentrated for microbial DNA analysis.
  • the array of apertures is formed by a multitude of 3 micron diameter holes 164 fluidically connecting the input flow in the cap channel 94 to a target channel 74.
  • the 3 micron diameter apertures 164 and the dialysis uptake holes 168 for the target channel 74 are connected by a series of dialysis MST channels 204 (best shown in Figures 15 and 21).
  • Pathogens are small enough to pass through the 3 micron diameter apertures 164 and fill the target channel 74 via the dialysis MST channels 204.
  • Cells larger than 3 microns, such as erythrocytes and leukocytes stay in the waste channel 72 in the cap 46 which leads to a waste reservoir 76 (see Figure 7).
  • aperture shapes, sizes and aspect ratios can be used to isolate specific pathogens or other target cells such as leukocytes for human DNA analysis. Greater detail on the dialysis section and dialysis variants is provided later.
  • the flow is drawn through the target channel 74 to the surface tension valve 128 of the lysis reagent reservoir 56.
  • the surface tension valve 128 has seven MST channels 90 extending between the lysis reagent reservoir 56 and the target channel 74.
  • the flow rate from all seven of the MST channels 90 will be greater than the flow rate from the anticoagulant reservoir 54 where the surface tension valve 118 has three MST channels 90 (assuming the physical characteristics of the fluids are roughly equivalent).
  • the proportion of lysis reagent in the sample mixture is greater than that of the anticoagulant.
  • the lysis reagent and target cells mix by diffusion in the target channel 74 within the chemical lysis section 130.
  • a boiling-initiated valve 126 stops the flow until sufficient time has passed for diffusion and lysis to take place, releasing the genetic material from the target cells (see Figures 6 and 7).
  • the structure and operation of the boiling- initiated valves are described in greater detail below with reference to Figures 31 and 32.
  • Other active valve types as opposed to passive valves such as the surface tension valve 1 18 have also been developed by the Applicant which may be used here instead of the boiling-initiated valve. These alternative valve designs are also described later.
  • the boiling-initiated valve 126 opens, the lysed cells flow into a mixing section 131 for pre-amplification restriction digestion and linker ligation.
  • restriction enzymes, linkers and ligase are released from the reservoir 58 when the flow unpins the menisci at the surface tension valve 132 at the start of the mixing section 131.
  • the mixture flows the length of the mixing section 131 for diffusion mixing.
  • At the end of the mixing section 131 is downtake 134 leading into the incubator inlet channel 133 of the incubation section 114 (see Figure 13).
  • the incubator inlet channel 133 feeds the mixture into a serpentine configuration of heated microchannels 210 which provides an incubation chamber for holding the sample during restriction digestion and ligation of the linkers (see Figures 13 and 14).
  • Figures 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 and 29 show the layers of the LOC device 301 within Inset AB of Figure 6. Each figure shows the sequential addition of layers forming the structures of the CMOS + MST layer 48 and the cap 46.
  • Inset AB shows the end of the incubation section 114 and the start of the amplification section 112.
  • the flow fills the microchannels 210 of the incubation section 1 14 until reaching the boiling-initiated valve 106 where the flow stops while diffusion takes place.
  • the microchannel 210 upstream of the boiling-initiated valve 106 becomes an incubation chamber containing the sample, restriction enzymes, ligase and linkers.
  • the heaters 154 are then activated and held at constant temperature for a specified time for restriction digestion and linker ligation to occur.
  • this incubation step 291 (see Figure 4) is optional and only required for some nucleic acid amplification assay types. Furthermore, in some instances, it may be necessary to have a heating step at the end of the incubation period to spike the temperature above the incubation temperature. The temperature spike inactivates the restriction enzymes and ligase prior to entering the amplification section 1 12. Inactivation of the restriction enzymes and ligase has particular relevance when isothermal nucleic acid amplification is being employed.
  • the boiling-initiated valve 106 is activated (opened) and the flow resumes into the amplification section 112.
  • the mixture fills the serpentine configuration of heated microchannels 158, which form one or more amplification chambers, until it reaches the boiling-initiated valve 108.
  • amplification mix dNTPs, primers, buffer
  • polymerase is subsequently released from reservoir 62 into the intermediate MST channel 212 connecting the incubation and amplification sections (114 and 112 respectively).
  • Figures 35 to 51 show the layers of the LOC device 301 within Inset AC of Figure 6.
  • FIG. 1 Each figure shows the sequential addition of layers forming the structures of the CMOS + MST device 48 and the cap 46.
  • Inset AC is at the end of the amplification section 112 and the start of the hybridization and detection section 52.
  • the incubated sample, amplification mix and polymerase flow through the microchannels 158 to the boiling- initiated valve 108.
  • the heaters 154 in the microchannels 158 are activated for thermal cycling or isothermal amplification.
  • the amplification mix goes through a
  • boiling-initiated valve 108 opens and flow resumes into the hybridization and detection section 52. The operation of boiling- initiated valves is described in more detail later.
  • the hybridization and detection section 52 has an array of hybridization chambers 110.
  • Figures 52, 53, 54 and 56 show the hybridization chamber array 1 10 and individual hybridization chambers 180 in detail.
  • a diffusion barrier 175 which prevents diffusion of the target nucleic acid, probe strands and hybridized probes between the hybridization chambers 180 during hybridization so as to prevent erroneous hybridization detection results.
  • the diffusion barriers 175 present a flow-path-length that is long enough to prevent the target sequences and probes diffusing out of one chamber and contaminating another chamber within the time taken for the probes and nucleic acids to hybridize and the signal to be detected, thus avoiding an erroneous result.
  • the CMOS circuitry 86 derives a single result from the photodiodes 184 corresponding to the hybridization chambers 180 that contain identical probes. Anomalous results can be disregarded or weighted differently in the derivation of the single result.
  • CMOS-controlled heaters The thermal energy required for hybridization is provided by CMOS-controlled heaters
  • hybridization occurs between complementary target-probe sequences.
  • the LED driver 29 in the CMOS circuitry 86 signals the LED 26 located in the test module 10 to illuminate. These probes only fluoresce when hybridization has occurred thereby avoiding washing and drying steps that are typically required to remove unbound strands. Hybridization forces the stem-and-loop structure of the FRET probes 186 to open, which allows the fluorophore to emit fluorescent energy in response to the LED excitation light, as discussed in greater detail later. Fluorescence is detected by a photodiode 184 in the CMOS circuitry 86 underlying each hybridization chamber 180 (see hybridization chamber description below).
  • the photodiodes 184 for all hybridization chambers and associated electronics collectively form the photosensor 44 (see Figure 59).
  • the photosensor may be an array of charge coupled devices (CCD array).
  • CCD array charge coupled devices
  • the LOC device 301 has many functional sections, including the reagent reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60 and 62, the dialysis section 70, lysis section 130, incubation section 114, and amplification section 112, valve types, the humidifier and humidity sensor.
  • the reagent reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60 and 62 the dialysis section 70, lysis section 130, incubation section 114, and amplification section 112, valve types, the humidifier and humidity sensor.
  • these functional sections can be omitted, additional functional sections can be added or the functional sections can be used for alternative purposes to those described above.
  • the incubation section 114 can be used as the first amplification section 112 of a tandem amplification assay system, with the chemical lysis reagent reservoir 56 being used to add the first amplification mix of primers, dNTPs and buffer and reagent reservoir 58 being used for adding the reverse transcriptase and/or polymerase.
  • a chemical lysis reagent can also be added to the reservoir 56 along with the amplification mix if chemical lysis of the sample is desired or, alternatively, thermal lysis can occur in the incubation section by heating the sample for a predetermined time.
  • an additional reservoir can be incorporated immediately upstream of reservoir 58 for the mix of primers, dNTPs and buffer if there is a requirement for chemical lysis and a separation of this mix from the chemical lysis reagent is desired.
  • a LOC device can be specifically fabricated to omit the reagent reservoir 58 and incubation section 1 14, or the reservoir can simply not be loaded with reagents or the active valves, if present, not activated to dispense the reagents into the sample flow, and the incubation section then simply becomes a channel to transport the sample from the lysis section 130 to the amplification section 112.
  • the heaters are independently operable and therefore, where reactions are dependent on heat, such as thermal lysis, programming the heaters not to activate during this step ensures thermal lysis does not occur in LOC devices that do not require it.
  • the dialysis section 70 can be located at the beginning of the fluidic system within the microfluidic device as shown in Figure 4 or can be located anywhere else within the microfluidic device. For example, dialysis after the amplification phase 292 to remove cellular debris prior to the hybridization and detection step 294 may be beneficial in some circumstances. Alternatively, two or more dialysis sections can be incorporated at any location throughout the LOC device. Similarly, it is possible to incorporate additional amplification sections 112 to enable multiple targets to be amplified in parallel or in series prior to being detected in the hybridization chamber arrays 110 with specific nucleic acid probes.
  • the dialysis section 70 is simply omitted from the sample input and preparation section 288 of the LOC design. In some cases, it is not necessary to omit the dialysis section 70 from the LOC device even if the analysis does not require dialysis. If there is no geometric hindrance to the assay by the existence of a dialysis section, a LOC with the dialysis section 70 in the sample input and preparation section can still be used without a loss of the required functionality.
  • the detection section 294 may encompass proteomic chamber arrays which are identical to the hybridization chamber arrays but are loaded with probes designed to conjugate or hybridize with sample target proteins present in non-amplified sample instead of nucleic acid probes designed to hybridize to target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the LOC devices fabricated for use in this diagnostic system are different combinations of functional sections selected in accordance with the particular LOC application.
  • the vast majority of functional sections are common to many of the LOC devices and the design of additional LOC devices for new application is a matter of compiling an appropriate combination of functional sections from the extensive selection of functional sections used in the existing LOC devices.
  • LOC variants can accept and analyze the nucleic acid or protein content of a variety of sample types in liquid form including, but not limited to, blood and blood products, saliva, cerebrospinal fluid, urine, semen, amniotic fluid, umbilical cord blood, breast milk, sweat, pleural effusion, tear, pericardial fluid, peritoneal fluid, environmental water samples and drink samples.
  • Amplicon obtained from macroscopic nucleic acid amplification can also be analysed using the LOC device; in this case, all the reagent reservoirs will be empty or configured not to release their contents, and the dialysis, lysis, incubation and amplification sections will be used solely to transport the sample from the sample inlet 68 to the hybridization chambers 180 for nucleic acid detection, as described above.
  • a pre-processing step is required, for example semen may need to be liquefied and mucus may need to be pre-treated with an enzyme to reduce the viscosity prior to input into the LOC device.
  • the sample is added to the macroreceptacle 24 of the test module 10.
  • the macroreceptacle 24 is a truncated cone which feeds into the inlet 68 of the LOC device 301 by capillary action. Here it flows into the 64 ⁇ wide x 60 ⁇ deep cap channel 94 where it is drawn towards the anticoagulant reservoir 54, also by capillary action.
  • 300,000,000 cubic microns typically less than 70,000,000 cubic microns and in the case of the LOC device 301 shown in the drawings, less than 20,000,000 cubic microns.
  • the pathogen dialysis section 70 is designed to concentrate pathogenic target cells from the sample.
  • a plurality of apertures in the form of 3 micron diameter holes 164 in the roof layer 66 filter the target cells from the bulk of the sample.
  • microbial pathogens pass through the holes into a series of dialysis MST channels 204 and flow back up into the target channel 74 via 16 ⁇ dialysis uptake holes 168 (see Figures 33 and 34).
  • the remainder of the sample (erythrocytes and so on) stay in the cap channel 94.
  • the cap channel 94 becomes the waste channel 72 leading to the waste reservoir 76.
  • a foam insert or other porous element 49 within the outer casing 13 of the test module 10 is configured to be in fluid communication with the waste reservoir 76 (see Figure 1).
  • the pathogen dialysis section 70 functions entirely on capillary action of the fluid sample.
  • the 3 micron diameter apertures 164 at the upstream end of the pathogen dialysis section 70 have capillary initiation features (CIFs) 166 (see Figure 33) so that the fluid is drawn down into the dialysis MST channel 204 beneath.
  • the first uptake hole 198 for the target channel 74 also has a CIF 202 (see Figure 15) to avoid the flow simply pinning a meniscus across the dialysis uptake holes 168.
  • the small constituents dialysis section 682 schematically shown in Figure 70 can have a similar structure to the pathogen dialysis section 70.
  • the small constituents dialysis section separates any small target cells or molecules from a sample by sizing (and, if necessary, shaping) apertures suitable for allowing the small target cells or molecules to pass into the target channel and continue for further analysis. Larger sized cells or molecules are removed to a waste reservoir 766.
  • the LOC device 30 (see Figures 1 and 85) is not limited to separating pathogens that are less than 3 ⁇ in size, but can be used to separate cells or molecules of any size desired.
  • the genetic material in the sample is released from the cells by a chemical lysis process.
  • a lysis reagent from the lysis reservoir 56 mixes with the sample flow in the target channel 74 downstream of the surface tension valve 128 for the lysis reservoir 56.
  • some diagnostic assays are better suited to a thermal lysis process, or even a combination of chemical and thermal lysis of the target cells.
  • the LOC device 301 accommodates this with the heated microchannels 210 of the incubation section 114.
  • the sample flow fills the incubation section 114 and stops at the boiling-initiated valve 106.
  • the incubation microchannels 210 heat the sample to a temperature at which the cellular membranes are disrupted.
  • the LOC device 301 has three boiling-initiated valves 126, 106 and 108. The location of these valves is shown in Figure 6.
  • Figure 31 is an enlarged plan view of the boiling- initiated valve 108 in isolation at the end of the heated microchannels 158 of the amplification section 112.
  • the sample flow 1 19 is drawn along the heated microchannels 158 by capillary action until it reaches the boiling-initiated valve 108.
  • the leading meniscus 120 of the sample flow pins at a meniscus anchor 98 at the valve inlet 146.
  • the geometry of the meniscus anchor 98 stops the advancing meniscus to arrest the capillary flow.
  • the meniscus anchor 98 is an aperture provided by an uptake opening from the MST channel 90 to the cap channel 94. Surface tension in the meniscus 120 keeps the valve closed.
  • An annular heater 152 is at the periphery of the valve inlet 146.
  • the annular heater 152 is CMOS-controlled via the boiling-initiated valve heater contacts 153.
  • the CMOS circuitry 86 sends an electrical pulse to the valve heater contacts 153.
  • the annular heater 152 resistively heats until the liquid sample 119 boils. The boiling unpins the meniscus 120 from the valve inlet 146 and initiates wetting of the cap channel 94. Once wetting the cap channel 94 begins, capillary flow resumes.
  • the fluid sample 119 fills the cap channel 94 and flows through the valve downtake 150 to the valve outlet 148 where capillary driven flow continues along the amplification section exit channel 160 into the hybridization and detection section 52.
  • Liquid sensors 174 are placed before and after the valve for diagnostics.
  • FIGS 6, 7, 13, 14, 23, 24, 25, 35 to 45, 50 and 51 show the incubation section 114 and the amplification section 112.
  • the incubation section 114 has a single, heated incubation microchannel 210 etched in a serpentine pattern in the MST channel layer 100 from the downtake opening 134 to the boiling-initiated valve 106 (see Figures 13 and 14). Control over the temperature of the incubation section 1 14 enables enzymatic reactions to take place with greater efficiency.
  • the amplification section 112 has a heated amplification microchannel 158 in a serpentine configuration leading from the boiling-initiated valve 106 to the boiling-initiated valve 108 (see Figures 6 and 14). These valves arrest the flow to retain the target cells in the heated incubation or amplification microchannels 210 or 158 while mixing, incubation and nucleic acid amplification takes place.
  • microchannels also facilitates (to some extent) mixing of the target cells with reagents.
  • the sample cells and the reagents are heated by the heaters 154 controlled by the CMOS circuitry 86 using pulse width modulation (PWM).
  • PWM pulse width modulation
  • Each meander of the serpentine configuration of the heated incubation microchannel 210 and amplification microchannel 158 has three separately operable heaters 154 extending between their respective heater contacts 156 (see Figure 14) which provides for the two-dimensional control of input heat flux density.
  • the heaters 154 are supported on the roof layer 66 and embedded in the lower seal 64.
  • the heater material is
  • the elongate heaters 154 are parallel with the longitudinal extent of each channel section that forms the wide meanders of the serpentine shape. In the amplification section 112, each of the wide meanders can operate as separate PCR chambers via individual heater control.
  • each channel section increases the heating rate of the amplification fluid mix. All the fluid is kept a relatively short distance from the heater 154. Reducing the channel cross section (that is the amplification microchannel 158 cross section) to less than 100,000 square microns achieves appreciably higher heating rates than that provided by more 'macro-scale' equipment. Lithographic fabrication techniques allow the amplification microchannel 158 to have a cross sectional area transverse to the flow-path less than 16,000 square microns which gives substantially higher heating rates. Feature sizes on the order of 1 micron are readily achievable with lithographic techniques. If very little amplicon is needed (as is the case in the LOC device 301), the cross sectional area can be reduced to less than 2,500 square microns.
  • the heater element in the amplification microchannel 158 heats the nucleic acid sequences at a rate more than 80 Kelvin (K) per second, in the vast majority of cases at a rate greater than 100 K per second.
  • K Kelvin
  • the heater element heats the nucleic acid sequences at a rate more than 1,000 K per second and in many cases, the heater element heats the nucleic acid sequences at a rate more than 10,000 K per second.
  • the heater element heats the nucleic acid sequences at a rate more than 100,000 K per second, more than 1,000,000 K per second more than 10,000,000 K per second, more than 20,000,000 K per second, more than 40,000,000 K per second, more than 80,000,000 K per second and more than 160,000,000 K per second.
  • a small cross-sectional area channel is also beneficial for diffusive mixing of any reagents with the sample fluid.
  • diffusion of one liquid into the other is greatest near the interface between the two. Concentration decreases with distance from the interface.
  • Using microchannels with relatively small cross sections transverse to the flow direction keeps both fluid flows close to the interface for more rapid diffusive mixing. Reducing the channel cross section to less than 100,000 square microns achieves appreciably higher mixing rates than that provided by more 'macro-scale' equipment. Lithographic fabrication techniques allows microchannels with a cross sectional area transverse to the flow- path less than 16000 square microns which gives significantly higher mixing rates.
  • the cross sectional area can be reduced to less than 2500 square microns.
  • a cross sectional area transverse to the flow of between 400 square microns and 1 square micron is adequate.
  • each thermal cycle i.e. denaturing, annealing and primer extension
  • target sequences up to 150 base pairs (bp) long base pairs (bp) long.
  • the individual thermal cycle times are less than 1 1 seconds, and a large proportion are less than 4 seconds.
  • LOC devices 30 with some of the most common diagnostic assays have thermal cycles time between 0.45 seconds to 1.5 seconds for target sequences up to 150 bp long. Thermal cycling at this rate allows the test module to complete the nucleic acid amplification process in much less than 10 minutes; often less than 220 seconds.
  • the amplification section generates sufficient amplicon in less than 80 seconds from the sample fluid entering the sample inlet. For a great many assays, sufficient amplicon is generated in 30 seconds.
  • the amplicon Upon completion of a preset number of amplification cycles, the amplicon is fed into the hybridization and detection section 52 via the boiling-initiated valve 108.
  • FIGS 52, 53, 54, 56 and 57 show the hybridization chambers 180 in the hybridization chamber array 1 10.
  • the hybridization and detection section 52 has a 24 x 45 array 1 10 of hybridization chambers 180, each with hybridization-responsive FRET probes 186, heater element 182 and an integrated photodiode 184.
  • the photodiode 184 is incorporated for detection of fluorescence resulting from the hybridization of a target nucleic acid sequence or protein with the FRET probes 186.
  • Each photodiode 184 is independently controlled by the CMOS circuitry 86. Any material between the FRET probes 186 and the photodiode 184 must be transparent to the emitted light.
  • the wall section 97 between the probes 186 and the photodiode 184 is also optically transparent to the emitted light.
  • the wall section 97 is a thin (approximately 0.5 micron) layer of silicon dioxide. Incorporation of a photodiode 184 directly beneath each hybridization chamber 180 allows the volume of probe-target hybrids to be very small while still generating a detectable fluorescence signal (see Figure 54). The small amounts permit small volume hybridization chambers.
  • a detectable amount of probe-target hybrid requires a quantity of probe, prior to hybridization, which is easily less than 270 picograms (corresponding to 900,000 cubic microns), in the vast majority of cases less than 60 picograms (corresponding to 200,000 cubic microns), typically less than 12 picograms (corresponding to 40,000 cubic microns) and in the case of the LOC device 301 shown in the accompanying figures, less than 2.7 picograms (corresponding to a chamber volume of 9,000 cubic microns).
  • the hybridization section has more than 1,000 chambers in an area of 1,500 microns by 1,500 microns (i.e.
  • Embodiments of the LOC device according to the invention can be spotted using a probe solution volume of 1 picoliter or less.
  • boiling-initiated valve 108 is activated and the amplicon flows along the flow-path 176 and into each of the hybridization chambers 180 (see Figures 52 and 56).
  • An end-point liquid sensor 178 indicates when the hybridization chambers 180 are filled with amplicon and the heaters 182 can be activated.
  • the LED 26 (see Figure 2) is activated.
  • the opening in each of the hybridization chambers 180 provides an optical window 136 for exposing the FRET probes 186 to the excitation radiation (see Figures 52, 54 and 56).
  • the LED 26 is illuminated for a sufficiently long time in order to induce a fluorescence signal from the probes with high intensity.
  • the photodiode 184 is shorted.
  • the photodiode 184 is enabled and fluorescence emission is detected in the absence of the excitation light.
  • the incident light on the active area 185 of the photodiode 184 (see Figure 54) is converted into a photocurrent which can then be measured using CMOS circuitry 86.
  • the hybridization chambers 180 are each loaded with probes for detecting a single target nucleic acid sequence.
  • Each hybridization chambers 180 can be loaded with probes to detect over 1,000 different targets if desired. Alternatively, many or all the hybridization chambers can be loaded with the same probes to detect the same target nucleic acid repeatedly. Replicating the probes in this way throughout the hybridization chamber array 1 10 leads to increased confidence in the results obtained and the results can be combined by the photodiodes adjacent those hybridization chambers to provide a single result if desired.
  • the person skilled in the art will recognise that it is possible to have from one to over 1,000 different probes on the hybridization chamber array 1 10, depending on the assay specification.
  • Figures 78, 90, 1 15 and 116 show the hybridization chambers 180 used in an ECL variant of the LOC device, LOC variant L 729.
  • a 24 x 45 array 110 of hybridization chambers 180, each with hybridization-responsive ECL probes 237, is positioned in registration with a corresponding array of photodiodes 184 integrated into the CMOS.
  • each photodiode 184 is incorporated for detection of ECL resulting from the hybridization of a target nucleic acid sequence or protein with an ECL probe 237.
  • Each photodiode 184 is independently controlled by the CMOS circuitry 86. Again, the transparent wall section 97 between the probes 186 and the photodiode 184 is transparent to the emitted light.
  • a photodiode 184 closely adjacent each hybridization chamber 180 allows the amount of probe-target hybrids to be very small while still generating a detectable ECL signal (see Figure 78).
  • the small amounts permit small volume hybridization chambers.
  • a detectable amount of probe-target hybrid requires a quantity of probe, prior to hybridization, which is easily less than 270 picograms (corresponding to a chamber volume of 900,000 cubic microns), in the vast majority of cases less than 60 picograms (corresponding to 200,000 cubic microns), typically less than 12 picograms (corresponding to 40,000 cubic microns) and in the case of the LOC device shown in the drawings less than 2.7 picograms (corresponding to a chamber volume of 9,000 cubic microns).
  • the hybridization section has more than 1,000 chambers in an area of 1,500 microns by 1,500 microns (i.e. less than 2,250 square microns per chamber). Smaller volumes also reduce the reaction times so that hybridization and detection is faster.
  • An additional advantage of the small amount of probe required in each chamber is that only very small quantities of probe solution need be spotted into each chamber during production of the LOC device. In the case of the LOC device shown in the drawings, the required amount of probe can be spotted using a solution volume of 1 picoliter or less.
  • the boiling-initiated valve 108 is activated and the amplicon flows along the flow-path 176 and into each of the hybridization chambers 180 (see Figures 52 and 1 16).
  • An end-point liquid sensor 178 indicates when the hybridization chambers 180 are filled with amplicon so that the heaters 182 can be activated.
  • the photodiode 184 is enabled ready for collection of the ECL signal. Then the ECL excitation drivers 39 (see Figure 86) activate the ECL electrodes 860 and 870 for a predetermined length of time. The photodiode 184 remains active for a short time after cessation of the ECL excitation current to maximize the signal-to-noise ratio. For example, if the photodiode 184 remains active for five times the decay lifetime of the luminescent emission, then the signal will have decayed to less than one percent of the initial value. The incident light on the photodiode 184 is converted into a photocurrent which can then be measured using CMOS circuitry 86.
  • Inset AG of Figure 6 indicates the position of the humidifier 196.
  • the humidifier prevents evaporation of the reagents and probes during operation of the LOC device 301.
  • a water reservoir 188 is fluidically connected to three evaporators 190.
  • the water reservoir 188 is filled with molecular biology-grade water and sealed during manufacturing.
  • water is drawn into three downtakes 194 and along respective water supply channels 192 by capillary action to a set of three uptakes 193 at the evaporators 190.
  • the evaporators have annular shaped heaters 191 which encircle the uptakes 193.
  • the annular heaters 191 are connected to the CMOS circuitry 86 by the conductive columns 376 to the top metal layer 195 (see Figure 37). Upon activation, the annular heaters 191 heat the water causing evaporation and humidifying the device surrounds.
  • the position of the humidity sensor 232 is also shown in Figure 6. However, as best shown in the enlarged view of Inset AH in Figure 58, the humidity sensor has a capacitive comb structure. A lithographically etched first electrode 296 and a lithographically etched second electrode 298 face each other such that their teeth are interleaved. The opposed electrodes form a capacitor with a capacitance that can be monitored by the CMOS circuitry 86. As the humidity increases, the permittivity of the air gap between the electrodes increases, so that the capacitance also increases. The humidity sensor 232 is adjacent the hybridization chamber array 1 10 where humidity measurement is most important to slow evaporation from the solution containing the exposed probes.
  • Temperature and liquid sensors are incorporated throughout the LOC device 301 to provide feedback and diagnostics during device operation.
  • nine temperature sensors 170 are distributed throughout the amplification section 1 12.
  • the incubation section 1 14 also has nine temperature sensors 170. These sensors each use a 2x2 array of bipolar junction transistors (BJTs) to monitor the fluid temperature and provide feedback to the CMOS circuitry 86.
  • BJTs bipolar junction transistors
  • the CMOS circuitry 86 uses this to precisely control the thermal cycling during the nucleic acid amplification process and any heating during thermal lysis and incubation.
  • the CMOS circuitry 86 uses the hybridization heaters 182 as temperature sensors (see Figure 56).
  • the electrical resistance of the hybridization heaters 182 is temperature dependent and the CMOS circuitry 86 uses this to derive a temperature reading for each of the hybridization chambers 180.
  • the LOC device 301 also has a number of MST channel liquid sensors 174 and cap channel liquid sensors 208.
  • Figure 35 shows a line of MST channel liquid sensors 174 at one end of every other meander in the heated microchannel 158.
  • the MST channel liquid sensors 174 are a pair of electrodes formed by exposed areas of the top metal layer 195 in the CMOS structure 86. Liquid closes the circuit between the electrodes to indicate its presence at the sensor's location.
  • Figure 25 shows an enlarged perspective of cap channel liquid sensors 208.
  • Opposing pairs of TiAl electrodes 218 and 220 are deposited on the roof layer 66. Between the electrodes 218 and 220 is a gap 222 to hold the circuit open in the absence of liquid. The presence of liquid closes the circuit and the CMOS circuitry 86 uses this feedback to monitor the flow.
  • test modules 10 are orientation independent. They do not need to be secured to a flat stable surface in order to operate. Capillary driven fluid flows and a lack of external plumbing into ancillary equipment allow the modules to be truly portable and simply plugged into a similarly portable hand held reader such as a mobile telephone. Having a gravitationally independent operation means the test modules are also accelerationally independent to all practical extents. They are resistant to shock and vibration and will operate on moving vehicles or while the mobile telephone is being carried around.
  • LOC variant VIII 518 DIALYSIS SECTION WITH FLOW CHANNEL TO PREVENT TRAPPED AIR BUBBLES Described below is an embodiment of the LOC device referred to as LOC variant VIII 518 and shown in Figures 64, 65, 66 and 67.
  • This LOC device has a dialysis section that fills with the fluid sample without leaving air bubbles trapped in the channels.
  • LOC variant VIII 518 also has an additional layer of material referred to as an interface layer 594.
  • the interface layer 594 is positioned between the cap channel layer 80 and the MST channel layer 100 of the CMOS + MST device 48.
  • the interface layer 594 allows a more complex fluidic interconnection between the reagent reservoirs and the MST layer 87 without increasing the size of the silicon substrate 84.
  • the bypass channel 600 is designed to introduce a time delay in the fluid sample flow from the interface waste channel 604 to the interface target channel 602. This time delay allows the fluid sample to flow through the dialysis MST channel 204 to the dialysis uptake 168 where it pins a meniscus.
  • a capillary initiation feature (CIF) 202 at the uptake from the bypass channel 600 to the interface target channel 602, the sample fluid fills the interface target channel 602 from a point upstream of all the dialysis uptakes 168 from the dialysis MST channels 204.
  • the interface target channel 602 still starts filling from the upstream end, but eventually the advancing meniscus reaches and passes over an uptake belonging to an MST channel that has not yet filled, leading into air entrapment at that point. Trapped air reduces the sample flow rate through the leukocyte dialysis section 328.
  • LOC variant VII 492 shown in Figure 63 has parallel amplification sections 112.1 to 112.4 which allow multiple nucleic acid amplification assays to be performed simultaneously.
  • LOC variant XI 746 shown in Figure 74 also has parallel amplification sections 112.1 to 112.4, but additionally has parallel incubation sections 1 14.1 to 114.4, so that the sample can be processed differently prior to amplification.
  • Other LOC variants such as LOC XIV 641 shown schematically in Figure 69, demonstrate that the number of parallel amplification sections can be "X" number, which is only limited by the size of the LOC device. A larger LOC device can be made to accommodate greater numbers of parallel amplification sections.
  • Separate amplification sections can be configured to run on different cycle times and/or temperatures for particular target sizes or particular amplification mix constituents. With several amplification sections running in parallel, the LOC device can operate a multiplex nucleic acid amplification process or a uniplex amplification process in each of the sections. In multiplex nucleic acid amplification, more than one target sequence is amplified using more than one pair of primers.
  • PCR requires extensive purification of the target DNA prior to preparation of the reaction mixture.
  • this approach is called direct PCR.
  • LOC devices where nucleic acid amplification is performed at a controlled, constant temperature, the approach is direct isothermal amplification.
  • Direct nucleic acid amplification techniques have considerable advantages for use in LOC devices, particularly relating to simplification of the required fluidic design.
  • Adjustments to the amplification chemistry for direct PCR or direct isothermal amplification include increased buffer strength, the use of polymerases which have high activity and processivity, and additives which chelate with potential polymerase inhibitors. Dilution of inhibitors present in the sample is also important.
  • the LOC device designs incorporate two additional features.
  • the first feature is reagent reservoirs (for example reservoir 58 in Figure 8) which are appropriately dimensioned to supply a sufficient quantity of amplification reaction mix, or diluent, so that the final concentrations of sample components which might interfere with amplification chemistry are low enough to permit successful nucleic acid amplification.
  • the desired dilution of non-cellular sample components is in the range of 5X to 20X.
  • Different LOC structures for example the pathogen dialysis section 70 in Figure 4, are used when appropriate to ensure that the concentration of target nucleic acid sequences is maintained at a high enough level for amplification and detection.
  • a dialysis section which effectively concentrates pathogens small enough to be passed into the amplification section 292 is employed upstream of the sample extraction section 290, and rejects larger cells to a waste receptacle 76.
  • a dialysis section is used to selectively deplete proteins and salts in blood plasma while retaining cells of interest.
  • the second LOC structural feature which supports direct nucleic acid amplification is design of channel aspect ratios to adjust the mixing ratio between the sample and the amplification mix components.
  • the length and cross- section of the sample and reagent channels are designed such that the sample channel, upstream of the location where mixing is initiated, constitutes a flow impedance 4X - 19X higher than the flow impedance of the channels through which the reagent mixture flows. Control over flow impedances in microchannels is readily achieved through control over the design geometry. The flow impedance of a microchannel increases linearly with the channel length, for a constant cross-section.
  • flow impedance in microchannels depends more strongly on the smallest cross-sectional dimension.
  • the flow impedance of a microchannel with rectangular cross-section is inversely proportional to the cube of the smallest perpendicular dimension, when the aspect ratio is far from unity.
  • RNA such as from RNA viruses or messenger RNA
  • cDNA complementary DNA
  • the reverse transcription reaction can be performed in the same chamber as the PCR (one-step RT-PCR) or it can be performed as a separate, initial reaction (two-step RT-PCR).
  • a one-step RT-PCR can be performed simply by adding the reverse transcriptase to reagent reservoir 62 along with the polymerase and programming the heaters 154 to cycle firstly for the reverse transcription step and then progress onto the nucleic acid amplification step.
  • a two-step RT- PCR could also be easily achieved by utilizing the reagent reservoir 58 to store and dispense the buffers, primers, dNTPs and reverse transcriptase and the incubation section 1 14 for the reverse transcription step followed by amplification in the normal way in the amplification section 1 12.
  • isothermal nucleic acid amplification is the preferred method of nucleic acid amplification, thus avoiding the need to repetitively cycle the reaction components through various temperature cycles but instead maintaining the amplification section at a constant temperature, typically around 37°C to 41°C.
  • SDA Strand Displacement Amplification
  • TMA Transcription Mediated Amplification
  • NASBA ecombinase Polymerase Amplification
  • RPA ecombinase Polymerase Amplification
  • HDA Helicase-Dependent isothermal DNA Amplification
  • RCA Rolling Circle Amplification
  • RAM Ramification Amplification
  • LAMP Loop-mediated Isothermal Amplification
  • the reagent reservoirs 60 and 62 adjoining the amplification section will be loaded with the appropriate reagents for the specified isothermal method instead of PCR amplification mix and polymerase.
  • reagent reservoir 60 contains amplification buffer, primers and dNTPs and reagent reservoir 62 contains an appropriate nickase enzyme and Exo- DNA polymerase.
  • reagent reservoir 60 contains the amplification buffer, primers, dNTPs and recombinase proteins, with reagent reservoir 62 containing a strand displacing DNA polymerase such as Bsu.
  • reagent reservoir 60 contains amplification buffer, primers and dNTPs and reagent reservoir 62 contains an appropriate DNA polymerase and a helicase enzyme to unwind the double stranded DNA strand instead of using heat.
  • reagent reservoir 62 contains an appropriate DNA polymerase and a helicase enzyme to unwind the double stranded DNA strand instead of using heat.
  • the necessary reagents can be split between the two reagent reservoirs in any manner appropriate for the nucleic acid amplification process.
  • reagent reservoir 60 is filled with amplification buffer
  • primers and dNTPs are filled with RNA polymerase, reverse transcriptase and, optionally, RNase H.
  • isothermal nucleic acid amplification it may be necessary to have an initial denaturation cycle to separate the double stranded DNA template, prior to maintaining the temperature for the isothermal nucleic acid amplification to proceed. This is readily achievable in all embodiments of the LOC device described herein, as the temperature of the mix in the amplification section 112 can be carefully controlled by the heaters 1 4 in the amplification microchannels 158 (see Figure 14).
  • Isothermal nucleic acid amplification is more tolerant of potential inhibitors in the sample and, as such, is generally suitable for use where direct nucleic acid amplification from the sample is desired. Therefore, isothermal nucleic acid amplification is sometimes useful in LOC variant XLIII 673, LOC variant XLIV 674 and LOC variant XLVII 677, amongst others, shown in Figures 71, 72 and 73, respectively.
  • Direct isothermal amplification may also be combined with one or more pre-amplification dialysis steps 70, 686 or 682 as shown in Figures 71 and 73 and/or a pre-hybridization dialysis step 682 as indicated in Figure 72 to help partially concentrate the target cells in the sample before nucleic acid amplification or remove unwanted cellular debris prior to the sample entering the hybridization chamber array 110, respectively.
  • pre-amplification dialysis and pre- hybridization dialysis can be used.
  • Isothermal nucleic acid amplification can also be performed in parallel amplification sections such as those schematically represented in Figures 63, 68 and 69, multiplexed and some methods of isothermal nucleic acid amplification, such as LAMP, are compatible with an initial reverse transcription step to amplify R A.
  • PHOTODIODE PHOTODIODE
  • Figure 54 shows the photodiode 184 integrated into the CMOS circuitry 86 of the LOC device 301.
  • the photodiode 184 is fabricated as part of the CMOS circuitry 86 without additional masks or steps. This is one significant advantage of a CMOS photodiode over a CCD, an alternate sensing technology which could be integrated on the same chip using non-standard processing steps, or fabricated on an adjacent chip.
  • On-chip detection is low cost and reduces the size of the assay system.
  • the shorter optical path length reduces noise from the surrounding environment for efficient collection of the fluorescence signal and eliminates the need for a conventional optical assembly of lenses and filters.
  • Quantum efficiency of the photodiode 184 is the fraction of photons impinging on its active area 185 that are effectively converted to photo-electrons.
  • the quantum efficiency is in the range of 0.3 to 0.5 for visible light, depending on process parameters such as the amount and absorption properties of the cover layers.
  • the detection threshold of the photodiode 184 determines the smallest intensity of the fluorescence signal that can be detected.
  • the detection threshold also determines the size of the photodiode 184 and hence the number of hybridization chambers 180 in the hybridization and detection section 52 (see Figure 52).
  • the size and number of chambers are technical parameters that are limited by the dimensions of the LOC device (in the case of the LOC device 301, the dimensions are 1760 ⁇ x 5824 ⁇ ) and the real estate available after other functional modules such as the pathogen dialysis section 70 and amplification section(s) 112 are incorporated.
  • the photodiode 184 detects a minimum of 5 photons.
  • the minimum can be set to 10 photons. Therefore with the quantum efficiency range being 0.3 to 0.5 (as discussed above), the fluorescence emission from the probes should be a minimum of 17 photons but 30 photons would incorporate a suitable margin of error for reliable detection.
  • Electrochemiluminescence involves the generation of species at electrode surfaces that then undergo electron-transfer reactions to form excited states that emit light.
  • Electrochemiluminescence differs from normal chemiluminescence in that formation of the excited species relies on oxidation or reduction of the luminophore or a coreactant at an electrode.
  • Coreactants in this context, are additional reagents added to the ECL solution which enhance the efficiency of ECL emission.
  • the excited species form purely through mixing of suitable reagents.
  • the emitting atom or complex is traditionally referred to as a luminophore.
  • ECL relies on generating an excited state of the luminophore, at which point a photon will be emitted. As with any such process, it is possible for an alternate path to be taken from the excited state which does not lead to the desired light emission (i.e. quenching).
  • Embodiments of the test module that use ECL instead of fluorescence detection do not require an excitation LED. Electrodes are fabricated within the hybridization chambers to provide the electrical pulse for ECL generation and the photons are detected using the photosensor 44. The duration and voltage of the electrical pulse are controlled; in some embodiments, control over the current is used as an alternative to controlling the voltage.
  • the ruthenium complex, [Ru(bpy)3] 2+ described previously for use as a fluorescent reporter in the probes, can also be used as a luminophore in an ECL reaction in the hybridization chambers, with TPrA (tri-n-propylamine as the coreactant.
  • Coreactant ECL has the benefit that luminophores are not consumed after photon emission and the reagents are available for the process to repeat.
  • the [Ru(bpy)3] 2+ /TPrA ECL system provides good signal levels at physiologically relevant conditions of pH in aqueous solutions.
  • Alternative coreactants which can produce equivalent or better results than TPrA with ruthenium complexes are N-butyldiethanolamine and 2-(dibutylamino)ethanol.
  • Figure 76 illustrates the reactions occurring during an ECL process in which [Ru(bpy) 3 ] 2+ is the luminophore 864 and TPrA is the coreactant 866.
  • the wavelength of the emitted light 862 is around 620 nm and the anode potential is around 1.1 V with respect to a Ag/AgCl reference electrode.
  • the quencher is a functional moiety which is initially attached to the probe, but other embodiments are possible in which the quencher is a separate molecule free in solution.
  • Figures 93 and 94 show the hybridization-responsive ECL probes 237. These are often referred to as molecular beacons and are stem-and-loop probes, generated from a single strand of nucleic acid, that luminesce upon hybridization to complementary nucleic acids.
  • Figure 93 shows a single ECL probe 237 prior to hybridization with a target nucleic acid sequence 238.
  • the probe has a loop 240, stem 242, a luminophore 864 at the 5' end, and a quencher 248 at the 3' end.
  • the loop 240 consists of a sequence complementary to the target nucleic acid sequence 238. Complementary sequences on either side of the probe sequence anneal together to form the stem 242.
  • the probe In the absence of a complementary target sequence, the probe remains closed as shown in Figure 93.
  • the stem 242 keeps the luminophore-quencher pair in close proximity to each other, such that significant resonant energy transfer can occur between them, substantially eliminating the ability of the luminophore to emit light after electrochemical excitation.
  • Figure 94 shows the ECL probe 237 in an open or hybridized configuration.
  • the stem-and-loop structure is disrupted, the luminophore 864 and quencher 248 are spatially separated, thus restoring the ability of the luminophore 864 to emit light.
  • the ECL emission 862 is optically detected as an indication that the probe has hybridized.
  • the probes hybridize with very high specificity with complementary targets, since the stem helix of the probe is designed to be more stable than a probe-target helix with a single nucleotide that is not complementary. Since double-stranded DNA is relatively rigid, it is sterically impossible for the probe-target helix and the stem helix to coexist.
  • Primer-linked stem-and-loop probes and primer-linked linear probes are an alternative to molecular beacons and can be used for real-time and quantitative nucleic acid amplification in the LOC device. Real-time amplification is performed directly in the hybridization chambers of the LOC device.
  • the benefit of using primer-linked probes is that the probe element is physically linked to the primer, thus only requiring a single hybridization event to occur during the nucleic acid amplification rather than separate hybridizations of the primers and probes being required. This ensures that the reaction is effectively instantaneous and results in stronger signals, shorter reaction times and better discrimination than when using separate primers and probes.
  • the probes (along with polymerase and the amplification mix) would be deposited into the hybridization chambers 180 during fabrication and there would be no need for an amplification section on the LOC device.
  • the amplification section is left unused or used for other reactions.
  • Figures 95 and 96 show a primer-linked linear ECL probe 693 during the initial round of nucleic acid amplification and in its hybridized configuration during subsequent rounds of nucleic acid amplification, respectively.
  • the primer-linked linear ECL probe 693 has a double-stranded stem segment 242.
  • One of the strands incorporates the primer linked probe sequence 696 which is homologous to a region on the target nucleic acid 696 and is labelled on its 5' end with luminophore 864, and linked on its 3' end to an oligonucleotide primer 700 via an amplification blocker 694.
  • the other strand of the stem 242 is labelled at its 3 ⁇ end with a quencher molecule 248.
  • the probe can loop around and hybridize to the extended strand with the, now, complementary sequence 698.
  • the oligonucleotide primer 700 anneals to the target DNA 238 (see Figure 95) and is then extended, forming a DNA strand containing both the probe sequence and the amplification product.
  • the amplification blocker 694 prevents the polymerase from reading through and copying the probe region 696.
  • the extended oligonucleotide primer 700/template hybrid is dissociated and so is the double stranded stem 242 of the primer-linked linear probe, thus releasing the quencher 248.
  • the primer linked probe sequence 696 of the primer-linked linear ECL probe curls around and hybridizes to the amplified complementary sequence 698 on the extended strand and light emission is detected indicating the presence of the target DNA.
  • Non-extended primer-linked linear ECL probes retain their double-stranded stem and light emission remains quenched. This detection method is particularly well suited for fast detection systems as it relies on a single- molecule process.
  • the primer-linked stem-and-loop ECL probe 705 has a stem 242 of complementary double-stranded DNA and a loop 240 which incorporates the probe sequence.
  • One of the stem strands 708 is labelled at its 5' end with luminophore 864.
  • the other strand 710 is labelled with a 3'-end quencher 248 and carries both the amplification blocker 694 and oligonucleotide primer 700.
  • the strands of the target nucleic acid 238 separate, as does the stem 242 of the primer-linked stem-and-loop ECL probe 705.
  • the oligonucleotide primer 700 on the primer-linked stem-and-loop ECL probe 705 hybridizes to the target nucleic acid sequence 238.
  • the complement 706 to the target nucleic acid sequence 238 is synthesized forming a DNA strand containing both the probe sequence 705 and the amplified product.
  • the amplification blocker 694 prevents the polymerase from reading through and copying the probe region 705.
  • the probe sequence of the loop segment 240 of the primer-linked stem-and-loop probe (see Figure 97F) anneals to the complementary sequence 706 on the extended strand.
  • This configuration leaves the luminophore 864 relatively remote from the quencher 248, resulting in a significant increase in light emission.
  • the hybridization chamber array 110 includes some hybridization chambers 180 with positive and negative ECL control probes used for assay quality control.
  • Figures 98 and 99 schematically illustrate negative control ECL probes 786 without a luminophore
  • Figures 100 and 101 are sketches of positive control ECL probes 787 without a quencher.
  • the positive and negative control ECL probes have a stem-and-loop structure like the ECL probes described above.
  • an ECL signal 862 (see Figure 94) will always be emitted from positive control ECL probes 787 and no ECL signal 862 is ever emitted from negative control ECL probes 786, regardless of whether the probes hybridize into an open configuration or remain closed.
  • the negative control ECL probe 786 has no luminophore (and may or may not have a quencher 248). Hence, whether the target nucleic acid sequence 238 hybridizes with the probe as shown in Figure 99, or the probe remains in its stem 242 and loop 240 configuration as shown in Figure 98, the ECL signal is negligible. Alternatively, the negative control ECL probe could be designed so that it always remains quenched.
  • the stem 242 of the probe molecule will re- hybridize to itself and the luminophore and quencher will remain in close proximity and no appreciable ECL signal will be detected.
  • This negative control would account for any low level emission that may occur if the quenching is not complete.
  • the positive control ECL probe 787 is constructed without a quencher as illustrated in Figures 100 and 101. None quenches the ECL emission 862 from the luminophore 864 regardless of whether the positive control probe 787 hybridizes with the target nucleic acid sequence 238.
  • Figures 91 and 92 show another possibility for constructing a positive control chamber.
  • the calibration chambers 382 which are sealed from the amplicon (or any flow containing target molecules) can be filled with the ECL luminophore solution such that a positive signal is always detected at the electrode
  • control chambers can be negative control chambers because the lack of inlets prevents any targets from reaching the probes such that an ECL signal is never detected.
  • Figure 52 shows a possible distribution of the positive and negative control probes (378 and 380 respectively) throughout the hybridization chamber array 110.
  • positive and negative control ECL probes 786 and 787 would replace control fluorescent probes 378 and 380, respectively.
  • the control probes are placed in hybridization chambers 180 along a line extending diagonally across the hybridization chamber array 110. However, the arrangement of the control probes within the array is arbitrary (as is the configuration of the hybridization chamber array 1 10).
  • This background is removed from each output signal by calibration chambers 382 in the hybridization chamber array 1 10 which either do not contain any probes, contain probes that have no ECL luminophore, or contain probes with a luminophore and quencher configured such that quenching is always expected to occur.
  • hybridization chamber array is arbitrary. However, the calibration is more accurate if photodiodes 184 are calibrated by a calibration chamber 382 that is relatively proximate.
  • the hybridization chamber array 1 10 has one calibration chamber 382 for every eight hybridization chambers 180. That is, a calibration chamber 382 is positioned in the middle of every three by three square of hybridization chambers 180. In this configuration, the hybridization chambers 180 are calibrated by a calibration chamber 382 that is immediately adjacent.
  • Figure 75 shows a differential imager circuit 788 used to substract the signal from the photodiode 184 corresponding to the calibration chamber 382 as a result of the applied electrical pulse, from the ECL signal from the surrounding hybridization chambers 180.
  • the differential imager circuit 788 samples the signal from the pixel 790 and a "dummy" pixel 792. Signals arising from ambient light in the region of the chamber array are also subtracted.
  • the signals from the pixel 790 are small (i.e. close to dark signal), and without a reference to a dark level it is hard to differentiate between the background and a very small signal.
  • the normal metric of efficiency in ECL is the number of photons obtained per "Faradaic" electron, i.e. per electron which participates in the electrochemistry.
  • the ECL efficiency is denoted :
  • I is the intensity in photons per second
  • i is the current in amperes
  • F is Faraday's constant
  • A is Avogadro's constant
  • Annihilation ECL in deoxygenated, aprotic solutions is simple enough to allow efficiency measurements, and the consensus value of is around 5%.
  • Coreactant systems have been generally declared to be beyond meaningful direct measurements of efficiency. Instead, emission intensity is related by scaling to easily-prepared standard solutions such as u(bpy)3 2+ , measured in the same format.
  • the literature see for example J. K. Leland and M. J. Powell, J. Electrochem. Soc. , 137, 3127 (1990), and R. Pyati and M. M. Richter, Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem.
  • the voltage at the working electrode for the Ru(bpy)3 2+ / TPrA system is approximately +1.1 V (generally measured in the literature with respect to a reference Ag/AgCl electrode). Voltages this high shorten electrode lifetimes but this is not an issue for single-use devices such as the LOC device used in the present diagnostic system.
  • the ideal voltage between the anode and cathode depends on the combination of solution components and electrode materials. Selecting the correct voltage can require compromising between the highest signal levels, reagent and electrode stability, and the activation of undesired side reactions such as electrolysis of the water in the chamber.
  • the ECL emission is maximized at 2.1 - 2.2 V (depending on the coreactant choice). Emission intensities drop to ⁇ 75% of the peak values for voltages below 1.9 V and above 2.6 V, and to ⁇ 50% of the peak values for voltages below 1.7 V and above 2.8 V.
  • a preferred anode-cathode voltage difference for ECL operation in such systems is therefore 1.7 - 2.8 V, with the range 1.9 - 2.6 V being particularly preferred. This allows maximization of the emission intensity as a function of voltage, while avoiding voltages at which significant gas evolution at the electrodes is observed.
  • the wavelength of the emitted light 862 from ECL has an intensity peak at around 620 nm (measured in air or vacuum), and the emission spans a relatively broad wavelength range. Significant emission occurs at wavelengths from around 550 nm to 700 nm. Furthermore, the peak emission wavelength can vary by ⁇ 10% due to changes in the chemical environment around the active species.
  • the LOC device embodiments described here which incorporate no wavelength-specific filters, have two advantages for capturing signals with such a broad and variable spectrum.
  • the first advantage is sensitivity: any wavelength filter reduces light transmission, even within its pass band, so efficiency is improved by not including a filter.
  • the second advantage is flexibility: adjustment of filter pass bands is not required after minor reagent changes, and the signals are less dependent on minor differences in non-target components of the input sample. SOLUTION VOLUME PARTICIPATING IN ECL
  • ECL relies on the availability of luminophore (and coreactant) in solution.
  • the excited species 868 are generated only in the solution 872 near the electrodes 860 and 870.
  • the parameter boundary layer depth in the models presented here, is the depth of the layer of solution 872 around the electrode 860 in which the excited species 868 are generated.
  • reagents can adsorb onto the electrodes and may become unavailable to the ECL process.
  • ECL is observed in experiments where conjugation to magnetic beads with diameters up to 4.5 ⁇ is used to attract the luminophore 864 to the anode 860.
  • the intensity of the ECL emission 862 (see Figure 94) is generally higher than the intensity of the emission 862 from steady-state activation of the electrodes. Accordingly, the activation signal to the electrodes 860 and 870 is pulse-width modulated (PWM) by the CMOS circuitry 86 (see Figure 83).
  • PWM pulse-width modulated
  • Electrophoresis of the oligonucleotides can complicate the detection of probe-target hybrids, as DNA is highly negatively charged and attracted to the anode 860.
  • the time scale for this motion is typically short (in the order of milliseconds).
  • Electrophoretic effects are strong even though the voltages are moderate ( ⁇ 1 V), because the separation between the anode 860 and cathode 870 is small.
  • Electrophoresis enhances the ECL emission 862 in some embodiments of the LOC device and degrades the emission in others. This is addressed by increasing or decreasing the electrode spacing to get the associated increases or decreases in electrophoretic effect.
  • the current required to maintain an ECL voltage of - 2.2 V is determined as follows with reference to the ECL cell 874 schematically illustrated in Figure 79.
  • the DC current through the chamber is determined by two resistances: the interface resistance R; between the electrodes 860 and 870 and the bulk of the solution, and the solution resistance R s which is derived from the bulk solution resistivity and conduction path geometry.
  • the chamber resistance is dominated by interfacial resistances at the electrodes 860 and 870, and R s can be neglected.
  • the effect of the interfacial resistance is estimated by scaling measurements of macroscopic current flow through similar solutions for the electrode geometries in the LOC devices.
  • the anode area was smaller than the cathode area, and was surrounded by a cathode with comparable area in a ring geometry. For an anode consisting of a circle 2 mm in diameter, the current measured was 1.1 mA, giving a current density of 350 Alva 2 .
  • the electrode area is for the square ring geometry schematically illustrated in Figure 79.
  • the anode is a ring with width 1 ⁇ and thickness 1 ⁇ .
  • Heating of the chambers by ⁇ 20°C can cause denaturation of most hybridization probes.
  • single base mismatch-sensitive hybridization using appropriately designed sequences, becomes feasible. This allows the detection of mutations and allelic differences at the level of single nucleotide polymorphisms.
  • the DC current is applied to the electrodes 860 and 870 for 0.69 s, to limit the heating to 4°C.
  • a current of ⁇ 69 nA passing through the chamber is far more than can be accommodated as Faradaic current by the ECL species at micromolar concentrations. Therefore, low-duty-cycle pulsing of the electrodes 860 and 870 to further reduce heating (to 1°C or less) while maintaining sufficient ECL emission 862, does not introduce complications associated with reagent depletion.
  • the current is reduced to 0.1 nA which removes the need for pulsed activation of the electrodes. Even at currents as low as 0.1 nA, the ECL emission 862 is luminophore-limited.
  • the immediate chemical precursors of ECL luminescence are generated within nanometres of the working electrode.
  • light emission (the excited species 868) generally occurs within microns or less of that location.
  • the volume immediately adjacent to the working electrode is visible to the corresponding photodiode 184 of the photosensor 44.
  • the electrodes 860 and 870 are directly adjacent the active surface area 185 of the corresponding photodiode 184 in the photosensor 44.
  • the anode 860 is shaped to increase the length of its lateral periphery 'seen' by the photodiode 184. This aims to maximize the volume of excited species 868 that can be detected by the underlying photodiode 184.
  • Figure 77 schematically illustrates three embodiments of the anode 860.
  • a comb structure anode 878 has the advantage that the parallel fingers 880 can be interdigitated with the fingers of a cathode 870.
  • the interdigitated configuration is shown in Figure 84, and in a partial view of a LOC layout in Figures 90 and 92.
  • the interdigitated configuration provides a uniform dielectric gap 876 (see Figure 78) that is relatively narrow (1 to 2 microns) and the interdigitated comb structure is relatively simple for the lithographic fabrication process.
  • a relatively narrow dielectric gap 876 between the electrodes 860 and 870 obviates the need for a coreactant in some solutions 872, as the excited species 868 will diffuse between anode and cathode.
  • the removal of the requirement for a coreactant removes the potential chemical impact of the coreactant on the various assay chemistries and provides a wider range of possible assay options.
  • some embodiments of the anode 860 have a serpentine configuration 882. To achieve high periphery length while maintaining tolerance against fabrication errors, it is convenient to form wide, rectangular meanders 884.
  • the anode may have a more complex configuration 886 if necessary or desirable.
  • it may have a crenulated section 888, a branched structure 890, or a combination of the two. Partial views of LOC designs incorporating a branched structure 890 are shown in Figures 1 15 and 1 16.
  • the more complicated configurations such as 886 provide a long length of lateral periphery, and are best suited to solution chemistries where a coreactant is employed since patterning a closely-spaced opposing cathode is more difficult.
  • ECL cells involve a planar working electrode which is viewed externally.
  • traditional microfabrication techniques for metal layers tend to lead to planar structures with metal thicknesses of approximately 1 micron.
  • increasing the length of lateral periphery enhances the coupling between the ECL emission and the photodiode 184.
  • a second strategy to further increase the efficiency of collection of emitted light 862 (see Figure 94) by the photodiode 184 is to increase the thickness of the anode 860. This is shown schematically in Figure 78.
  • the part of the participating volume 892 adjacent to the walls of the working electrode is the region most efficiently coupled to the photodiode 184. Therefore, for a given width of working electrode 860, the overall collection efficiency of the emitted light 862 can be improved by increasing the thickness of the electrodes. Further, since high current carrying capacity is not required, the width of the working electrode 860 is reduced as far as is practical.
  • the thickness of the electrodes 860 and 870 can not increase without restrictions. Noting that the feature and separation sizes of the electrodes are likely to be of the order of 1 micron, and that liquid filling makes gaps which are wider than they are deep unfavourable, the optimum practical thickness for the electrodes is 0.25 micron to 2 microns.
  • the spacing between the electrodes 860 and 870 is important for the quality of signals in
  • LOC devices particularly in embodiments where the electrodes are interdigitated.
  • the anode 860 is a branched structure such as shown in Figure 77 and Figure 81, the spacing between adjacent elements can also be important. ECL emission efficiency, and the collection efficiency of the emitted light, should both be maximised.
  • ECL emission tends to favour electrode spacings on the order of one micron or less. Small spacings are particularly attractive when performing ECL in the absence of a coreactant.
  • the fact that the spacing can be comparable to the wavelength of the emitted light 862 is of limited importance. Therefore, in many embodiments where the emitted light 862 (see Figure 94) is measured at a location which does not require that the light have passed between the electrodes 860 and 870, making the electrode spacing as small as practical is often the goal. In embodiments where the emitted light 862 must pass between the electrodes 860 and 870, however, it becomes necessary to move beyond considering just the ECL emission process, and consider the wave properties of light.
  • the wavelength of the emitted light 862 from ECL of Ru(bpy)3 2+ is around 620 nm, and therefore 460 nm (0.46 microns) in water.
  • the emitted light 862 must pass through a gap between elements of the metallic structures. If this gap is comparable to the wavelength of the light, diffraction generally reduces the intensity of propagating light which reaches the photodiode 184. In cases where the emitted light 862 is incident on the gap at large angles, however, evanescent mode coupling can be harnessed to improve the strength of collected signals.
  • Figure 78 is a schematic partial cross-section of the electrodes 860 and 870 in the hybridization chamber.
  • the occluded region 894 above the anode 860 is ignored because its optical coupling to the photodiode 184 is negligible.
  • a technique for determining whether a particular electrode configuration provides a foundation for the level of ECL emission 862 for the underlying photodiode 184 is set out below with reference to Figures 79, 80 and 81.
  • Figure 79 is a ring geometry in which the anode 860 is around the edge of photodiode
  • Figure 80 the anode 860 is positioned within the periphery of the photodiode 184.
  • Figure 81 shows a more complex configuration in which the anode 860 has a series of parallel fingers 880 to increase the length of its lateral edges.
  • N em Nlum .
  • X P / T E CL E CLC L N A .
  • N p hot The number of isotropically emitted photons N p hot is:
  • )ECL is the ECL efficiency, defined as the average number of photons emitted by the ECL reaction of a single luminophore.
  • ⁇ 0 is the optical coupling efficiency (the number of photons absorbed by the photodiode 184) and ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4 is the photodiode quantum efficiency.
  • the signal is therefore:
  • ⁇ 0 is:
  • ⁇ 0 (25% photons which are directed towards the photodiode 184)
  • the participating volume 892 depends on the electrode configuration, and details are presented in the corresponding sections.
  • the anode 860 is a ring around the edge of the photodiode 184.
  • the participating volume 892 is:
  • Electron counts in photodiode 2.3 x 10 3 This signal is readily detectable by the underlying photodiode 184 of the LOC device photosensor 44.
  • Complete overlay can be achieved in two embodiments: first, as indicated schematically in Figure 82, by employing a transparent anode 860, in a plane parallel with that of the photodiode 184 and with an area matched to that of the photodiode, and arranging the anode in immediate proximity to the photodiode 184, such that emitted light 862 passes through the anode and onto the photodiode.
  • the anode 860 is again parallel to and registered with the photodiode area, but the solution 872 fills a void between the anode 860 and the photodiode 184.
  • the anode is assumed to be a complete layer above the photodiode 184, with half of the photons directed toward the photodiode 184 (absorption efficiency still 10%).
  • Electron counts in photodiode 1.2 x 10 4 It is possible to improve the signal and assay beyond the above models by using surfactants and probe immobilization at the anode.
  • Positioning the photodiode very close to the probes has the advantage of extremely high collection efficiency: when the thickness of the material between the probes and the photodiode is on the order of 1 micron, the angle of collection of emission light is up to 174°. This angle is calculated by considering light emitted from a probe at the centroid of the face of the hybridization chamber closest to the photodiode, which has a planar active surface parallel to that chamber face.
  • the cone of emission angles within which light is able to be absorbed by the photodiode is defined as having the emitting probe at its vertex and the corner of the sensor on the perimeter of its planar face.
  • the vertex angle of this cone is 170°; in the limiting case where the photodiode is expanded so that its area matches that of the 28 micron x 26.5 micron hybridization chamber, the vertex angle is 174°.
  • a separation between the chamber face and the photodiode active surface of 1 micron or less is readily achievable.
  • Each hybridization chamber releases 1.1 x 10 6 photons.
  • the selected photodetector has a detection threshold of 17 photons, and for values of do greater than ten times the sensor size (i.e. , essentially normal incidence) the proportion of photons not reflected at the sensor surface can be increased from 10% to 90%. Therefore, the minimum optical efficiency required is:
  • the base area of the light-emitting region of the hybridization chamber 180 is 29 micron x 19.75 micron.
  • the LOC device 301 described and illustrated above in full is just one of many possible LOC device designs. Variations of the LOC device that use different combinations of the various functional sections described above will now be described and/or shown as schematic flow-charts, from sample inlet to detection, to illustrate some of the combinations possible.
  • the flow-charts have been divided, where appropriate, into sample input and preparation stage 288, extraction stage 290, incubation stage 291, amplification stage 292, pre-hybridization stage 293 and detection stage 294.
  • the accompanying full layouts are not shown for reasons of clarity and succinctness. Also in the interests of clarity, smaller functional units such as liquid sensors and temperature sensors are not shown but it will be appreciated that these have been incorporated into the appropriate locations in each of the following LOC device designs.
  • a microfluidic device 783 with dialysis device 784, LOC device 785 and interconnecting cap 51 provides for greater modularity and improved sensitivity.
  • LOC designs which combine all the functions (see, for example, LOC variant 729 in Figure 89)
  • separating the dialysis function from the LOC device allows different specialized dialysis devices 784 to be developed that select for different targets.
  • These specialized dialysis devices 784 can be combined with a LOC device 785 and interconnecting cap 51 to form a complete assay system.
  • different LOC devices 785 optimized for different assay approaches can also be developed and coordinated with different dialysis devices 784, thus providing an extremely powerful and flexible approach to system development. It is also possible to deploy the LOC device without a dialysis device for certain applications, or to combine multiple LOC devices 785.
  • Each surface-micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic device 783 can be fabricated with the optimal and most cost effective fabrication process.
  • the dialysis device 784 requires no CMOS circuitry and so can be manufactured utilizing less expensive materials and fewer process steps.
  • a larger and optimized dialysis device 784 provides increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
  • the microfluidic device 783 prepares the sample 288, and then extracts 290, incubates 291, amplifies 292, and detects 294 pathogenic DNA using twelve separate amplification chambers (112.1 to 1 12.12).
  • the assembly employs multiple amplification chambers to increase assay sensitivity and improve the signal-to-noise ratio.
  • This LOC device utilizes ECL in the hybridization chamber arrays 1 10.1 to 110.12 to detect probe-target hybrids.
  • the system modularity provides for different dialysis devices 784 to be employed to detect other targets, for example, leukocytes, erythrocytes, pathogens, or molecules like free proteins or DNA within a liquid sample, and although the current description describes pathogenic DNA detection, the skilled worker will appreciate that the microfluidic device 783 is not limited to detecting this one target only.
  • Figure 103 shows the microfluidic device 783 with dialysis device 784, LOC device 785, and interconnecting cap 51.
  • the interconnecting cap 51 consists of the reservoir layer 78, the cap channel layer 80, and the interface layer 594.
  • the interface layer 594 is positioned between the cap channel layer 80 and the MST channel layer 100 of the CMOS + MST device 48.
  • the interface layer 594 allows a more complex fluidic interconnection between the reagent reservoirs and the MST layer 87 without increasing the size of the silicon substrate 84.
  • Figure 104 superimposes the reservoirs, the top channels, and the interface channels to illustrate the more sophisticated plumbing achieved with the interface layer 94.
  • the sample for example, blood
  • the anticoagulant surface tension valve 1 18 has two interface channels 596 and 598 in the interface layer 594.
  • a reservoir-side interface channel 596 connects the reservoir outlet with the downtakes 92 and a sample-side interface channel 598 connects the uptakes 96 with the cap channel 94.
  • Anticoagulant from the reservoir 54 flows through the MST channels 90 via the reservoir-side interface channel 596 until the meniscus is pinned at the uptakes 96.
  • the sample flow along the cap channel 94 dips into the sample-side interface channel 598 to remove the meniscus so that the anticoagulant combines with the blood sample as it continues on to the pathogen dialysis section 70.
  • the pathogen dialysis section 70 in this embodiment comprises an interface target channel 602 and an interface waste channel 604 fluidically coupled by a plurality of apertures of a predetermined threshold size.
  • the aperture at the very upstream of the dialysis section 70 is different from the apertures downstream of it; the downstream apertures are holes with diameters of less than 8.0 microns selected to allow targets to pass through to the interface target channel 602.
  • the apertures are 3.0 micron diameter holes 164 selected to allow pathogens to pass through to the interface target channel 602.
  • the pathogen dialysis section 70 is configured such that the sample flows through the channels and apertures under capillary action.
  • the blood sample flows through the cap channel 94 to the upstream end of the interface waste cell channel 604.
  • the interface waste cell channel 604 is open to the 3.0 micron diameter apertures 164 leading to the dialysis MST channels 204.
  • Each of the dialysis MST channels 204 lead from the 3.0 micron diameter apertures 164 to respective dialysis uptake holes 168.
  • the dialysis uptake holes 168 are open to the interface target channel 602. However the uptakes are configured to pin a meniscus rather than allow capillary driven flow to continue.
  • the pathogen dialysis section 70 incorporates a bypass channel 600 for filling the flow channel structures without trapped air bubbles.
  • the bypass channel 600 at the very upstream end of the pathogen dialysis section 70 has a CIF (capillary initiation feature) 202 to promote capillary driven flow from the bypass channel 600 into the interface target channel 602 (see Figures 104 and 105).
  • the bypass channel also has a wide meander to lengthen the flow-path from the interface waste cell channel 604 to the interface target channel 602. The longer flow- path delays the sample flow such that it fills the interface target channel 602 after the meniscus forms at the most upstream dialysis MST channel 204.
  • the sample flow starts at the upstream end and unpins the meniscus at each of the dialysis uptake holes 168 as the flow moves downstream along the interface waste channel 602. This ensures all the dialysis bottom channels fill with sample flow as the dialysis section fills. Without the bypass channel 600, or dialysis uptakes 168 configured to pin a meniscus, some dialysis MST channels 204 may not fill.
  • an air bubble may form in the interface target channel 602. In either case, flow through the dialysis section can be substantially throttled.
  • the interface waste channel 604 feeds into the waste channel 72 and the interface target channel 602 feeds into the target channel 74 (see Figures 104 and 105).
  • Five dialysis sections are joined in series by cap channels 72 and 74 to increase the efficiency of the dialysis process.
  • the sample flow with the target is drawn along the target channel 74 in the cap channel layer away from the dialysis device 784 and into the LOC device 785 by capillary driven flow.
  • the waste channel 72 flows to the waste reservoir 76 (see Figure 103).
  • the LOC device 785 can also be employed as a standalone micro fluidic device with an alternate cap suitable for a single device, and in this configuration optional anticoagulant reservoir 55 can be used to supply anticoagulant.
  • optional anticoagulant reservoir 55 can be used to supply anticoagulant.
  • LOC device 785 is its use for whole blood analysis. Referring to Figures 106 and 107, the target flows into LOC device 785 along cap channel 74. It passes via optional anticoagulant surface tension valve 117, which is used to add the contents of optional anticoagulant reservoir 55, and continues on until it reaches the lysis surface tension valve 128. In the configuration being described here, this optional reservoir and surface tension valves are unused and do not affect the sample flow or operation of the LOC device.
  • the lysis surface tension valve 128 has a lysis reservoir-side interface channel 606 and a lysis sample-side interface channel 608 (see Figure 107).
  • Lysis reagent flows from the reservoir 56 to the lysis reservoir-side interface channel 606 via a cap channel 94.
  • the reagent flows into the downtakes 92, through the MST channels 90 to the uptakes 96 where the reagents pin a meniscus (see Figure 107).
  • Sample flow from the target channel 74 fills the lysis sample-side interface channel 608.
  • the sample flow removes the menisci at the uptakes 96 and the lysis reagent combines with the sample as it flows into the chemical lysis section 130.
  • the lysis reagent diffusively mixes through the flow to lyse the target cells and release the genetic material therein.
  • the sample flow stops at the mixing section exit valve 206.
  • the mixing section exit valve is a boiling-initiated valve 206.
  • the liquid sensor 174 upstream of the valve provides feedback that the sample flow is about to reach the valve 206. If the CMOS circuitry 86 is programmed with a delay to ensure the target cells are completely lysed, the liquid sensor feedback initiates the delay period. After any delay period, the boiling-initiated valve 206 is activated and the downstream liquid sensor 174 registers that the flow has resumed along the MST channel 90.
  • the lysed sample flow continues to the restriction enzyme, ligase and linker surface tension valve 132.
  • the operation of the surface tension valve 132 is the same as described earlier for the anticoagulant surface tension valve 118.
  • restriction enzymes, ligase and linker primers are released from the reservoir 58 and combine with the sample flow.
  • the sample then flows through MST channel 90 to the heated microchannels of the incubation section 114.
  • the incubation section 114 is composed of a serpentine microchannel 210 heated by heaters 154.
  • the sample flow is stopped at the incubator outlet valve 207 until sufficient time has passed.
  • the incubator outlet valve 207 is a boiling-initiated valve similar to the mixing section outlet valve 206.
  • the liquid sensor 174 at the beginning of the incubation section in conjunction with the flow rate sensor 740 (see Figure 112) and CMOS circuitry 86, initiates an incubation time delay.
  • the incubator outlet valve 207 activates and flow resumes flowing along the MST incubation exit channel 630 to the polymerase surface tension valve 140 (see Figure 109). Polymerase from the reservoir 62 combines with the sample flow as it travels the serpentine path of the amplification input channel 632.
  • the amplification input channel 632 directs the sample flow past the twelve amplification mix surface tension valves 138.
  • Amplification mix in each of the amplification mix reservoirs 60.1-60.12 flows through respective cap channels 94 to pin menisci at the amplification mix surface tension valves 138.
  • the sample flow opens each of the surface tension valves in turn, and the amplification mix from the respective amplification mix reservoirs 60.1-60.12 entrains with the sample flow into each of the twelve amplification chambers 1 12.1-112.12.
  • the LOC device has CMOS circuitry that allows operative control of amplification section via temperature sensors and heaters.
  • each of the twelve amplification chambers 112.1-112.12 has one of the amplification outlet valves 207, respectively.
  • the amplification outlet valves 207 are boiling-initiated valves like the incubator outlet valve 207.
  • the amplification outlet valves 207 open for the amplicon to flow into the hybridization chamber arrays 110.1-110.12 containing probes configured to form probe-target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, in this case pathogenic DNA.
  • the sample is drawn along the flow-path 176 through each of the separate arrays 1 10.1-1 10.12 and into the individual hybridization chambers 180 via respective diffusion barrier inlets 175 (see Figure 90 and Figure 111).
  • the hybridization heaters 182 are activated after a time delay to enhance the generation of probe-target hybrids.
  • the flow rate sensor 740 (see Figure 1 12) is included in the pathogen incubation section 114 to determine the time delay.
  • an excitation current applied to the ECL electrodes 860 and 870 causes the probe-target hybrids to emit photons of light that are detected with the photosensor 44 in the underlying CMOS circuitry 86.
  • the photosensor is comprised of an array of photodiodes 184 positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers.
  • Figures 113 and 114 show the calibration chambers 382. They are used to calibrate the photodiodes 184 to adjust for system noise and background levels as described elsewhere in this specification. Also, positive ECL control probes 787 and negative ECL control probes 786 are placed in some of the hybridization chambers 180 for assay quality control. A variant of the calibration chambers 382 with interdigitated ECL electrodes is shown in Figure 92.
  • a humidifier 196 and humidity sensor 232 are used to control evaporation and condensation in the LOC device 785, particularly the hybridization chamber array 110.
  • Figure 1 10 shows the major components of the humidifier 196, the water reservoir 188 and evaporators 190.
  • the evaporation-based telltale 189 indicates whether the packaging of the device has been damaged during storage and thus whether the integrity and reliability of the micro fluidic device has been compromised.
  • a small drop of liquid is applied to the liquid sensor 174 at the centre of the evaporation-based telltale 189. If the package seal is breached during storage then the drop of liquid will evaporate. The presence or absence of the liquid can be detected with the liquid sensor 174 and thus indicate the integrity of the seals on the microfluidic device.
  • the devices, systems and methods described here facilitate molecular diagnostic tests at low cost with high speed and at the point-of-care.

Abstract

A test module for concentrating pathogens in a biological sample, the test module having an outer casing with a receptacle for receiving the sample, a dialysis device in fluid communication with the receptacle and configured to separate the pathogens from other constituents in the sample, and, a lab-on-a-chip (LOC) device being in fluid communication with the dialysis device and configured to analyze the pathogens.

Description

TEST MODULE WITH MICROFLUIDIC DEVICE HAVING LOC AND DIALYSIS DEVICE FOR SEPARATING PATHOGENS FROM OTHER CONSTITUENTS IN A
BIOLOGICAL SAMPLE
FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to diagnostic devices that use microsystems technologies
(MST). In particular, the invention relates to microfluidic and biochemical processing and analysis for molecular diagnostics.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Molecular diagnostics has emerged as a field that offers the promise of early disease detection, potentially before symptoms have manifested. Molecular diagnostic testing is used to detect:
• Inherited disorders
• Acquired disorders
• Infectious diseases
· Genetic predisposition to health-related conditions.
With high accuracy and fast turnaround times, molecular diagnostic tests have the potential to reduce the occurrence of ineffective health care services, enhance patient outcomes, improve disease management and individualize patient care. Many of the techniques in molecular diagnostics are based on the detection and identification of specific nucleic acids, both deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and ribonucleic acid (RNA), extracted and amplified from a biological specimen (such as blood or saliva). The complementary nature of the nucleic acid bases allows short sequences of synthesized DNA (oligonucleotides) to bond (hybridize) to specific nucleic acid sequences for use in nucleic acid tests. If hybridization occurs, then the complementary sequence is present in the sample. This makes it possible, for example, to predict the disease a person will contract in the future, determine the identity and virulence of an infectious pathogen, or determine the response a person will have to a drug.
NUCLEIC ACID BASED MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTIC TEST
A nucleic acid based test has four distinct steps:
1. Sample preparation
2. Nucleic acid extraction
GDI030-PCT 3. Nucleic acid amplification (optional)
4. Detection
Many sample types are used for genetic analysis, such as blood, urine, sputum and tissue samples. The diagnostic test determines the type of sample required as not all samples are representative of the disease process. These samples have a variety of constituents, but usually only one of these is of interest. For example, in blood, high concentrations of erythrocytes can inhibit the detection of a pathogenic organism. Therefore a purification and/or concentration step at the beginning of the nucleic acid test is often required.
Blood is one of the more commonly sought sample types. It has three major constituents: leukocytes (white blood cells), erythrocytes (red blood cells) and thrombocytes (platelets). The thrombocytes facilitate clotting and remain active in vitro. To inhibit coagulation, the specimen is mixed with an agent such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) prior to purification and concentration. Erythrocytes are usually removed from the sample in order to concentrate the target cells. In humans, erythrocytes account for approximately 99% of the cellular material but do not carry DNA as they have no nucleus. Furthermore, erythrocytes contain components such as haemoglobin that can interfere with the downstream nucleic acid amplification process (described below). Removal of erythrocytes can be achieved by differentially lysing the erythrocytes in a lysis solution, leaving remaining cellular material intact which can then be separated from the sample using centrifugation. This provides a concentration of the target cells from which the nucleic acids are extracted.
The exact protocol used to extract nucleic acids depends on the sample and the diagnostic assay to be performed. For example, the protocol for extracting viral RNA will vary
considerably from the protocol to extract genomic DNA. However, extracting nucleic acids from target cells usually involves a cell lysis step followed by nucleic acid purification. The cell lysis step disrupts the cell and nuclear membranes, releasing the genetic material. This is often accomplished using a lysis detergent, such as sodium dodecyl sulfate, which also denatures the large amount of proteins present in the cells.
The nucleic acids are then purified with an alcohol precipitation step, usually ice-cold ethanol or isopropanol, or via a solid phase purification step, typically on a silica matrix in a column, resin or on paramagnetic beads in the presence of high concentrations of a chaotropic salt, prior to washing and then elution in a low ionic strength buffer. An optional step prior to nucleic acid precipitation is the addition of a protease which digests the proteins in order to further purify the sample. Other lysis methods include mechanical lysis via ultrasonic vibration and thermal lysis where the sample is heated to 94°C to disrupt cell membranes.
The target DNA or RNA may be present in the extracted material in very small amounts, particularly if the target is of pathogenic origin. Nucleic acid amplification provides the ability to selectively amplify (that is, replicate) specific targets present in low concentrations to detectable levels.
The most commonly used nucleic acid amplification technique is the polymerase chain reaction (PC ). PCR is well known in this field and comprehensive description of this type of reaction is provided in E. van Pelt-Verkuil et al., Principles and Technical Aspects of PCR Amplification, Springer, 2008.
PCR is a powerful technique that amplifies a target DNA sequence against a background of complex DNA. If RNA is to be amplified (by PCR), it must be first transcribed into cDNA (complementary DNA) using an enzyme called reverse transcriptase. Afterwards, the resulting cDNA is amplified by PCR.
PCR is an exponential process that proceeds as long as the conditions for sustaining the reaction are acceptable. The components of the reaction are:
1. pair of primers - short single strands of DNA with around 10-30 nucleotides complementary to the regions flanking the target sequence
2. DNA polymerase - a thermostable enzyme that synthesizes DNA
3. deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates (dNTPs) - provide the nucleotides that are incorporated into the newly synthesized DNA strand
4. buffer - to provide the optimal chemical environment for DNA synthesis
PCR typically involves placing these reactants in a small tube (-10-50 microlitres) containing the extracted nucleic acids. The tube is placed in a thermal cycler; an instrument that subjects the reaction to a series of different temperatures for varying amounts of time. The standard protocol for each thermal cycle involves a denaturation phase, an annealing phase, and an extension phase. The extension phase is sometimes referred to as the primer extension phase. In addition to such three-step protocols, two-step thermal protocols can be employed, in which the annealing and extension phases are combined. The denaturation phase typically involves raising the temperature of the reaction to 90 - 95°C to denature the DNA strands; in the annealing phase, the temperature is lowered to ~50-60°C for the primers to anneal; and then in the extension phase the temperature is raised to the optimal DNA polymerase activity temperature of 60-72°C for primer extension. This process is repeated cyclically around 20-40 times, the end result being the creation of millions of copies of the target sequence between the primers.
There are a number of variants to the standard PCR protocol such as multiplex PCR, linker-primed PCR, direct PCR, tandem PCR, real-time PCR and reverse-transcriptase PCR, amongst others, which have been developed for molecular diagnostics.
Multiplex PCR uses multiple primer sets within a single PCR mixture to produce amplicons of varying sizes that are specific to different DNA sequences. By targeting multiple genes at once, additional information may be gained from a single test-run that otherwise would require several experiments. Optimization of multiplex PCR is more difficult though and requires selecting primers with similar annealing temperatures, and amplicons with similar lengths and base composition to ensure the amplification efficiency of each amplicon is equivalent.
Linker-primed PCR, also known as ligation adaptor PCR, is a method used to enable nucleic acid amplification of essentially all DNA sequences in a complex DNA mixture without the need for target-specific primers. The method firstly involves digesting the target DNA population with a suitable restriction endonuclease (enzyme). Double-stranded oligonucleotide linkers (also called adaptors) with a suitable overhanging end are then ligated to the ends of target DNA fragments using a ligase enzyme. Nucleic acid amplification is subsequently performed using oligonucleotide primers which are specific for the linker sequences. In this way, all fragments of the DNA source which are flanked by linker oligonucleotides can be amplified.
Direct PCR describes a system whereby PCR is performed directly on a sample without any, or with minimal, nucleic acid extraction. It has long been accepted that PCR reactions are inhibited by the presence of many components of unpurified biological samples, such as the haem component in blood. Traditionally, PCR has required extensive purification of the target nucleic acid prior to preparation of the reaction mixture. With appropriate changes to the chemistry and sample concentration, however, it is possible to perform PCR with minimal DNA purification, or direct PCR. Adjustments to the PCR chemistry for direct PCR include increased buffer strength, the use of polymerases which have high activity and processivity, and additives which chelate with potential polymerase inhibitors.
Tandem PCR utilises two distinct rounds of nucleic acid amplification to increase the probability that the correct amplicon is amplified. One form of tandem PCR is nested PCR in which two pairs of PCR primers are used to amplify a single locus in separate rounds of nucleic acid amplification. The first pair of primers hybridize to the nucleic acid sequence at regions external to the target nucleic acid sequence. The second pair of primers (nested primers) used in the second round of amplification bind within the first PCR product and produce a second PCR product containing the target nucleic acid, that will be shorter than the first one. The logic behind this strategy is that if the wrong locus were amplified by mistake during the first round of nucleic acid amplification, the probability is very low that it would also be amplified a second time by a second pair of primers and thus ensures specificity.
Real-time PCR, or quantitative PCR, is used to measure the quantity of a PCR product in real time. By using a fluorophore-containing probe or fluorescent dyes along with a set of standards in the reaction, it is possible to quantitate the starting amount of nucleic acid in the sample. This is particularly useful in molecular diagnostics where treatment options may differ depending on the pathogen load in the sample.
Reverse-transcriptase PCR (RT-PCR) is used to amplify DNA from RNA. Reverse transcriptase is an enzyme that reverse transcribes RNA into complementary DNA (cDNA), which is then amplified by PCR. RT-PCR is widely used in expression profiling, to determine the expression of a gene or to identify the sequence of an RNA transcript, including transcription start and termination sites. It is also used to amplify RNA viruses such as human
immunodeficiency virus or hepatitis C virus.
Isothermal amplification is another form of nucleic acid amplification which does not rely on the thermal denaturation of the target DNA during the amplification reaction and hence does not require sophisticated machinery. Isothermal nucleic acid amplification methods can therefore be carried out in primitive sites or operated easily outside of a laboratory environment. A number of isothermal nucleic acid amplification methods have been described, including Strand Displacement Amplification, Transcription Mediated Amplification, Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification, Recombinase Polymerase Amplification, Rolling Circle Amplification, Ramification Amplification, Helicase-Dependent Isothermal DNA Amplification and Loop-Mediated Isothermal Amplification.
Isothermal nucleic acid amplification methods do not rely on the continuing heat denaturation of the template DNA to produce single stranded molecules to serve as templates for further amplification, but instead rely on alternative methods such as enzymatic nicking of DNA molecules by specific restriction endonucleases, or the use of an enzyme to separate the DNA strands, at a constant temperature.
Strand Displacement Amplification (SDA) relies on the ability of certain restriction enzymes to nick the unmodified strand of hemi-modified DNA and the ability of a 5 '-3' exonuclease-deficient polymerase to extend and displace the downstream strand. Exponential nucleic acid amplification is then achieved by coupling sense and antisense reactions in which strand displacement from the sense reaction serves as a template for the antisense reaction. The use of nickase enzymes which do not cut DNA in the traditional manner but produce a nick on one of the DNA strands, such as N. Alwl, N. BsfNBl and Mlyl, are useful in this reaction. SDA has been improved by the use of a combination of a heat-stable restriction enzyme (Aval) and heat-stable Exo- polymerase (Bst polymerase). This combination has been shown to increase amplification efficiency of the reaction from 108 fold amplification to 1010 fold amplification so that it is possible using this technique to amplify unique single copy molecules.
Transcription Mediated Amplification (TMA) and Nucleic Acid Sequence Based Amplification (NASBA) use an RNA polymerase to copy RNA sequences but not corresponding genomic DNA. The technology uses two primers and two or three enzymes, RNA polymerase, reverse transcriptase and optionally RNase H (if the reverse transcriptase does not have RNase activity). One primer contains a promoter sequence for RNA polymerase. In the first step of nucleic acid amplification, this primer hybridizes to the target ribosomal RNA (rRNA) at a defined site. Reverse transcriptase creates a DNA copy of the target rRNA by extension from the 3' end of the promoter primer. The RNA in the resulting RNA:DNA duplex is degraded by the RNase activity of the reverse transcriptase if present or the additional RNase H. Next, a second primer binds to the DNA copy. A new strand of DNA is synthesized from the end of this primer by reverse transcriptase, creating a double-stranded DNA molecule. RNA polymerase recognizes the promoter sequence in the DNA template and initiates transcription. Each of the newly synthesized RNA amplicons re-enters the process and serves as a template for a new round of replication.
In Recombinase Polymerase Amplification (RPA), the isothermal amplification of specific DNA fragments is achieved by the binding of opposing oligonucleotide primers to template DNA and their extension by a DNA polymerase. Heat is not required to denature the double-stranded DNA (dsDNA) template. Instead, RPA employs recombinase-primer complexes to scan dsDNA and facilitate strand exchange at cognate sites. The resulting structures are stabilised by single-stranded DNA binding proteins interacting with the displaced template strand, thus preventing the ejection of the primer by branch migration. Recombinase disassembly leaves the 3' end of the oligonucleotide accessible to a strand displacing DNA polymerase, such as the large fragment of Bacillus subtilis Pol I (Bsu), and primer extension ensues. Exponential nucleic acid amplification is accomplished by the cyclic repetition of this process.
Helicase-dependent amplification (HDA) mimics the in vivo system in that it uses a DNA helicase enzyme to generate single-stranded templates for primer hybridization and subsequent primer extension by a DNA polymerase. In the first step of the HDA reaction, the helicase enzyme traverses along the target DNA, disrupting the hydrogen bonds linking the two strands which are then bound by single-stranded binding proteins. Exposure of the single-stranded target region by the helicase allows primers to anneal. The DNA polymerase then extends the 3 ' ends of each primer using free deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates (dNTPs) to produce two DNA replicates. The two replicated dsDNA strands independently enter the next cycle of HDA, resulting in exponential nucleic acid amplification of the target sequence.
Other DNA-based isothermal techniques include Rolling Circle Amplification (RCA) in which a DNA polymerase extends a primer continuously around a circular DNA template, generating a long DNA product that consists of many repeated copies of the circle. By the end of the reaction, the polymerase generates many thousands of copies of the circular template, with the chain of copies tethered to the original target DNA. This allows for spatial resolution of target and rapid nucleic acid amplification of the signal. Up to 1012 copies of template can be generated in 1 hour. Ramification amplification is a variation of RCA and utilizes a closed circular probe (C-probe) or padlock probe and a DNA polymerase with a high processivity to exponentially amplify the C-probe under isothermal conditions.
Loop-mediated isothermal amplification (LAMP), offers high selectivity and employs a
DNA polymerase and a set of four specially designed primers that recognize a total of six distinct sequences on the target DNA. An inner primer containing sequences of the sense and antisense strands of the target DNA initiates LAMP. The following strand displacement DNA synthesis primed by an outer primer releases a single-stranded DNA. This serves as template for DNA synthesis primed by the second inner and outer primers that hybridize to the other end of the target, which produces a stem-loop DNA structure. In subsequent LAMP cycling one inner primer hybridizes to the loop on the product and initiates displacement DNA synthesis, yielding the original stem-loop DNA and a new stem-loop DNA with a stem twice as long. The cycling reaction continues with accumulation of 109 copies of target in less than an hour. The final products are stem-loop DNAs with several inverted repeats of the target and cauliflower-like structures with multiple loops formed by annealing between alternately inverted repeats of the target in the same strand.
After completion of the nucleic acid amplification, the amplified product must be analysed to determine whether the anticipated amplicon (the amplified quantity of target nucleic acids) was generated. The methods of analyzing the product range from simply determining the size of the amplicon through gel electrophoresis, to identifying the nucleotide composition of the amplicon using DNA hybridization.
Gel electrophoresis is one of the simplest ways to check whether the nucleic acid amplification process generated the anticipated amplicon. Gel electrophoresis uses an electric field applied to a gel matrix to separate DNA fragments. The negatively charged DNA fragments will move through the matrix at different rates, determined largely by their size. After the electrophoresis is complete, the fragments in the gel can be stained to make them visible. Ethidium bromide is a commonly used stain which fluoresces under UV light.
The size of the fragments is determined by comparison with a DNA size marker (a DNA ladder), which contains DNA fragments of known sizes, run on the gel alongside the amplicon. Because the oligonucleotide primers bind to specific sites flanking the target DNA, the size of the amplified product can be anticipated and detected as a band of known size on the gel. To be certain of the identity of the amplicon, or if several amplicons have been generated, DNA probe hybridization to the amplicon is commonly employed.
DNA hybridization refers to the formation of double-stranded DNA by complementary base pairing. DNA hybridization for positive identification of a specific amplification product requires the use of a DNA probe around 20 nucleotides in length. If the probe has a sequence that is complementary to the amplicon (target) DNA sequence, hybridization will occur under favourable conditions of temperature, pH and ionic concentration. If hybridization occurs, then the gene or DNA sequence of interest was present in the original sample.
Optical detection is the most common method to detect hybridization. Either the amplicons or the probes are labelled to emit light through fluorescence or
electrochemiluminescence. These processes differ in the means of producing excited states of the light-producing moieties, but both enable covalent labelling of nucleotide strands. In electrochemiluminescence (ECL), light is produced by luminophore molecules or complexes upon stimulation with an electric current. In fluorescence, it is illumination with excitation light which leads to emission.
Fluorescence is detected using an illumination source which provides excitation light at a wavelength absorbed by the fluorescent molecule, and a detection unit. The detection unit comprises a photosensor (such as a photomultiplier tube or charge-coupled device (CCD) array) to detect the emitted signal, and a mechanism (such as a wavelength-selective filter) to prevent the excitation light from being included in the photosensor output. The fluorescent molecules emit Stokes-shifted light in response to the excitation light, and this emitted light is collected by the detection unit. Stokes shift is the frequency difference or wavelength difference between emitted light and absorbed excitation light.
ECL emission is detected using a photosensor which is sensitive to the emission wavelength of the ECL species being employed. For example, transition metal-ligand complexes emit light at visible wavelengths, so conventional photodiodes and CCDs are employed as photosensors. An advantage of ECL is that, if ambient light is excluded, the ECL emission can be the only light present in the detection system, which improves sensitivity. Microarrays allow for hundreds of thousands of DNA hybridization experiments to be performed simultaneously. Microarrays are powerful tools for molecular diagnostics with the potential to screen for thousands of genetic diseases or detect the presence of numerous infectious pathogens in a single test. A microarray consists of many different DNA probes immobilized as spots on a substrate. The target DNA (amplicon) is first labelled with a fluorescent or luminescent molecule (either during or after nucleic acid amplification) and then applied to the array of probes. The microarray is incubated in a temperature controlled, humid environment for a number of hours or days while hybridization between the probe and amplicon takes place. Following incubation, the microarray must be washed in a series of buffers to remove unbound strands. Once washed, the microarray surface is dried using a stream of air (often nitrogen). The stringency of the hybridization and washes is critical. Insufficient stringency can result in a high degree of nonspecific binding. Excessive stringency can lead to a failure of appropriate binding, which results in diminished sensitivity. Hybridization is recognized by detecting light emission from the labelled amplicons which have formed a hybrid with complementary probes.
Fluorescence from microarrays is detected using a microarray scanner which is generally a computer controlled inverted scanning fluorescence confocal microscope which typically uses a laser for excitation of the fluorescent dye and a photosensor (such as a photomultiplier tube or CCD) to detect the emitted signal. The fluorescent molecules emit Stokes-shifted light (described above) which is collected by the detection unit.
The emitted fluorescence must be collected, separated from the unabsorbed excitation wavelength, and transported to the detector. In microarray scanners, a confocal arrangement is commonly used to eliminate out-of- focus information by means of a confocal pinhole situated at an image plane. This allows only the in- focus portion of the light to be detected. Light from above and below the plane of focus of the object is prevented from entering the detector, thereby increasing the signal to noise ratio. The detected fluorescent photons are converted into electrical energy by the detector which is subsequently converted to a digital signal. This digital signal translates to a number representing the intensity of fluorescence from a given pixel. Each feature of the array is made up of one or more such pixels. The final result of a scan is an image of the array surface. The exact sequence and position of every probe on the microarray is known, and so the hybridized target sequences can be identified and analysed simultaneously.
More information regarding fluorescent probes can be found at:
http://www. premierbiosoft. com/tech_notes/FRET_probe. html and
http://www. invitrogen. com/site/us/en/home/References/Molecular-Probes-The- Handbook/Technical-Notes-and-Product-Highlights/Fluorescence-Resonance- Energy-Trans fer-FRET. html
POINT-OF-CARE MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS
Despite the advantages that molecular diagnostic tests offer, the growth of this type of testing in the clinical laboratory has been slower than expected and remains a minor part of the practice of laboratory medicine. This is primarily due to the complexity and costs associated with nucleic acid testing compared with tests based on methods not involving nucleic acids. The widespread adaptation of molecular diagnostics testing to the clinical setting is intimately tied to the development of instrumentation that significantly reduces the cost, provides a rapid and automated assay from start (specimen processing) to finish (generating a result) and operates without major intervention by personnel.
A point-of-care technology serving the physician's office, the hospital bedside or even consumer-based, at home, would offer many advantages including:
• rapid availability of results enabling immediate facilitation of treatment and improved quality of care.
· ability to obtain laboratory values from testing very small samples.
• reduced clinical workload.
• reduced laboratory workload and improved office efficiency by reducing administrative work.
• improved cost per patient through reduced length of stay of hospitalization, conclusion of outpatient consultation at the first visit, and reduced handling, storing and shipping of specimens.
• facilitation of clinical management decisions such as infection control and antibiotic use.
LAB-ON-A-CHIP (LOC) BASED MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS
Molecular diagnostic systems based on microfluidic technologies provide the means to automate and speed up molecular diagnostic assays. The quicker detection times are primarily due to the extremely low volumes involved, automation, and the low-overhead inbuilt cascading of the diagnostic process steps within a microfluidic device. Volumes in the nanoliter and microliter scale also reduce reagent consumption and cost. Lab-on-a-chip (LOC) devices are a common form of microfluidic device. LOC devices have MST structures within a MST layer for fluid processing integrated onto a single supporting substrate (usually silicon). Fabrication using the VLSI (very large scale integrated) lithographic techniques of the semiconductor industry keeps the unit cost of each LOC device very low. However, controlling fluid flow through the LOC device, adding reagents, controlling reaction conditions and so on necessitate bulky external plumbing and electronics. Connecting a LOC device to these external devices effectively restricts the use of LOC devices for molecular diagnostics to the laboratory setting. The cost of the external equipment and complexity of its operation precludes LOC-based molecular diagnostics as a practical option for point-of-care settings.
In view of the above, there is a need for a molecular diagnostic system based on a LOC device for use at point-of-care.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Various aspects of the present invention are now described in the following numbered paragraphs.
GBS005.1 This aspect of the invention provides a micro fluidic device for diagnostic analysis of a sample fluid, the microfluidic device comprising:
a plurality of lab-on-a-chip (LOC) devices each having a supporting substrate and a microsystems technology (MST) layer for processing the sample fluid; and,
a cap interconnecting the plurality of LOC devices, the cap having a cap channel for establishing fluid communication between the MST layers on at least two of the LOC devices.
GBS005.2 Preferably, the MST layer in each of the LOC devices defines at least one microchannel for processing the sample fluid and the cap is configured to establish a fluid connection between one of the microchannels on one of the LOC devices, and one of the microchannels on at least one other of the LOC devices.
GBS005.3 Preferably, the cap is configured to draw fluid flow between the LOC devices by capillary action.
GBS005.4 Preferably, the cap has a reservoir in fluid communication with the cap channel, the reservoir being configured to retain a reagent by surface tension in a meniscus of the reagent.
GBS005.5 Preferably, the plurality of LOC devices is a first LOC device and a second LOC device, the first LOC device having a dialysis section for receiving the sample and separating constituents larger than a threshold size from constituents smaller than the threshold.
GBS005.6 Preferably, the dialysis section has apertures corresponding to the threshold size and the constituents larger than the threshold include leukocytes and the constituents smaller than the threshold include pathogens.
GBS005.7 Preferably, the second LOC device has a hybridization section with probe nucleic acid sequences for hybridization of target nucleic acid sequences from the sample to form probe-target hybrids, the hybridization section being configured for detecting the probe- target hybrids.
GBS005.8 Preferably, the cap has a laminar structure with the cap channel formed in one layer and the reservoir formed in an adjacent layer.
GBS005.9 Preferably, the laminar structure includes an interface layer for establishing fluid communication between the cap channel and the LOC devices.
GBS005.10 Preferably, the MST layer on the second LOC has an active valve for arresting flow of the sample from the MST channel to the cap channel until activation of the active valve allows the sample flow to resume.
GBS005.1 1 Preferably, the sample is blood and the reagent in the reservoir is an anticoagulant and the cap is configured such that the anticoagulant is mixed with the blood prior to entering the dialysis section.
GBS005.12 Preferably, the microfluidic device also has a lysis section in fluid communication with a lysis reagent reservoir containing a lysis reagent, the lysis section being configured to lyse cells and release genetic material within.
GBS005.13 Preferably, the microfluidic device also has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying nucleic acid sequences in the fluid.
GBS005.14 Preferably, the nucleic acid amplification section is a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) section and the cap has a PCR reagent reservoir containing dNTPs and primers for mixing with the sample prior to amplifying the nucleic acid sequences.
GBS005.15 Preferably, the cap has a polymerase reservoir containing a polymerase for mixing with the fluid prior to amplifying the nucleic acid sequences.
GBS005.16 Preferably, the microfluidic device also has CMOS circuitry positioned between the supporting substrate and the MST layer for operative control of the PCR section.
GBS005.17 Preferably, the microfluidic device also has a hybridization section with hybridization chambers containing probe nucleic acid sequences for annealing to target nucleic acid sequences in the fluid.
GBS005.18 Preferably, the probe nucleic acid sequences are contained in
electrochemiluminescence resonance energy transfer (ERET) probes.
GBS005.19 Preferably, each of the hybridization chambers has a photodiode for detecting luminescence from the ERET probes in response to annealing with target nucleic acid sequences.
GBS005.20 Preferably, the microfluidic device also has a plurality of heaters for controlling the temperature of the sample. Multiple surface-micromachined chips are integrated fluidically to provide more extensive and improved functionality. The microfluidic multichip assemblies provide for higher modularity. Surface-micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly. Functionally optimal, less expensive fabrication process is utilized to fabricate each surface-micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic multichip assembly, eg, a bioMST-only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass wafer. GBS006.1 This aspect of the invention provides a test module comprising:
a casing for hand held portability;
a receptacle for receiving a sample fluid; and,
a microfluidic device in fluid communication with the inlet, the microfluidic device having a plurality of lab-on-a-chip (LOC) devices and a cap in engagement with each of the plurality of LOC devices; wherein,
the cap is configured to establish fluid communication between at least two of the LOC devices.
GBS006.2 Preferably, each of the LOC devices have a supporting substrate and a microsystems technologies (MST) layer on the supporting substrate and a cap overlying the MST layer, the MST layer incorporating MST channels and a plurality of fluidic connections for fluid communication with the cap, and the cap having cap channels for fluid communication with the fluidic connections of each LOC device.
GBS006.3 Preferably, the sample fluid is a biological sample and the MST channels each have a cross-sectional area between 1 square micron and 400 square microns for biochemical processing of constituents within the biological sample and the cap channels each have a cross-sectional area greater than 400 square microns for receiving the biological sample and transporting cells within the biological sample to predetermined sites in the MST channels.
GBS006.4 Preferably, the outer casing has a lancet for finger pricking a patient to obtain a blood sample for insertion in the sample inlet.
GBS006.5 Preferably, the lancet is movable between a retracted and extended position, and the outer casing has a biasing mechanism to bias the lancet into the extended position and a user actuated catch for retaining the lancet in the retracted position until user actuation.
GBS006.6 Preferably, the cap is configured to draw fluid flow through the cap channels by capillary action. GBS006.7 Preferably, the cap has a reservoir in fluid communication with the cap channel, the reservoir being configured to retain a reagent by surface tension in a meniscus of the reagent.
GBS006.8 Preferably, the plurality of LOC devices is a first LOC device and a second LOC device, the first LOC device having a dialysis section for receiving the sample and separating constituents larger than a threshold size from constituents smaller than the threshold.
GBS006.9 Preferably, the dialysis section has apertures corresponding to the threshold size and the constituents larger than the threshold include leukocytes and the constituents smaller than the threshold include pathogens.
GBS006.10 Preferably, the second LOC device has a hybridization section with probe nucleic acid sequences for hybridization of target nucleic acid sequences from the sample to form probe-target hybrids, the hybridization section being configured for detecting the probe- target hybrids.
GBS006.1 1 Preferably, the cap has a laminar structure with the cap channel formed in one layer and the reservoir formed in an adjacent layer.
GBS006.12 Preferably, the laminar structure includes an interface layer for establishing fluid communication between the cap channel and the LOC devices.
GBS006.13 Preferably, the MST layer on the second LOC has an active valve for arresting flow of the sample from the MST channel to the cap channel until activation of the active valve allows the sample flow to resume.
GBS006.14 Preferably, the sample is blood and the reagent in the reservoir is an anticoagulant and the cap is configured such that the anticoagulant is mixed with the blood prior to entering the dialysis section.
GBS006.15 Preferably, the microfluidic device also has a lysis section in fluid communication with a lysis reagent reservoir containing a lysis reagent, the lysis section being configured to lyse cells and release genetic material within.
GBS006.16 Preferably, the microfluidic device also has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying nucleic acid sequences in the fluid.
GBS006.17 Preferably, the nucleic acid amplification section is a polymerase chain reaction (PC ) section and the cap has a PCR reagent reservoir containing dNTPs and primers for mixing with the sample prior to amplifying the nucleic acid sequences.
GBS006.18 Preferably, the cap has a polymerase reservoir containing a polymerase for mixing with the fluid prior to amplifying the nucleic acid sequences.
GBS006.19 Preferably, the microfluidic device also has CMOS circuitry positioned between the supporting substrate and the MST layer for operative control of the PCR section. GBS006.20 Preferably, the microfluidic device also has a hybridization section with hybridization chambers containing probe nucleic acid sequences for annealing to target nucleic acid sequences in the fluid. Multiple surface-micromachined chips are integrated fluidically to provide more extensive and improved functionality. The microfluidic multichip assemblies provide for higher modularity. Surface-micromachined chips in the assembly are each much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly. Functionally optimal, less expensive fabrication process is utilized to fabricate each surface-micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic multichip assembly, eg, a bioMST-only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass substrate.
GDI015.1 This aspect of the invention provides a microfluidic device for processing a sample fluid containing target molecules, the microfluidic device comprising:
a dialysis device for receiving the sample and concentrating the target molecules in a portion of the sample;
a lab-on-a-chip (LOC) for analyzing the target molecules; and,
a cap overlaying the LOC and the dialysis device for establishing fluid communication between the LOC and the dialysis device.
GDI015.2 Preferably, the fluid sample is a sample of biological material including cells of different sizes, and the dialysis device has at least two channels with a plurality of apertures fluidically connecting the channels, the plurality of apertures being sized to correspond to a predetermined threshold size of the cells in the fluid sample.
GDI015.3 Preferably, the at least two channels and the plurality of apertures are configured such that the sample flows though the channels and the apertures under capillary action.
GDI015.4 Preferably, the at least two channels includes a target channel and a waste channel, the target channel being connected to the cap for capillary driven flow to the LOC.
GDI015.5 Preferably, the target molecules are target nucleic acid sequences within cells in the sample fluid, and the LOC has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying the target nucleic acid sequences.
GDI015.6 Preferably, the target nucleic acid sequences are within the cells smaller than the predetermined threshold. GDI015.7 Preferably, the LOC has a hybridization section with an array of probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences to form probe-target hybrids.
GDI015.8 Preferably, the probes are configured to form probe-target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, the probe-target hybrids being configured to emit photons of light in response to an excitation electric current.
GDI015.9 Preferably, the LOC has CMOS circuitry for operative control of the PCR section, the CMOS circuitry having a photosensor for sensing photons emitted by the probe- target hybrids.
GDI015.10 Preferably, the hybridization section has an array of hybridization chambers containing the probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences.
GDI015.11 Preferably, the photosensor is an array of photodiodes positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers respectively.
GDI015.12 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has a digital memory for storing data relating to the processing of the fluid, the data including the probe details and location of each of the probes in the array of hybridization chambers.
GDI015.13 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has at least one temperature sensor for sensing the temperature at the array of hybridization chambers.
GDI015.14 Preferably, the microfluidic device also has a heater controlled by the CMOS circuitry using feedback from the temperature sensor for maintaining the probes and the target nucleic acid sequences at a hybridization temperature.
GDI015.15 Preferably, the photodiodes are less than 1600 microns from the corresponding hybridization chamber.
GDI015.16 Preferably, the probes have an electrochemiluminescent (ECL) luminophore that emits a photon when in an excited state.
GDI015.17 Preferably, the hybridization chambers have electrodes for exciting the
ECL luminophores with electrical current.
GDI015.18 Preferably, the ECL probes each have a luminophore and a quencher positioned proximate the luminophore for quenching photons emitted by the luminophore such that hybridization with one of the target nucleic acid sequences moves the quencher away from the luminophore such that the photons are not quenched.
GDI015.19 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has bond-pads for electrical connection to an external device, and is configured to convert output from the photodiodes into a signal indicative of the ECL probes that hybridized with the target nucleic acid sequences, and provide the signal to the bond-pads for transmission to the external device. GDI015.20 Preferably, the cap has at least one channel for fluid communication between the dialysis device and the LOC, and a plurality of reservoirs for holding liquid reagents for addition to the sample. The easily usable, mass-producible, and inexpensive microfluidic multichip assembly accepts a biochemical sample, uses a dialysis chip for separating the cells of different dimensions, and separately processes the nucleic acid content of the cells separated based on their dimensions. The dialysis chip functionality extract additional information from the sample and increases the sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range of the assay system.
The microfluidic multichip assembly provides for higher modularity. Surface- micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly. Alternatively a large yet cost-effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
Functionally optimal, less expensive fabrication process is utilized to fabricate each surface- micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic multichip assembly, ie, the bioMST- only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass wafer.
GDI016.1 This aspect of the invention provides a dialysis device for dialysis of a fluid containing constituents of different sizes, the dialysis device comprising:
a first layer of material defining a first channel and a second channel, the first channel configured for receiving the fluid which contains constituents of different sizes;
a second layer having a plurality of apertures open to the first channel and at least one fluid connection leading from the apertures to the second channel for establishing fluid communication between the first channel and the second channel; wherein,
the apertures are sized in accordance with a predetermined size threshold such that the constituents flowing to the second channel are smaller constituents that are smaller than the predetermined size threshold, and the constituents retained in the first channel include larger constituents which are larger than the predetermined size threshold.
GDI016.2 Preferably, the second layer is a laminate with a roof layer, and the at least one fluid connection is a series of adjacent channels enclosed by the roof layer, the apertures being formed in the roof layer between the first channel and the adjacent channels. GDI016.3 Preferably, the first and second channels, and the series of adjacent channels are configured to fill with the sample by capillary action.
GDI016.4 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, wherein each of the adjacent channels are configured to pin a meniscus of the fluid that arrests capillary flow between the first channel and the second channel, and the bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, the bypass channel joining the second channel upstream of the series of adjacent channels and is configured for uninterrupted capillary driven flow from the first channel to the second channel, such that flow from the bypass channel reaches the meniscus pinned at each of the adjacent channels after the meniscus has formed to sequentially remove each of the menisci and flow from the first channel to the second channel is via the adjacent channels as well as the bypass channel.
GDI016.5 Preferably, the sample is a biological sample containing constituents of different sizes and the adjacent channels and the bypass channel have apertures sized in accordance with a predetermined size threshold such that the constituents flowing to the second channel are smaller constituents that are smaller than the predetermined size threshold, and the constituents retained in the first channel include larger constituents which are larger than the predetermined size threshold.
GDI016.6 Preferably, the biological sample is blood and the larger constituents include leukocytes and the smaller constituents include erythrocytes.
GDI016.7 Preferably, the adjacent channels are a series of parallel, adjacent channels extending normal to the first channel and the second channel.
GDI016.8 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a waste reservoir for receiving constituents not required for downstream processing or analysis.
GDI016.9 Preferably, the apertures are holes with diameters less than 8 microns. GDI016.10 Preferably, the smaller constituents include targets such that processing of the smaller constituents includes detection of the targets.
GDI016.11 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a lysis section connected to the target channel for lysing the target cells to release target nucleic acid sequences therein.
GDI016.12 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying the target nucleic acid sequences.
GDI016.13 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a hybridization section having an array of probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences amplified by the nucleic acid amplification section. GDI016.14 Preferably, the probes are configured to form probe-target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, the probe-target hybrids being electrochemiluminescent in response to an electrical pulse.
GDI016.15 Preferably, the dialysis device also has CMOS circuitry for operative control of the nucleic acid amplification section and the hybridization section, the CMOS circuitry also having a photosensor for sensing electrochemiluminescence emission from the probe-target hybrids.
GDI016.16 Preferably, the hybridization section has an array of hybridization chambers containing the probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences.
GDI016.17 Preferably, the photosensor is an array of photodiodes positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers respectively.
GDI016.18 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has a digital memory for storing data relating to the processing of the fluid, the data including the probe details and location of each of the probes in the array of hybridization chambers.
GDI016.19 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has bond-pads for electrical connection to an external device and is configured to convert output from the photodiodes into a signal indicative of the probes that hybridized with the target nucleic acid sequences, and provide the signal to the bond-pads for transmission to the external device.
GDI016.20 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a plurality of reservoirs for holding liquid reagents for addition to the sample.
The easily usable, mass-producible, and inexpensive microfluidic multichip assembly accepts a biochemical sample, uses a dialysis chip for separating the cells of different dimensions, and separately processes the nucleic acid content of the cells separated based on their dimensions. The dialysis chip functionality extract additional information from the sample and increases the sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range of the assay system.
The microfluidic multichip assembly provides for higher modularity. Surface- micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly.
Alternatively a large yet cost-effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system. Functionally optimal, less expensive fabrication process is utilized to fabricate each surface- micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic multichip assembly, ie, the bioMST- only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass wafer. GDI017.1 This aspect of the invention provides a dialysis device with capillary- driven, flow-channel structure for dialysis of a fluid containing constituents of different sizes, the dialysis device comprising:
a first channel configured to fill with the fluid by capillary action;
a second channel configured to fill with the fluid by capillary action;
a plurality of fluid connections between the first channel and the second channel, each of the fluid connections being configured to pin a meniscus of the fluid that arrests capillary flow between the first channel and the second channel;
a bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, the bypass channel joining the second channel upstream of the plurality of fluid connections and is configured for uninterrupted capillary driven flow from the first channel to the second channel; wherein during use,
flow from the bypass channel reaches the meniscus pinned at each of the fluid connections after the meniscus has formed such that the flow sequentially removes each of the menisci and sample flow from the first channel to the second channel is via the plurality of fluid connections as well as the bypass channel.
GDI017.2 Preferably, the fluid is a biological sample containing constituents of different sizes and the plurality of fluid connections and the bypass channel have apertures sized in accordance with a predetermined size threshold such that the constituents flowing to the second channel are smaller constituents that are smaller than the predetermined size threshold, and the constituents retained in the first channel include larger constituents which are larger than the predetermined size threshold.
GDI017.3 Preferably, the biological sample is blood and the larger constituents include leukocytes and the smaller constituents include erythrocytes.
GDI017.4 Preferably, the dialysis device also has :
a first layer defining the first channel and the second channel; and,
a second layer defining the plurality of fluid connections and the bypass channel.
GDI017.5 Preferably, the second layer is a laminate with a roof layer, and the plurality of fluid connections is a series of adjacent channels enclosed by the roof layer, the apertures being formed in the roof layer between the first channel and the adjacent channels. GDI017.6 Preferably, the adjacent channels are a series of parallel, adjacent channels extending normal to the first channel and the second channel.
GDI017.7 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a waste reservoir for receiving constituents not required for downstream processing or analysis.
GDI017.8 Preferably, the apertures are holes with diameters less than 8 microns.
GDI017.9 Preferably, the smaller constituents include targets such that processing of the smaller constituents includes detection of the targets.
GDI017.10 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a lysis section connected to the target channel for lysing the target cells to release target nucleic acid sequences therein.
GDI017.1 1 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying the target nucleic acid sequences.
GDI017.12 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a hybridization section having an array of probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences amplified by the nucleic acid amplification section.
GDI017.13 Preferably, the probes are configured to form probe-target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, the probe-target hybrids being electrochemiluminescent in response to an electrical pulse.
GDI017.14 Preferably, the dialysis device also has CMOS circuitry for operative control of the nucleic acid amplification section and the hybridization section, the CMOS circuitry also having a photosensor for sensing electrochemiluminescence emission from the probe-target hybrids.
GDI017.15 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry is configured to provide the electrical pulse to the electrodes.
GDI017.16 Preferably, the hybridization section has an array of hybridization chambers containing the probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences.
GDI017.17 Preferably, the photosensor is an array of photodiodes positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers respectively.
GDI017.18 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has a digital memory for storing data relating to the processing of the fluid, the data including the probe details and location of each of the probes in the array of hybridization chambers.
GDI017.19 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has bond-pads for electrical connection to an external device and is configured to convert output from the photodiodes into a signal indicative of the probes that hybridized with the target nucleic acid sequences, and provide the signal to the bond-pads for transmission to the external device. GDI017.20 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a plurality of reservoirs for holding liquid reagents for addition to the sample.
The easily usable, mass-producible, and inexpensive microfluidic multichip assembly accepts a biochemical sample, uses a dialysis chip for separating the cells of different dimensions, and separately processes the nucleic acid content of the cells separated based on their dimensions. The dialysis chip functionality extract additional information from the sample and increases the sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range of the assay system. The microfluidic multichip assembly provides for higher modularity. Surface- micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly. Alternatively a large yet cost-effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
Functionally optimal, less expensive fabrication process is utilized to fabricate each surface- micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic multichip assembly, ie, the bioMST- only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass wafer.
The special flow-channel structure provides for capillary-driven priming of the dialysis chip without trapped air bubbles.
GDI019.1 This aspect of the invention provides a dialysis device to separate pathogens from a biological sample, the dialysis device comprising:
a first channel for receiving the biological sample;
a second channel; and,
a plurality of apertures; wherein,
the second channel is fluidically connected to the first channel via the apertures such that the pathogens flow from the first channel to the second channel and larger constituents in the biological sample remain in the first channel.
GDI019.2 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a series of adjacent channels extending between the first channel and the second channel wherein the apertures are at an upstream end of the adjacent channels, each of the adjacent channels being configured to pin a meniscus of the sample that arrests capillary flow between the first channel and the second channel; and, a bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, the bypass channel joining the second channel upstream of the adjacent channels and is configured for uninterrupted capillary driven flow from the first channel to the second channel; wherein during use,
flow from the bypass channel reaches the meniscus pinned at each of the adjacent channels after the meniscus has formed such that the flow sequentially removes each of the menisci and sample flow from the first channel to the second channel is via the adjacent channels as well as the bypass channel.
GDI019.3 Preferably, the dialysis device also has :
a cap layer in which the first channel and the second channel are formed; and, an supporting layer in which the adjacent channels are formed, the cap layer overlaying the supporting layer.
GDI019.4 Preferably, the supporting layer is a laminate that includes a roof layer, the roof layer defining the apertures.
GDI019.5 Preferably, the adjacent channels are parallel and extend normal to the first channel and the second channel.
GDI019.6 Preferably, the biological sample is blood and the cap has a reagent reservoir containing anticoagulant for addition to the blood.
GDI019.7 Preferably, the reagent reservoir has a surface tension valve with a meniscus anchor for pinning a meniscus to retain the reagent in the reservoir, such that the sample flow removes the meniscus from the meniscus anchor to entrain the anticoagulant into the sample flow.
The easily usable, mass-producible, and inexpensive multichip lab accepts a biological sample, uses a dialysis chip for separating the pathogens in the sample, and separately processes the nucleic acid content of the pathogens separated from the sample. The dialysis chip functionality extract additional information from the sample and increases the sensitivity, signal- to-noise ratio, and dynamic range of the assay system.
The multichip lab provides for higher modularity. Surface-micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly. Alternatively a large yet cost- effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system. Functionally optimal, less expensive fabrication process is utilized to fabricate each surface- micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic multichip assembly, ie, the bioMST- only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass wafer. GDI023.1 This aspect of the invention provides a dialysis device to separate nucleated cells in a biological sample from smaller constituents, the dialysis device comprising: a first channel for receiving the biological sample;
a second channel; and,
a plurality of apertures; wherein,
the second channel is fluidically connected to the first channel via the apertures, the apertures being smaller than the nucleated cells such that the smaller constituents flow from the first channel to the second channel and the nucleated cells in the biological sample remain in the first channel.
GDI023.2 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a series of adjacent channels extending between the first channel and the second channel wherein the apertures are at an upstream end of the adjacent channels, each of the adjacent channels being configured to pin a meniscus of the sample that arrests capillary flow between the first channel and the second channel; and,
a bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, the bypass channel joining the second channel upstream of the adjacent channels and is configured for uninterrupted capillary driven flow from the first channel to the second channel; wherein during use,
flow from the bypass channel reaches the meniscus pinned at each of the adjacent channels after the meniscus has formed such that the flow sequentially removes each of the menisci and sample flow from the first channel to the second channel is via the adjacent channels as well as the bypass channel.
GDI023.3 Preferably, the dialysis device also has :
a cap layer in which the first channel and the second channel are formed; and, an supporting layer in which the adjacent channels are formed, the cap layer overlaying the supporting layer.
GDI023.4 Preferably, the supporting layer is a laminate that includes a roof layer, the roof layer defining the apertures.
GDI023.5 Preferably, the adjacent channels are parallel and extend normal to the first channel and the second channel.
GDI023.6 Preferably, the biological sample is blood and the cap has a reagent reservoir containing anticoagulant for addition to the blood. GDI023.7 Preferably, the reagent reservoir has a surface tension valve with a meniscus anchor for pinning a meniscus to retain the reagent in the reservoir, such that the sample flow removes the meniscus from the meniscus anchor to entrain the anticoagulant into the sample flow.
GDI023.8 Preferably, the nucleated cells are leukocytes.
This multichip lab design has the advantage of directly selecting the component of the sample which contains the target. This multichip lab design has the advantage of enriching the effective target concentration in the portion of the sample which is to be further processed by the multichip lab. This multichip lab design has the advantage of removing components of the sample which can inhibit later analytical steps. This multichip lab design has the advantage of removing unwanted components of the processed mixture which may interfere with later detection of the target. This multichip lab design has the advantage of removing components of the mixture which might clog the chambers or connections within the multichip lab and degrade operation.
The multichip lab provides for higher modularity. Surface-micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly. Alternatively a large yet cost- effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
Functionally optimal, less expensive fabrication process is utilized to fabricate each surface-micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic multichip assembly, ie, the bioMST- only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass wafer.
GDI028.1 This aspect of the invention provides a test module for analyzing a sample fluid containing target molecules, the test module comprising:
an outer casing with a receptacle for receiving the sample fluid; and,
a microfluidic device having:
a dialysis device in fluid communication with the receptacle and configured to separate the target molecules from other constituents of the sample;
a lab-on-a-chip (LOC) device for analyzing the target molecules; and,
a cap overlaying the LOC device and the dialysis device for establishing fluid communication between the LOC device and the dialysis device. GDI028.2 Preferably, the fluid sample is a sample of biological material including cells of different sizes, and the dialysis device has at least two channels with a plurality of apertures fluidically connecting the channels, the plurality of apertures being sized to correspond to a predetermined threshold size of the cells in the fluid sample.
GDI028.3 Preferably, the at least two channels and the plurality of apertures are configured such that the sample flows though the channels and the apertures under capillary action.
GDI028.4 Preferably, the at least two channels includes a target channel and a waste channel, the target channel being connected to the cap for capillary driven flow to the LOC device.
GDI028.5 Preferably, the target molecules are target nucleic acid sequences within cells in the sample fluid, and the LOC device has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying the target nucleic acid sequences.
GDI028.6 Preferably, the target nucleic acid sequences are within the cells smaller than the predetermined threshold.
GDI028.7 Preferably, the LOC device has a hybridization section with an array of probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences to form probe-target hybrids.
GDI028.8 Preferably, the probes are configured to form probe-target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, the probe-target hybrids being configured to emit photons of light in response to an excitation electric current.
GDI028.9 Preferably, the LOC device has CMOS circuitry for operative control of the PCR section, the CMOS circuitry having a photosensor for sensing photons emitted by the probe-target hybrids.
GDI028.10 Preferably, the hybridization section has an array of hybridization chambers containing the probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences.
GDI028.11 Preferably, the photosensor is an array of photodiodes positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers respectively.
GDI028.12 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has a digital memory for storing data relating to the processing of the fluid, the data including the probe details and location of each of the probes in the array of hybridization chambers.
GDI028.13 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has at least one temperature sensor for sensing the temperature at the array of hybridization chambers.
GDI028.14 Preferably, the LOC device has a heater controlled by the CMOS circuitry using feedback from the temperature sensor for maintaining the probes and the target nucleic acid sequences at a hybridization temperature. GDI028.15 Preferably, the photodiodes are less than 1600 microns from the corresponding hybridization chamber.
GDI028.16 Preferably, the probes have an electrochemiluminescent (ECL) luminophore that emits a photon when in an excited state.
GDI028.17 Preferably, the hybridization chambers have electrodes for exciting the ECL luminophores with electrical current.
GDI028.18 Preferably, the ECL probes each have a luminophore and a quencher positioned proximate the luminophore for quenching photons emitted by the luminophore such that hybridization with one of the target nucleic acid sequences moves the quencher away from the luminophore such that the photons are not quenched.
GDI028.19 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has bond-pads for electrical connection to an external device, and is configured to convert output from the photodiodes into a signal indicative of the ECL probes that hybridized with the target nucleic acid sequences, and provide the signal to the bond-pads for transmission to the external device.
GDI028.20 Preferably, the cap has at least one channel for fluid communication between the dialysis device and the LOC device, and a plurality of reservoirs for holding liquid reagents for addition to the sample.
The easily usable, mass-producible, inexpensive, and portable diagnostic test module accepts a biochemical sample, uses a dialysis chip for separating the cells of different dimensions, and separately processes the nucleic acid content of the cells separated based on their dimensions. The dialysis chip functionality extract additional information from the sample and increases the sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range of the assay system. The microfluidic multichip assembly provides for higher modularity. Surface- micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly. Alternatively a large yet cost-effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
Functionally optimal, less expensive fabrication process is utilized to fabricate each surface- micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic multichip assembly, ie, the bioMST- only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass wafer. GDI030.1 This aspect of the invention provides a test module for concentrating pathogens in a biological sample, the test module comprising:
an outer casing with a receptacle for receiving the sample;
a dialysis device in fluid communication with the receptacle and configured to separate the pathogens from other constituents in the sample; and,
a lab-on-a-chip (LOC) device being in fluid communication with the dialysis device and configured to analyze the pathogens.
GDI030.2 Preferably, the dialysis device has a first channel for receiving the biological sample, a second channel, and a plurality of apertures, the second channel being fluidically connected to the first channel via the apertures such that the pathogens flow from the first channel to the second channel and larger constituents in the biological sample remain in the first channel.
GDI030.3 Preferably, the dialysis device also has a series of adjacent channels extending between the first channel and the second channel wherein the apertures are at an upstream end of the adjacent channels, each of the adjacent channels being configured to pin a meniscus of the sample that arrests capillary flow between the first channel and the second channel and, a bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, the bypass channel joining the second channel upstream of the adjacent channels and is configured for uninterrupted capillary driven flow from the first channel to the second channel, wherein during use, flow from the bypass channel reaches the meniscus pinned at each of the adjacent channels after the meniscus has formed such that the flow sequentially removes each of the menisci and sample flow from the first channel to the second channel is via the adjacent channels as well as the bypass channel.
GDI030.4 Preferably, the second channel supplies a target channel and the first channel supplies a waste channel, the target channel being configured for capillary driven flow to the LOC device.
GDI030.5 Preferably, the pathogens contain target nucleic acid sequences, and the LOC device has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying the target nucleic acid sequences.
GDI030.6 Preferably, the LOC device has a lysis section for lysing the pathogens to release the target nucleic acid sequences therein.
GDI030.7 Preferably, the LOC device has a hybridization section with an array of probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences to form probe-target hybrids. GDI030.8 Preferably, the probes are configured to form probe-target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, the probe-target hybrids being configured to emit photons of light in response to an excitation electric current.
GDI030.9 Preferably, the LOC device has CMOS circuitry for operative control of the PCR section, the CMOS circuitry having a photosensor for sensing photons emitted by the probe-target hybrids.
GDI030.10 Preferably, the hybridization section has an array of hybridization chambers containing the probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences.
GDI030.11 Preferably, the photosensor is an array of photodiodes positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers respectively.
GDI030.12 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has a digital memory for storing data relating to the processing of the fluid, the data including the probe details and location of each of the probes in the array of hybridization chambers.
GDI030.13 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has at least one temperature sensor for sensing the temperature at the array of hybridization chambers.
GDI030.14 Preferably, the LOC device has a heater controlled by the CMOS circuitry using feedback from the temperature sensor for maintaining the probes and the target nucleic acid sequences at a hybridization temperature.
GDI030.15 Preferably, the photodiodes are less than 1600 microns from the corresponding hybridization chamber.
GDI030.16 Preferably, the probes have an electrochemiluminescent (ECL) luminophore that emits a photon when in an excited state.
GDI030.17 Preferably, the hybridization chambers have electrodes for exciting the ECL luminophores with electrical current.
GDI030.18 Preferably, the ECL probes each have a luminophore and a quencher positioned proximate the luminophore for quenching photons emitted by the luminophore such that hybridization with one of the target nucleic acid sequences moves the quencher away from the luminophore such that the photons are not quenched.
GDI030.19 Preferably, the CMOS circuitry has bond-pads for electrical connection to an external device, and is configured to convert output from the photodiodes into a signal indicative of the ECL probes that hybridized with the target nucleic acid sequences, and provide the signal to the bond-pads for transmission to the external device.
GDI030.20 Preferably, the LOC device and the dialysis device are fluidically connected via a cap, the cap has at least one channel for fluid communication between the dialysis device and the LOC device, and a plurality of reservoirs for holding liquid reagents for addition to the sample.
The easily usable, mass-producible, inexpensive, and portable diagnostic test module accepts a biological sample, uses a dialysis chip for separating the pathogens in the sample, and separately processes the nucleic acid content of the pathogens separated from the sample. The dialysis chip functionality extract additional information from the sample and increases the sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range of the assay system.
The microfluidic multichip assembly provides for higher modularity. Surface- micromachined chips in the assembly would each be much smaller and disproportionately cheaper that a monolithic chip capable of providing the total functionality of the assembly. Alternatively a large yet cost-effective dialysis chip can provide a high level of dialysis capacity providing for further increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
Functionally optimal, less expensive fabrication process is utilized to fabricate each surface- micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic multichip assembly, ie, the bioMST- only dialysis chip skips all of the CMOS process steps and uses an inexpensive glass wafer.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Preferred embodiments of the present invention will now be described by way of example only with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which:
Figure 1 shows a test module and test module reader configured for fluorescence detection;
Figure 2 is a schematic overview of the electronic components in the test module configured for fluorescence detection;
Figure 3 is a schematic overview of the electronic components in the test module reader; Figure 4 is a schematic representation of the architecture of the LOC device;
Figure 5 is a perspective of the LOC device;
Figure 6 is a plan view of the LOC device with features and structures from all layers superimposed on each other;
Figure 7 is a plan view of the LOC device with the structures of the cap shown in isolation; Figure 8 is a top perspective of the cap with internal channels and reservoirs shown in dotted line;
Figure 9 is an exploded top perspective of the cap with internal channels and reservoirs shown in dotted line;
Figure 10 is a bottom perspective of the cap showing the configuration of the top channels;
Figure 11 is a plan view of the LOC device showing the structures of the CMOS + MST device in isolation;
Figure 12 is a schematic section view of the LOC device at the sample inlet;
Figure 13 is an enlarged view of Inset AA shown in Figure 6;
Figure 14 is an enlarged view of Inset AB shown in Figure 6;
Figure 15 is an enlarged view of Inset AE shown in Figure 13;
Figure 16 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AE;
Figure 17 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AE;
Figure 18 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AE;
Figure 19 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AE;
Figure 20 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AE;
Figure 21 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AE;
Figure 22 is schematic section view of the lysis reagent reservoir shown in Figure 21 ;
Figure 23 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AB;
Figure 24 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AB;
Figure 25 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AI;
Figure 26 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AB;
Figure 27 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Ins et AB ; Figure 28 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AB;
Figure 29 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of the LOC device within Inset AB;
Figure 30 is a schematic section view of the amplification mix reservoir and the polymerase reservoir;
Figure 31 show the features of a boiling-initiated valve in isolation;
Figure 32 is a schematic section view of the boiling-initiated valve taken through line 33- 33 shown in Figure 31;
Figure 33 is an enlarged view of Inset AF shown in Figure 15;
Figure 34 is a schematic section view of the upstream end of the dialysis section taken through line 35-35 shown in Figure 33;
Fij >ure 35 is an enlarged view of Inset AC shown in Figure 6;
Fij >ure 36 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification section;
Fij >ure 37 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification section; ii >ure 38 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification section; ii >ure 39 is a further enlarged view within Inset AK shown in Figure 38;
Fi. >ure 40 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification chamber;
Fi. >ure 41 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification section;
Fii >ure 42 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification chamber;
Fii >ure 43 is a further enlarged view within Inset AL shown in Figure 42;
Fii >ure 44 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification section;
Fii >ure 45 is a further enlarged view within Inset AM shown in Figure 44;
Fii >ure 46 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification chamber;
Fii >ure 47 is a further enlarged view within Inset AN shown in Figure 46;
Fii >ure 48 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification chamber;
Fii >ure 49 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification chamber;
Fii >ure 50 is a further enlarged view within Inset AC showing the amplification section;
Fii >ure 51 is a schematic section view of the amplification section;
Fii >ure 52 is an enlarged plan view of the hybridization section;
Fii >ure 53 is a further enlarged plan view of two hybridization chambers in isolation;
Fii >ure 54 is schematic section view of a single hybridization chamber;
Fii >ure 55 is an enlarged view of the humidifier illustrated in Inset AG shown in Figure 6;
Fii >ure 56 is an enlarged view of Inset AD shown in Figure 52;
Fii >ure 57 is an exploded perspective view of the LOC device within Inset AD; Figure 58 is an enlarged plan view of the humidity sensor shown in Inset AH of Figure 6; Figure 59 is a schematic showing part of the photodiode array of the photosensor;
Figure 60 is an enlarged view of the evaporator shown in Inset AP of Figure 55;
Figure 61 is a diagram of linker-primed PCR;
Figure 62 is a schematic representation of a test module with a lancet;
Figure 63 is a diagrammatic representation of the architecture of LOC variant VII;
Figure 64 is a plan view of LOC variant VIII with features and structures from all layers superimposed on each other;
Fi^ *ure 65 is an enlarged view of Inset CA shown in Figure 64;
Fi^ *ure 66 is a partial perspective illustrating the laminar structure of LOC variant VIII within Inset CA shown in Figure 64;
Fi^ *ure 67 is an enlarged view of Inset CE shown in Figure 65;
Fi^ *ure 68 is a diagrammatic representation of the architecture of LOC variant VIII;
Fi^ *ure 69 is a schematic illustration of the architecture of LOC variant XIV;
Fi^ *ure 70 is a schematic illustration of the architecture of LOC variant XLI;
Figure 71 is a schematic illustration of the architecture of LOC variant XLIII;
Fi^ *ure 72 is a schematic illustration of the architecture of LOC variant XLIV;
Fi^ *ure 73 is a schematic illustration of the architecture of LOC variant XL VII;
Fi^ *ure 74 is a diagrammatic representation of the architecture of LOC variant XI;
Fi^ *ure 75 is a circuit diagram of the differential imager;
Fi^ *ure 76 illustrates the reactions occurring during an electrochemiluminescence (ECL) process;
Fi^ *ure 77 schematically illustrates three different anode configurations;
Fi^ *ure 78 is a schematic partial cross-section of the anode and cathode in the
hybridization chamber;
Figure 79 schematically illustrates an anode in a ring geometry around the peripheral edge of a photodiode;
Figure 80 schematically illustrates an anode in a ring geometry within the peripheral edge of a photodiode;
Figure 81 schematically illustrates an anode with a series of fingers to increase the length of its lateral edges;
Figure 82 schematically illustrates the use of a transparent anode to maximise surface area coupling and ECL signal detection;
Figure 83 schematically illustrates the use of an anode affixed to the roof of the hybridization chamber to maximise surface area coupling and ECL signal detection; Figure 84 schematically illustrates an anode interdigitated with a cathode;
Figure 85 shows a test module and test module reader configured for use with ECL detection;
Figure 86 is a schematic overview of the electronic components in the test module configured for use with ECL detection;
Figure 87 shows a test module and alternative test module readers;
Figure 88 shows a test module and test module reader along with the hosting system housing various databases;
Figure 89 is a plan view of LOC variant L showing all the features superimposed on each other and showing the locations of Insets GA to GL;
Figure 90 is an enlarged view of Inset GD shown in Figure 89;
Figure 91 is an enlarged view of Inset GG shown in Figure 89;
Figure 92 is an enlarged view of Inset GH shown in Figure 89;
Figure 93 is a diagram of an electrochemiluminescence resonance energy transfer probe in a closed configuration;
Figure 94 is a diagram of an electrochemiluminescence resonance energy transfer probe in an open and hybridized configuration;
Figure 95 is a diagram of a primer-linked, luminescent linear probe during the initial round of amplification;
Figure 96 is a diagram of a primer-linked, luminescent linear probe during a subsequent amplification cycle;
Figures 97A to 97F diagrammatically illustrate thermal cycling of a luminescent primer- linked stem-and-loop probe;
Figure 98 schematically illustrates a negative control luminescent probe in its stem-and- loop configuration;
Figure 99 schematically illustrates the negative control luminescent probe of Figure 98 in its open configuration;
Figure 100 schematically illustrates a positive control luminescent probe in its stem-and- loop configuration;
Figure 101 schematically illustrates the positive control luminescent probe of Figure 100 in its open configuration;
Figure 102 is a diagrammatic representation of the architecture of a microfluidic device with dialysis device, LOC device, interconnecting cap and electrochemiluminescence (ECL) detection; Figure 103 is a perspective view of a microfluidic device with dialysis device, LOC device and interconnecting cap;
Figure 104 is a plan view showing the features of the dialysis device of the microfluidic device and showing the location of Inset JA;
Figure 105 is an enlarged view of Inset JA shown in Figure 104;
Figure 106 is a plan view showing the features of the LOC device of the microfluidic device and showing the locations of Insets JB to JJ;
Fi *ure 107 is an enlarged view of Inset JB shown in Figure 106;
Fi *ure 108 is an enlarged view of Inset JC shown in Figure 106;
Fi *ure 109 is an enlarged view of Inset JD shown in Figure 106;
Fi *ure 110 is an enlarged view of Inset JE shown in Figure 106;
Fi *ure 111 is an enlarged view of Inset JF shown in Figure 106;
Fi *ure 112 is an enlarged view of Inset JG shown in Figure 106;
Fi *ure 113 is an enlarged view of Inset JH shown in Figure 106;
Fi *ure 114 is an enlarged view of Inset JJ shown in Figure 106;
Fi *ure 115 is an enlarged view of the hybridization chamber of LOC variant L;
Fi *ure 116 is an enlarged view of the hybridization chamber array of LOC variant L showing the distribution of calibration chambers;
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
OVERVIEW
This overview identifies the main components of a molecular diagnostic system that incorporates embodiments of the present invention. Comprehensive details of the system architecture and operation are set out later in the specification.
Referring to Figures 1, 2, 3, 85 and 86, the system has the following top level components:
Test modules 10 and 1 1 are the size of a typical USB memory key and very cheap to produce. Test modules 10 and 11 each contain a microfluidic device, typically in the form of a lab-on-a-chip (LOC) device 30 preloaded with reagents and typically more than 1000 probes for the molecular diagnostic assay (see Figures 1 and 85). Test module 10 schematically shown in Figure 1 uses a fluorescence-based detection technique to identify target molecules, while test module 11 in Figure 85 uses an electrochemiluminescence-based detection technique. The LOC device 30 has an integrated photosensor 44 for fluorescence or electrochemiluminescence detection (described in detail below). Both test modules 10 and 11 use a standard Micro-USB plug 14 for power, data and control, both have a printed circuit board (PCB) 57, and both have external power supply capacitors 32 and an inductor 15. The test modules 10 and 1 1 are both single-use only for mass production and distribution in sterile packaging ready for use.
The outer casing 13 has a macroreceptacle 24 for receiving the biological sample and a removable sterile sealing tape 22, preferably with a low tack adhesive, to cover the
macroreceptacle prior to use. A membrane seal 408 with a membrane guard 410 forms part of the outer casing 13 to reduce dehumidification within the test module while providing pressure relief from small air pressure fluctuations. The membrane guard 410 protects the membrane seal 408 from damage.
Test module reader 12 powers the test module 10 or 11 via Micro-USB port 16. The test module reader 12 can adopt many different forms and a selection of these are described later. The version of the reader 12 shown in Figures 1, 3 and 85 is a smart phone embodiment. A block diagram of this reader 12 is shown in Figure 3. Processor 42 runs application software from program storage 43. The processor 42 also interfaces with the display screen 18 and user interface (UI) touch screen 17 and buttons 19, a cellular radio 21, wireless network connection 23, and a satellite navigation system 25. The cellular radio 21 and wireless network connection 23 are used for communications. Satellite navigation system 25 is used for updating
epidemiological databases with location data. The location data can, alternatively, be entered manually via the touch screen 17 or buttons 19. Data storage 27 holds genetic and diagnostic information, test results, patient information, assay and probe data for identifying each probe and its array position. Data storage 27 and program storage 43 may be shared in a common memory facility. Application software installed on the test module reader 12 provides analysis of results, along with additional test and diagnostic information.
To conduct a diagnostic test, the test module 10 (or test module 1 1) is inserted into the Micro-USB port 16 on the test module reader 12. The sterile sealing tape 22 is peeled back and the biological sample (in a liquid form) is loaded into the sample macroreceptacle 24. Pressing start button 20 initiates testing via the application software. The sample flows into the LOC device 30 and the on-board assay extracts, incubates, amplifies and hybridizes the sample nucleic acids (the target) with presynthesized hybridization-responsive oligonucleotide probes. In the case of test module 10 (which uses fluorescence-based detection), the probes are fluorescently labelled and the LED 26 housed in the casing 13 provides the necessary excitation light to induce fluorescence emission from the hybridized probes (see Figures 1 and 2). In test module 1 1 (which uses electrochemiluminescence (ECL) detection), the LOC device 30 is loaded with ECL probes (discussed above) and the LED 26 is not necessary for generating the luminescent emission. Instead, electrodes 860 and 870 provide the excitation electrical current (see Figure 86). The emission (fluorescent or luminescent) is detected using a photosensor 44 integrated into CMOS circuitry of each LOC device. The detected signal is amplified and converted to a digital output which is analyzed by the test module reader 12. The reader then displays the results.
The data may be saved locally and/or uploaded to a network server containing patient records. The test module 10 or 11 is removed from the test module reader 12 and disposed of appropriately.
Figures 1, 3 and 85 show the test module reader 12 configured as a mobile phone/smart phone 28. In other forms, the test module reader is a laptop/notebook 101, a dedicated reader 103, an ebook reader 107, a tablet computer 109 or desktop computer 105 for use in hospitals, private practices or laboratories (see Figure 87). The reader can interface with a range of additional applications such as patient records, billing, online databases and multi-user environments. It can also be interfaced with a range of local or remote peripherals such as printers and patient smart cards.
Referring to Figure 88, the data generated by the test module 10 can be used to update, via the reader 12 and network 125, the epidemiological databases hosted on the hosting system for epidemiological data 11 1, the genetic databases hosted on the hosting system for genetic data 1 13, the electronic health records hosted on the hosting system for electronic health records (EHR) 1 15, the electronic medical records hosted on the hosting system for electronic medical records (EMR) 121, and the personal health records hosted on the hosting system for personal health records (PHR) 123. Conversely, the epidemiological data hosted on the hosting system for epidemiological data 11 1, the genetic data hosted on the hosting system for genetic data 1 13, the electronic health records hosted on the hosting system for electronic health records (EHR) 1 15, the electronic medical records hosted on the hosting system for electronic medical records (EMR) 121, and the personal health records hosted on the hosting system for personal health records (PHR) 123, can be used to update, via network 125 and the reader 12, the digital memory in the LOC 30 of the test module 10.
Referring back to Figures 1, 2, 85 and 86 the reader 12 uses battery power in the mobile phone configuration. The mobile phone reader contains all test and diagnostic information preloaded. Data can also be loaded or updated via a number of wireless or contact interfaces to enable communications with peripheral devices, computers or online servers. A Micro-USB port 16 is provided for connection to a computer or mains power supply for battery recharge.
Figure 62 shows an embodiment of the test module 10 used for tests that only require a positive or negative result for a particular target, such as testing whether a person is infected with, for example, H1N1 Influenza A virus. Only a purpose built USB power/indicator-only module 47 is adequate. No other reader or application software is necessary. An indicator 45 on the USB power/indicator-only module 47 signals positive or negative results. This configuration is well suited to mass screening.
Additional items supplied with the system may include a test tube containing reagents for pre-treatment of certain samples, along with spatula and lancet for sample collection. Figure 62 shows an embodiment of the test module incorporating a spring-loaded, retractable lancet 390 and lancet release button 392 for convenience. A satellite phone can be used in remote areas.
TEST MODULE ELECTRONICS
Figures 2 and 86 are block diagrams of the electronic components in the test modules 10 and 11, respectively. The CMOS circuitry integrated in the LOC device 30 has a USB device driver 36, a controller 34, a USB-compatible LED driver 29, clock 33, power conditioner 31,
RAM 38 and program and data flash memory 40. These provide the control and memory for the entire test module 10 or 11 including the photosensor 44, the temperature sensors 170, the liquid sensors 174, and the various heaters 152, 154, 182, 234, together with associated drivers 37 and 39 and registers 35 and 41. Only the LED 26 (in the case of test module 10), external power supply capacitors 32 and the Micro-USB plug 14 are external to the LOC device 30. The LOC devices 30 include bond-pads for making connections to these external components. The RAM 38 and the program and data flash memory 40 have the application software and the diagnostic and test information (Flash/Secure storage, e.g. via encryption) for over 1000 probes. In the case of test module 11 configured for ECL detection, there is no LED 26 (see Figures 85 and 86). Data is encrypted by the LOC device 30 for secure storage and secure communication with an external device. The LOC devices 30 are loaded with electrochemiluminescent probes and the hybridization chambers each have a pair of ECL excitation electrodes 860 and 870.
Many types of test modules 10 are manufactured in a number of test forms, ready for off- the-shelf use. The differences between the test forms lie in the on board assay of reagents and probes.
Some examples of infectious diseases rapidly identified with this system include:
• Influenza - Influenza virus A, B, C, Isavirus, Thogotovirus
• Pneumonia - respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), adenovirus, metapneumo virus, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus
· Tuberculosis - Mycobacterium tuberculosis, bovis, africanum, canetti, and microti
• Plasmodium falciparum, Toxoplasma gondii and other protozoan parasites
• Typhoid - Salmonella enterica serovar typhi
• Ebola virus
• Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) • Dengue Fever - Flavivirus
• Hepatitis (A through E)
• Hospital acquired infections - for example Clostridium difficile, Vancomycin resistant Enterococcus, and Methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus
• Herpes simplex virus (HSV)
• Cytomegalovirus (CMV)
• Epstein-Barr virus (EBV)
• Encephalitis - Japanese Encephalitis virus, Chandipura virus
• Whooping cough - Bordetella pertussis
• Measles - paramyxovirus
• Meningitis - Streptococcus pneumoniae and Neisseria meningitidis
• Anthrax - Bacillus anthracis
Some examples of genetic disorders identified with this system include:
• Cystic fibrosis
• Haemophilia
• Sickle cell disease
• Tay-Sachs disease
• Haemochromatosis
• Cerebral arteriopathy
• Crohn's disease
• Polycistic kidney disease
• Congential heart disease
• Rett syndrome
A small selection of cancers identified by the diagnostic system include:
• Ovarian
• Colon carcinoma
• Multiple endocrine neoplasia
• Retinoblastoma
• Turcot syndrome
The above lists are not exhaustive and the diagnostic system can be configured to detect a much greater variety of diseases and conditions using nucleic acid and proteomic analysis. DETAILED ARCHITECTURE OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS
LOC DEVICE
The LOC device 30 is central to the diagnostic system. It rapidly performs the four major steps of a nucleic acid based molecular diagnostic assay, i.e. sample preparation, nucleic acid extraction, nucleic acid amplification, and detection, using a microfluidic platform. The LOC device also has alternative uses, and these are detailed later. As discussed above, test modules 10 and 1 1 can adopt many different configurations to detect different targets. Likewise, the LOC device 30 has numerous different embodiments tailored to the target(s) of interest. One form of the LOC device 30 is LOC device 301 for fluorescent detection of target nucleic acid sequences in the pathogens of a whole blood sample. For the purposes of illustration, the structure and operation of LOC device 301 is now described in detail with reference to Figures 4 to 26 and 27 to 57.
Figure 4 is a schematic representation of the architecture of the LOC device 301. For convenience, process stages shown in Figure 4 are indicated with the reference numeral corresponding to the functional sections of the LOC device 301 that perform that process stage. The process stages associated with each of the major steps of a nucleic acid based molecular diagnostic assay are also indicated: sample input and preparation 288, extraction 290, incubation 291, amplification 292 and detection 294. The various reservoirs, chambers, valves and other components of the LOC device 301 will be described in more detail later.
Figure 5 is a perspective view of the LOC device 301. It is fabricated using high volume
CMOS and MST (microsystems technology) manufacturing techniques. The laminar structure of the LOC device 301 is illustrated in the schematic (not to scale) partial section view of Figure 12. The LOC device 301 has a silicon substrate 84 which supports the CMOS + MST chip 48, comprising CMOS circuitry 86 and an MST layer 87, with a cap 46 overlaying the MST layer 87. For the purposes of this patent specification, the term 'MST layer' is a reference to a collection of structures and layers that process the sample with various reagents. Accordingly, these structures and components are configured to define flow-paths with characteristic dimensions that will support capillary driven flow of liquids with physical characteristics similar to those of the sample during processing. In light of this, the MST layer and components are typically fabricated using surface micromachining techniques and/or bulk micromachining techniques. However, other fabrication methods can also produce structures and components dimensioned for capillary driven flows and processing very small volumes. The specific embodiments described in this specification show the MST layer as the structures and active components supported on the CMOS circuitry 86, but excluding the features of the cap 46. However, the skilled addressee will appreciate that the MST layer need not have underlying CMOS or indeed an overlying cap in order for it to process the sample.
The overall dimensions of the LOC device shown in the following figures are 1760μιη x 5824μπι. Of course, LOC devices fabricated for different applications may have different dimensions.
Figure 6 shows the features of the MST layer 87 superimposed with the features of the cap. Insets AA to AD, AG and AH shown in Figure 6 are enlarged in Figures 13, 14, 35, 56, 55 and 58, respectively, and described in detail below for a comprehensive understanding of each structure within the LOC device 301. Figures 7 to 10 show the features of the cap 46 in isolation while Figure 11 shows the CMOS + MST device 48 structures in isolation.
LAMINAR STRUCTURE
Figures 12 and 22 are sketches that diagrammatically show the laminar structure of the CMOS + MST device 48, the cap 46 and the fluidic interaction between the two. The figures are not to scale for the purposes of illustration. Figure 12 is a schematic section view through the sample inlet 68 and Figure 22 is a schematic section through the reservoir 54. As best shown in Figure 12, the CMOS + MST device 48 has a silicon substrate 84 which supports the CMOS circuitry 86 that operates the active elements within the MST layer 87 above. A passivation layer 88 seals and protects the CMOS layer 86 from the fluid flows through the MST layer 87.
Fluid flows through both the cap channels 94 and the MST channels 90 (see for example Figures 7 and 16) in the cap layer 46 and MST channel layer 100, respectively. Cell transport occurs in the larger channels 94 fabricated in the cap 46, while biochemical processes are carried out in the smaller MST channels 90. Cell transport channels are sized so as to be able to transport cells in the sample to predetermined sites in the MST channels 90. Transportation of cells with sizes greater than 20 microns (for example, certain leukocytes) requires channel dimensions greater than 20 microns, and therefore a cross sectional area transverse to the flow of greater than 400 square microns. MST channels, particularly at locations in the LOC where transport of cells is not required, can be significantly smaller.
It will be appreciated that cap channel 94 and MST channel 90 are generic references and particular MST channels 90 may also be referred to as (for example) heated microchannels or dialysis MST channels in light of their particular function. MST channels 90 are formed by etching through a MST channel layer 100 deposited on the passivation layer 88 and patterned with photoresist. The MST channels 90 are enclosed by a roof layer 66 which forms the top (with respect to the orientation shown in the figures) of the CMOS + MST device 48. Despite sometimes being shown as separate layers, the cap channel layer 80 and the reservoir layer 78 are formed from a unitary piece of material. Of course, the piece of material may also be non-unitary. This piece of material is etched from both sides in order to form a cap channel layer 80 in which the cap channels 94 are etched and the reservoir layer 78 in which the reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60 and 62 are etched. Alternatively, the reservoirs and the cap channels are formed by a micromolding process. Both etching and micromolding techniques are used to produce channels with cross sectional areas transverse to the flow as large as 20,000 square microns, and as small as 8 square microns.
At different locations in the LOC device, there can be a range of appropriate choices for the cross sectional area of the channel transverse to the flow. Where large quantities of sample, or samples with large constituents, are contained in the channel, a cross-sectional area of up to 20,000 square microns (for example, a 200 micron wide channel in a 100 micron thick layer) is suitable. Where small quantities of liquid, or mixtures without large cells present, are contained in the channel, a very small cross sectional area transverse to the flow is preferable.
A lower seal 64 encloses the cap channels 94 and the upper seal layer 82 encloses the reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60 and 62.
The five reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60 and 62 are preloaded with assay-specific reagents. In the embodiment described here, the reservoirs are preloaded with the following reagents, but other reagents can easily be substituted:
• reservoir 54: anticoagulant with option to include erythrocyte lysis buffer
• reservoir 56: lysis reagent
• reservoir 58: restriction enzymes, ligase and linkers (for linker-primed PCR (see Figure 61, extracted from T. Stachan et al., Human Molecular Genetics 2, Garland Science, NY and London, 1999))
• reservoir 60: amplification mix (dNTPs, primers, buffer) and
• reservoir 62: DNA polymerase.
The cap 46 and the CMOS+MST layers 48 are in fluid communication via corresponding openings in the lower seal 64 and the roof layer 66. These openings are referred to as uptakes 96 and downtakes 92 depending on whether fluid is flowing from the MST channels 90 to the cap channels 94 or vice versa.
LOC DEVICE OPERATION The operation of the LOC device 301 is described below in a step-wise fashion with reference to analysing pathogenic DNA in a blood sample. Of course, other types of biological or non-biological fluid are also analysed using an appropriate set, or combination, of reagents, test protocols, LOC variants and detection systems. Referring back to Figure 4, there are five major steps involved in analysing a biological sample, comprising sample input and preparation 288, nucleic acid extraction 290, nucleic acid incubation 291, nucleic acid amplification 292 and detection and analysis 294.
The sample input and preparation step 288 involves mixing the blood with an anticoagulant 116 and then separating pathogens from the leukocytes and erythrocytes with the pathogen dialysis section 70. As best shown in Figures 7 and 12, the blood sample enters the device via the sample inlet 68. Capillary action draws the blood sample along the cap channel 94 to the reservoir 54. Anticoagulant is released from the reservoir 54 as the sample blood flow opens its surface tension valve 118 (see Figures 15 and 22). The anticoagulant prevents the formation of clots which would block the flow.
As best shown in Figure 22, the anticoagulant 1 16 is drawn out of the reservoir 54 by capillary action and into the MST channel 90 via the downtake 92. The downtake 92 has a capillary initiation feature (CIF) 102 to shape the geometry of the meniscus such that it does not anchor to the rim of the downtake 92. Vent holes 122 in the upper seal 82 allows air to replace the anticoagulant 116 as it is drawn out of the reservoir 54.
The MST channel 90 shown in Figure 22 is part of a surface tension valve 118. The anticoagulant 116 fills the surface tension valve 1 18 and pins a meniscus 120 to the uptake 96 to a meniscus anchor 98. Prior to use, the meniscus 120 remains pinned at the uptake 96 so the anticoagulant does not flow into the cap channel 94. When the blood flows through the cap channel 94 to the uptake 96, the meniscus 120 is removed and the anticoagulant is drawn into the flow.
Figures 15 to 21 show Inset AE which is a portion of Inset AA shown in Figure 13. As shown in Figures 15, 16 and 17, the surface tension valve 118 has three separate MST channels 90 extending between respective downtakes 92 and uptakes 96. The number of MST channels 90 in a surface tension valve can be varied to change the flow rate of the reagent into the sample mixture. As the sample mixture and the reagents mix together by diffusion, the flow rate out of the reservoir determines the concentration of the reagent in the sample flow. Hence, the surface tension valve for each of the reservoirs is configured to match the desired reagent concentration.
The blood passes into a pathogen dialysis section 70 (see Figures 4 and 15) where target cells are concentrated from the sample using an array of apertures 164 sized according to a predetermined threshold. Cells smaller than the threshold pass through the apertures while larger cells do not pass through the apertures. Unwanted cells, which may be either the larger cells withheld by the array of apertures 164 or the smaller cells that pass through the apertures, are redirected to a waste unit 76 while the target cells continue as part of the assay.
In the pathogen dialysis section 70 described here, the pathogens from the whole blood sample are concentrated for microbial DNA analysis. The array of apertures is formed by a multitude of 3 micron diameter holes 164 fluidically connecting the input flow in the cap channel 94 to a target channel 74. The 3 micron diameter apertures 164 and the dialysis uptake holes 168 for the target channel 74 are connected by a series of dialysis MST channels 204 (best shown in Figures 15 and 21). Pathogens are small enough to pass through the 3 micron diameter apertures 164 and fill the target channel 74 via the dialysis MST channels 204. Cells larger than 3 microns, such as erythrocytes and leukocytes, stay in the waste channel 72 in the cap 46 which leads to a waste reservoir 76 (see Figure 7).
Other aperture shapes, sizes and aspect ratios can be used to isolate specific pathogens or other target cells such as leukocytes for human DNA analysis. Greater detail on the dialysis section and dialysis variants is provided later.
Referring again to Figures 6 and 7, the flow is drawn through the target channel 74 to the surface tension valve 128 of the lysis reagent reservoir 56. The surface tension valve 128 has seven MST channels 90 extending between the lysis reagent reservoir 56 and the target channel 74. When the menisci are unpinned by the sample flow, the flow rate from all seven of the MST channels 90 will be greater than the flow rate from the anticoagulant reservoir 54 where the surface tension valve 118 has three MST channels 90 (assuming the physical characteristics of the fluids are roughly equivalent). Hence the proportion of lysis reagent in the sample mixture is greater than that of the anticoagulant.
The lysis reagent and target cells mix by diffusion in the target channel 74 within the chemical lysis section 130. A boiling-initiated valve 126 stops the flow until sufficient time has passed for diffusion and lysis to take place, releasing the genetic material from the target cells (see Figures 6 and 7). The structure and operation of the boiling- initiated valves are described in greater detail below with reference to Figures 31 and 32. Other active valve types (as opposed to passive valves such as the surface tension valve 1 18) have also been developed by the Applicant which may be used here instead of the boiling-initiated valve. These alternative valve designs are also described later.
When the boiling-initiated valve 126 opens, the lysed cells flow into a mixing section 131 for pre-amplification restriction digestion and linker ligation.
Referring to Figure 13, restriction enzymes, linkers and ligase are released from the reservoir 58 when the flow unpins the menisci at the surface tension valve 132 at the start of the mixing section 131. The mixture flows the length of the mixing section 131 for diffusion mixing. At the end of the mixing section 131 is downtake 134 leading into the incubator inlet channel 133 of the incubation section 114 (see Figure 13). The incubator inlet channel 133 feeds the mixture into a serpentine configuration of heated microchannels 210 which provides an incubation chamber for holding the sample during restriction digestion and ligation of the linkers (see Figures 13 and 14).
Figures 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 and 29 show the layers of the LOC device 301 within Inset AB of Figure 6. Each figure shows the sequential addition of layers forming the structures of the CMOS + MST layer 48 and the cap 46. Inset AB shows the end of the incubation section 114 and the start of the amplification section 112. As best shown in Figures 14 and 23, the flow fills the microchannels 210 of the incubation section 1 14 until reaching the boiling-initiated valve 106 where the flow stops while diffusion takes place. As discussed above, the microchannel 210 upstream of the boiling-initiated valve 106 becomes an incubation chamber containing the sample, restriction enzymes, ligase and linkers. The heaters 154 are then activated and held at constant temperature for a specified time for restriction digestion and linker ligation to occur.
The skilled worker will appreciate that this incubation step 291 (see Figure 4) is optional and only required for some nucleic acid amplification assay types. Furthermore, in some instances, it may be necessary to have a heating step at the end of the incubation period to spike the temperature above the incubation temperature. The temperature spike inactivates the restriction enzymes and ligase prior to entering the amplification section 1 12. Inactivation of the restriction enzymes and ligase has particular relevance when isothermal nucleic acid amplification is being employed.
Following incubation, the boiling-initiated valve 106 is activated (opened) and the flow resumes into the amplification section 112. Referring to Figures 31 and 32, the mixture fills the serpentine configuration of heated microchannels 158, which form one or more amplification chambers, until it reaches the boiling-initiated valve 108. As best shown in the schematic section view of Figure 30, amplification mix (dNTPs, primers, buffer) is released from reservoir 60 and polymerase is subsequently released from reservoir 62 into the intermediate MST channel 212 connecting the incubation and amplification sections (114 and 112 respectively).
Figures 35 to 51 show the layers of the LOC device 301 within Inset AC of Figure 6.
Each figure shows the sequential addition of layers forming the structures of the CMOS + MST device 48 and the cap 46. Inset AC is at the end of the amplification section 112 and the start of the hybridization and detection section 52. The incubated sample, amplification mix and polymerase flow through the microchannels 158 to the boiling- initiated valve 108. After sufficient time for diffusion mixing, the heaters 154 in the microchannels 158 are activated for thermal cycling or isothermal amplification. The amplification mix goes through a
predetermined number of thermal cycles or a preset amplification time to amplify sufficient target DNA. After the nucleic acid amplification process, the boiling-initiated valve 108 opens and flow resumes into the hybridization and detection section 52. The operation of boiling- initiated valves is described in more detail later.
As shown in Figure 52, the hybridization and detection section 52 has an array of hybridization chambers 110. Figures 52, 53, 54 and 56 show the hybridization chamber array 1 10 and individual hybridization chambers 180 in detail. At the entrance to the hybridization chamber 180 is a diffusion barrier 175 which prevents diffusion of the target nucleic acid, probe strands and hybridized probes between the hybridization chambers 180 during hybridization so as to prevent erroneous hybridization detection results. The diffusion barriers 175 present a flow-path-length that is long enough to prevent the target sequences and probes diffusing out of one chamber and contaminating another chamber within the time taken for the probes and nucleic acids to hybridize and the signal to be detected, thus avoiding an erroneous result.
Another mechanism to prevent erroneous readings is to have identical probes in a number of the hybridization chambers. The CMOS circuitry 86 derives a single result from the photodiodes 184 corresponding to the hybridization chambers 180 that contain identical probes. Anomalous results can be disregarded or weighted differently in the derivation of the single result.
The thermal energy required for hybridization is provided by CMOS-controlled heaters
182 (described in more detail below). After the heater is activated, hybridization occurs between complementary target-probe sequences. The LED driver 29 in the CMOS circuitry 86 signals the LED 26 located in the test module 10 to illuminate. These probes only fluoresce when hybridization has occurred thereby avoiding washing and drying steps that are typically required to remove unbound strands. Hybridization forces the stem-and-loop structure of the FRET probes 186 to open, which allows the fluorophore to emit fluorescent energy in response to the LED excitation light, as discussed in greater detail later. Fluorescence is detected by a photodiode 184 in the CMOS circuitry 86 underlying each hybridization chamber 180 (see hybridization chamber description below). The photodiodes 184 for all hybridization chambers and associated electronics collectively form the photosensor 44 (see Figure 59). In other embodiments, the photosensor may be an array of charge coupled devices (CCD array). The detected signal from the photodiodes 184 is amplified and converted to a digital output which is analyzed by the test module reader 12. Further details of the detection method are described later. ADDITIONAL DETAILS FOR THE LOC DEVICE
MODULARITY OF THE DESIGN
The LOC device 301 has many functional sections, including the reagent reservoirs 54, 56, 58, 60 and 62, the dialysis section 70, lysis section 130, incubation section 114, and amplification section 112, valve types, the humidifier and humidity sensor. In other
embodiments of the LOC device, these functional sections can be omitted, additional functional sections can be added or the functional sections can be used for alternative purposes to those described above.
For example, the incubation section 114 can be used as the first amplification section 112 of a tandem amplification assay system, with the chemical lysis reagent reservoir 56 being used to add the first amplification mix of primers, dNTPs and buffer and reagent reservoir 58 being used for adding the reverse transcriptase and/or polymerase. A chemical lysis reagent can also be added to the reservoir 56 along with the amplification mix if chemical lysis of the sample is desired or, alternatively, thermal lysis can occur in the incubation section by heating the sample for a predetermined time. In some embodiments, an additional reservoir can be incorporated immediately upstream of reservoir 58 for the mix of primers, dNTPs and buffer if there is a requirement for chemical lysis and a separation of this mix from the chemical lysis reagent is desired.
In some circumstances it may be desirable to omit a step, such as the incubation step 291. In this case, a LOC device can be specifically fabricated to omit the reagent reservoir 58 and incubation section 1 14, or the reservoir can simply not be loaded with reagents or the active valves, if present, not activated to dispense the reagents into the sample flow, and the incubation section then simply becomes a channel to transport the sample from the lysis section 130 to the amplification section 112. The heaters are independently operable and therefore, where reactions are dependent on heat, such as thermal lysis, programming the heaters not to activate during this step ensures thermal lysis does not occur in LOC devices that do not require it. The dialysis section 70 can be located at the beginning of the fluidic system within the microfluidic device as shown in Figure 4 or can be located anywhere else within the microfluidic device. For example, dialysis after the amplification phase 292 to remove cellular debris prior to the hybridization and detection step 294 may be beneficial in some circumstances. Alternatively, two or more dialysis sections can be incorporated at any location throughout the LOC device. Similarly, it is possible to incorporate additional amplification sections 112 to enable multiple targets to be amplified in parallel or in series prior to being detected in the hybridization chamber arrays 110 with specific nucleic acid probes. For analysis of samples like whole blood, in which dialysis is not required, the dialysis section 70 is simply omitted from the sample input and preparation section 288 of the LOC design. In some cases, it is not necessary to omit the dialysis section 70 from the LOC device even if the analysis does not require dialysis. If there is no geometric hindrance to the assay by the existence of a dialysis section, a LOC with the dialysis section 70 in the sample input and preparation section can still be used without a loss of the required functionality.
Furthermore, the detection section 294 may encompass proteomic chamber arrays which are identical to the hybridization chamber arrays but are loaded with probes designed to conjugate or hybridize with sample target proteins present in non-amplified sample instead of nucleic acid probes designed to hybridize to target nucleic acid sequences.
It will be appreciated that the LOC devices fabricated for use in this diagnostic system are different combinations of functional sections selected in accordance with the particular LOC application. The vast majority of functional sections are common to many of the LOC devices and the design of additional LOC devices for new application is a matter of compiling an appropriate combination of functional sections from the extensive selection of functional sections used in the existing LOC devices.
Only a small number of the LOC devices are shown in this description and some more are shown schematically to illustrate the design flexibility of the LOC devices fabricated for this system. The person skilled in the art will readily recognise that the LOC devices shown in this description are not an exhaustive list and many additional LOC designs are a matter of compiling the appropriate combination of functional sections.
SAMPLE TYPES
LOC variants can accept and analyze the nucleic acid or protein content of a variety of sample types in liquid form including, but not limited to, blood and blood products, saliva, cerebrospinal fluid, urine, semen, amniotic fluid, umbilical cord blood, breast milk, sweat, pleural effusion, tear, pericardial fluid, peritoneal fluid, environmental water samples and drink samples. Amplicon obtained from macroscopic nucleic acid amplification can also be analysed using the LOC device; in this case, all the reagent reservoirs will be empty or configured not to release their contents, and the dialysis, lysis, incubation and amplification sections will be used solely to transport the sample from the sample inlet 68 to the hybridization chambers 180 for nucleic acid detection, as described above.
For some sample types, a pre-processing step is required, for example semen may need to be liquefied and mucus may need to be pre-treated with an enzyme to reduce the viscosity prior to input into the LOC device. SAMPLE INPUT
Referring to Figures 1 and 12, the sample is added to the macroreceptacle 24 of the test module 10. The macroreceptacle 24 is a truncated cone which feeds into the inlet 68 of the LOC device 301 by capillary action. Here it flows into the 64 μηι wide x 60 μηι deep cap channel 94 where it is drawn towards the anticoagulant reservoir 54, also by capillary action.
REAGENT RESERVOIRS
The small volumes of reagents required by the assay systems using microfluidic devices, such as LOC device 301, permit the reagent reservoirs to contain all reagents necessary for the biochemical processing with each of the reagent reservoirs having a small volume. This volume is easily less than 1,000,000,000 cubic microns, in the vast majority of cases less than
300,000,000 cubic microns, typically less than 70,000,000 cubic microns and in the case of the LOC device 301 shown in the drawings, less than 20,000,000 cubic microns.
DIALYSIS SECTION
Referring to Figures 15 to 21, 33 and 34, the pathogen dialysis section 70 is designed to concentrate pathogenic target cells from the sample. As previously described, a plurality of apertures in the form of 3 micron diameter holes 164 in the roof layer 66 filter the target cells from the bulk of the sample. As the sample flows past the 3 micron diameter apertures 164, microbial pathogens pass through the holes into a series of dialysis MST channels 204 and flow back up into the target channel 74 via 16μιη dialysis uptake holes 168 (see Figures 33 and 34). The remainder of the sample (erythrocytes and so on) stay in the cap channel 94. Downstream of the pathogen dialysis section 70, the cap channel 94 becomes the waste channel 72 leading to the waste reservoir 76. For biological samples of the type that generate a substantial amount of waste, a foam insert or other porous element 49 within the outer casing 13 of the test module 10 is configured to be in fluid communication with the waste reservoir 76 (see Figure 1).
The pathogen dialysis section 70 functions entirely on capillary action of the fluid sample. The 3 micron diameter apertures 164 at the upstream end of the pathogen dialysis section 70 have capillary initiation features (CIFs) 166 (see Figure 33) so that the fluid is drawn down into the dialysis MST channel 204 beneath. The first uptake hole 198 for the target channel 74 also has a CIF 202 (see Figure 15) to avoid the flow simply pinning a meniscus across the dialysis uptake holes 168.
The small constituents dialysis section 682 schematically shown in Figure 70 can have a similar structure to the pathogen dialysis section 70. The small constituents dialysis section separates any small target cells or molecules from a sample by sizing (and, if necessary, shaping) apertures suitable for allowing the small target cells or molecules to pass into the target channel and continue for further analysis. Larger sized cells or molecules are removed to a waste reservoir 766. Thus, the LOC device 30 (see Figures 1 and 85) is not limited to separating pathogens that are less than 3 μηι in size, but can be used to separate cells or molecules of any size desired.
LYSIS SECTION
Referring back to Figures 7, 11 and 13, the genetic material in the sample is released from the cells by a chemical lysis process. As described above, a lysis reagent from the lysis reservoir 56 mixes with the sample flow in the target channel 74 downstream of the surface tension valve 128 for the lysis reservoir 56. However, some diagnostic assays are better suited to a thermal lysis process, or even a combination of chemical and thermal lysis of the target cells. The LOC device 301 accommodates this with the heated microchannels 210 of the incubation section 114. The sample flow fills the incubation section 114 and stops at the boiling-initiated valve 106. The incubation microchannels 210 heat the sample to a temperature at which the cellular membranes are disrupted.
In some thermal lysis applications, an enzymatic reaction in the chemical lysis section 130 is not necessary and the thermal lysis completely replaces the enzymatic reaction in the chemical lysis section 130. BOILING-INITIATED VALVE
As discussed above, the LOC device 301 has three boiling-initiated valves 126, 106 and 108. The location of these valves is shown in Figure 6. Figure 31 is an enlarged plan view of the boiling- initiated valve 108 in isolation at the end of the heated microchannels 158 of the amplification section 112.
The sample flow 1 19 is drawn along the heated microchannels 158 by capillary action until it reaches the boiling-initiated valve 108. The leading meniscus 120 of the sample flow pins at a meniscus anchor 98 at the valve inlet 146. The geometry of the meniscus anchor 98 stops the advancing meniscus to arrest the capillary flow. As shown in Figures 31 and 32, the meniscus anchor 98 is an aperture provided by an uptake opening from the MST channel 90 to the cap channel 94. Surface tension in the meniscus 120 keeps the valve closed. An annular heater 152 is at the periphery of the valve inlet 146. The annular heater 152 is CMOS-controlled via the boiling-initiated valve heater contacts 153. To open the valve, the CMOS circuitry 86 sends an electrical pulse to the valve heater contacts 153. The annular heater 152 resistively heats until the liquid sample 119 boils. The boiling unpins the meniscus 120 from the valve inlet 146 and initiates wetting of the cap channel 94. Once wetting the cap channel 94 begins, capillary flow resumes. The fluid sample 119 fills the cap channel 94 and flows through the valve downtake 150 to the valve outlet 148 where capillary driven flow continues along the amplification section exit channel 160 into the hybridization and detection section 52. Liquid sensors 174 are placed before and after the valve for diagnostics.
It will be appreciated that once the boiling-initiated valves are opened, they cannot be re- closed. However, as the LOC device 301 and the test module 10 are single-use devices, re- closing the valves is unnecessary.
INCUBATION SECTION AND NUCLEIC ACID AMPLIFICATION SECTION
Figures 6, 7, 13, 14, 23, 24, 25, 35 to 45, 50 and 51 show the incubation section 114 and the amplification section 112. The incubation section 114 has a single, heated incubation microchannel 210 etched in a serpentine pattern in the MST channel layer 100 from the downtake opening 134 to the boiling-initiated valve 106 (see Figures 13 and 14). Control over the temperature of the incubation section 1 14 enables enzymatic reactions to take place with greater efficiency. Similarly, the amplification section 112 has a heated amplification microchannel 158 in a serpentine configuration leading from the boiling-initiated valve 106 to the boiling-initiated valve 108 (see Figures 6 and 14). These valves arrest the flow to retain the target cells in the heated incubation or amplification microchannels 210 or 158 while mixing, incubation and nucleic acid amplification takes place. The serpentine pattern of the
microchannels also facilitates (to some extent) mixing of the target cells with reagents.
In the incubation section 1 14 and the amplification section 1 12, the sample cells and the reagents are heated by the heaters 154 controlled by the CMOS circuitry 86 using pulse width modulation (PWM). Each meander of the serpentine configuration of the heated incubation microchannel 210 and amplification microchannel 158 has three separately operable heaters 154 extending between their respective heater contacts 156 (see Figure 14) which provides for the two-dimensional control of input heat flux density. As best shown in Figure 51, the heaters 154 are supported on the roof layer 66 and embedded in the lower seal 64. The heater material is
TiAl but many other conductive metals would be suitable. The elongate heaters 154 are parallel with the longitudinal extent of each channel section that forms the wide meanders of the serpentine shape. In the amplification section 112, each of the wide meanders can operate as separate PCR chambers via individual heater control. The small volumes of amplicon required by the assay systems using microfluidic devices, such as LOC device 301, permit low amplification mixture volumes for amplification in amplification section 112. This volume is easily less than 400 nanoliters, in the vast majority of cases less than 170 nanoliters, typically less than 70 nanoliters and in the case of the LOC device 301, between 2 nanoliters and 30 nanoliters.
INCREASED RATES OF HEATING AND GREATER DIFFUSIVE MIXING
The small cross section of each channel section increases the heating rate of the amplification fluid mix. All the fluid is kept a relatively short distance from the heater 154. Reducing the channel cross section (that is the amplification microchannel 158 cross section) to less than 100,000 square microns achieves appreciably higher heating rates than that provided by more 'macro-scale' equipment. Lithographic fabrication techniques allow the amplification microchannel 158 to have a cross sectional area transverse to the flow-path less than 16,000 square microns which gives substantially higher heating rates. Feature sizes on the order of 1 micron are readily achievable with lithographic techniques. If very little amplicon is needed (as is the case in the LOC device 301), the cross sectional area can be reduced to less than 2,500 square microns. For diagnostic assays with 1,000 to 2,000 probes on the LOC device, and a requirement of 'sample-in, answer out' in less than 1 minute, a cross sectional area transverse to the flow of between 400 square microns and 1 square micron is adequate.
The heater element in the amplification microchannel 158 heats the nucleic acid sequences at a rate more than 80 Kelvin (K) per second, in the vast majority of cases at a rate greater than 100 K per second. Typically, the heater element heats the nucleic acid sequences at a rate more than 1,000 K per second and in many cases, the heater element heats the nucleic acid sequences at a rate more than 10,000 K per second. Commonly, based on the demands of the assay system, the heater element heats the nucleic acid sequences at a rate more than 100,000 K per second, more than 1,000,000 K per second more than 10,000,000 K per second, more than 20,000,000 K per second, more than 40,000,000 K per second, more than 80,000,000 K per second and more than 160,000,000 K per second.
A small cross-sectional area channel is also beneficial for diffusive mixing of any reagents with the sample fluid. Before diffusive mixing is complete, diffusion of one liquid into the other is greatest near the interface between the two. Concentration decreases with distance from the interface. Using microchannels with relatively small cross sections transverse to the flow direction, keeps both fluid flows close to the interface for more rapid diffusive mixing. Reducing the channel cross section to less than 100,000 square microns achieves appreciably higher mixing rates than that provided by more 'macro-scale' equipment. Lithographic fabrication techniques allows microchannels with a cross sectional area transverse to the flow- path less than 16000 square microns which gives significantly higher mixing rates. If small volumes are needed (as is the case in the LOC device 301), the cross sectional area can be reduced to less than 2500 square microns. For diagnostic assays with 1000 to 2000 probes on the LOC device, and a requirement of 'sample-in, answer out' in less than 1 minute, a cross sectional area transverse to the flow of between 400 square microns and 1 square micron is adequate.
SHORT THERMAL CYCLE TIMES
Keeping the sample mixture proximate to the heaters, and using very small fluid volumes allows rapid thermal cycling during the nucleic acid amplification process. Each thermal cycle (i.e. denaturing, annealing and primer extension) is completed in less than 30 seconds for target sequences up to 150 base pairs (bp) long. In the vast majority of diagnostic assays, the individual thermal cycle times are less than 1 1 seconds, and a large proportion are less than 4 seconds. LOC devices 30 with some of the most common diagnostic assays have thermal cycles time between 0.45 seconds to 1.5 seconds for target sequences up to 150 bp long. Thermal cycling at this rate allows the test module to complete the nucleic acid amplification process in much less than 10 minutes; often less than 220 seconds. For most assays, the amplification section generates sufficient amplicon in less than 80 seconds from the sample fluid entering the sample inlet. For a great many assays, sufficient amplicon is generated in 30 seconds.
Upon completion of a preset number of amplification cycles, the amplicon is fed into the hybridization and detection section 52 via the boiling-initiated valve 108.
HYBRIDIZATION CHAMBERS
Figures 52, 53, 54, 56 and 57 show the hybridization chambers 180 in the hybridization chamber array 1 10. The hybridization and detection section 52 has a 24 x 45 array 1 10 of hybridization chambers 180, each with hybridization-responsive FRET probes 186, heater element 182 and an integrated photodiode 184. The photodiode 184 is incorporated for detection of fluorescence resulting from the hybridization of a target nucleic acid sequence or protein with the FRET probes 186. Each photodiode 184 is independently controlled by the CMOS circuitry 86. Any material between the FRET probes 186 and the photodiode 184 must be transparent to the emitted light. Accordingly, the wall section 97 between the probes 186 and the photodiode 184 is also optically transparent to the emitted light. In the LOC device 301, the wall section 97 is a thin (approximately 0.5 micron) layer of silicon dioxide. Incorporation of a photodiode 184 directly beneath each hybridization chamber 180 allows the volume of probe-target hybrids to be very small while still generating a detectable fluorescence signal (see Figure 54). The small amounts permit small volume hybridization chambers. A detectable amount of probe-target hybrid requires a quantity of probe, prior to hybridization, which is easily less than 270 picograms (corresponding to 900,000 cubic microns), in the vast majority of cases less than 60 picograms (corresponding to 200,000 cubic microns), typically less than 12 picograms (corresponding to 40,000 cubic microns) and in the case of the LOC device 301 shown in the accompanying figures, less than 2.7 picograms (corresponding to a chamber volume of 9,000 cubic microns). Of course, reducing the size of the hybridization chambers allows a higher density of chambers and therefore more probes on the LOC device. In LOC device 301, the hybridization section has more than 1,000 chambers in an area of 1,500 microns by 1,500 microns (i.e. less than 2,250 square microns per chamber). Smaller volumes also reduce the reaction times so that hybridization and detection is faster. An additional advantage of the small amount of probe required in each chamber is that only very small quantities of probe solution need to be spotted into each chamber during production of the LOC device. Embodiments of the LOC device according to the invention can be spotted using a probe solution volume of 1 picoliter or less.
After nucleic acid amplification, boiling-initiated valve 108 is activated and the amplicon flows along the flow-path 176 and into each of the hybridization chambers 180 (see Figures 52 and 56). An end-point liquid sensor 178 indicates when the hybridization chambers 180 are filled with amplicon and the heaters 182 can be activated.
After sufficient hybridization time, the LED 26 (see Figure 2) is activated. The opening in each of the hybridization chambers 180 provides an optical window 136 for exposing the FRET probes 186 to the excitation radiation (see Figures 52, 54 and 56). The LED 26 is illuminated for a sufficiently long time in order to induce a fluorescence signal from the probes with high intensity. During excitation, the photodiode 184 is shorted. After a pre-programmed delay 300 (see Figure 2), the photodiode 184 is enabled and fluorescence emission is detected in the absence of the excitation light. The incident light on the active area 185 of the photodiode 184 (see Figure 54) is converted into a photocurrent which can then be measured using CMOS circuitry 86.
The hybridization chambers 180 are each loaded with probes for detecting a single target nucleic acid sequence. Each hybridization chambers 180 can be loaded with probes to detect over 1,000 different targets if desired. Alternatively, many or all the hybridization chambers can be loaded with the same probes to detect the same target nucleic acid repeatedly. Replicating the probes in this way throughout the hybridization chamber array 1 10 leads to increased confidence in the results obtained and the results can be combined by the photodiodes adjacent those hybridization chambers to provide a single result if desired. The person skilled in the art will recognise that it is possible to have from one to over 1,000 different probes on the hybridization chamber array 1 10, depending on the assay specification. HYBRIDIZATION CHAMBERS WITH ELECTROCHEMILUMTNESCENCE DETECTION
Figures 78, 90, 1 15 and 116 show the hybridization chambers 180 used in an ECL variant of the LOC device, LOC variant L 729. In this embodiment of the LOC device, a 24 x 45 array 110 of hybridization chambers 180, each with hybridization-responsive ECL probes 237, is positioned in registration with a corresponding array of photodiodes 184 integrated into the CMOS. In a similar fashion to the LOC devices configured for fluorescence detection, each photodiode 184 is incorporated for detection of ECL resulting from the hybridization of a target nucleic acid sequence or protein with an ECL probe 237. Each photodiode 184 is independently controlled by the CMOS circuitry 86. Again, the transparent wall section 97 between the probes 186 and the photodiode 184 is transparent to the emitted light.
A photodiode 184 closely adjacent each hybridization chamber 180 allows the amount of probe-target hybrids to be very small while still generating a detectable ECL signal (see Figure 78). The small amounts permit small volume hybridization chambers. A detectable amount of probe-target hybrid requires a quantity of probe, prior to hybridization, which is easily less than 270 picograms (corresponding to a chamber volume of 900,000 cubic microns), in the vast majority of cases less than 60 picograms (corresponding to 200,000 cubic microns), typically less than 12 picograms (corresponding to 40,000 cubic microns) and in the case of the LOC device shown in the drawings less than 2.7 picograms (corresponding to a chamber volume of 9,000 cubic microns). Of course, reducing the size of the hybridization chambers allows a higher density of chambers and therefore more probes on the LOC device. In the LOC device shown, the hybridization section has more than 1,000 chambers in an area of 1,500 microns by 1,500 microns (i.e. less than 2,250 square microns per chamber). Smaller volumes also reduce the reaction times so that hybridization and detection is faster. An additional advantage of the small amount of probe required in each chamber is that only very small quantities of probe solution need be spotted into each chamber during production of the LOC device. In the case of the LOC device shown in the drawings, the required amount of probe can be spotted using a solution volume of 1 picoliter or less.
After nucleic acid amplification, the boiling-initiated valve 108 is activated and the amplicon flows along the flow-path 176 and into each of the hybridization chambers 180 (see Figures 52 and 1 16). An end-point liquid sensor 178 indicates when the hybridization chambers 180 are filled with amplicon so that the heaters 182 can be activated.
After sufficient hybridization time, the photodiode 184 is enabled ready for collection of the ECL signal. Then the ECL excitation drivers 39 (see Figure 86) activate the ECL electrodes 860 and 870 for a predetermined length of time. The photodiode 184 remains active for a short time after cessation of the ECL excitation current to maximize the signal-to-noise ratio. For example, if the photodiode 184 remains active for five times the decay lifetime of the luminescent emission, then the signal will have decayed to less than one percent of the initial value. The incident light on the photodiode 184 is converted into a photocurrent which can then be measured using CMOS circuitry 86.
HUMIDIFIER AND HUMIDITY SENSOR
Inset AG of Figure 6 indicates the position of the humidifier 196. The humidifier prevents evaporation of the reagents and probes during operation of the LOC device 301. As best shown in the enlarged view of Figure 55, a water reservoir 188 is fluidically connected to three evaporators 190. The water reservoir 188 is filled with molecular biology-grade water and sealed during manufacturing. As best shown in Figures 55 and 60, water is drawn into three downtakes 194 and along respective water supply channels 192 by capillary action to a set of three uptakes 193 at the evaporators 190. A meniscus pins at each uptake 193 to retain the water. The evaporators have annular shaped heaters 191 which encircle the uptakes 193. The annular heaters 191 are connected to the CMOS circuitry 86 by the conductive columns 376 to the top metal layer 195 (see Figure 37). Upon activation, the annular heaters 191 heat the water causing evaporation and humidifying the device surrounds.
The position of the humidity sensor 232 is also shown in Figure 6. However, as best shown in the enlarged view of Inset AH in Figure 58, the humidity sensor has a capacitive comb structure. A lithographically etched first electrode 296 and a lithographically etched second electrode 298 face each other such that their teeth are interleaved. The opposed electrodes form a capacitor with a capacitance that can be monitored by the CMOS circuitry 86. As the humidity increases, the permittivity of the air gap between the electrodes increases, so that the capacitance also increases. The humidity sensor 232 is adjacent the hybridization chamber array 1 10 where humidity measurement is most important to slow evaporation from the solution containing the exposed probes.
FEEDBACK SENSORS Temperature and liquid sensors are incorporated throughout the LOC device 301 to provide feedback and diagnostics during device operation. Referring to Figure 35, nine temperature sensors 170 are distributed throughout the amplification section 1 12. Likewise, the incubation section 1 14 also has nine temperature sensors 170. These sensors each use a 2x2 array of bipolar junction transistors (BJTs) to monitor the fluid temperature and provide feedback to the CMOS circuitry 86. The CMOS circuitry 86 uses this to precisely control the thermal cycling during the nucleic acid amplification process and any heating during thermal lysis and incubation.
In the hybridization chambers 180, the CMOS circuitry 86 uses the hybridization heaters 182 as temperature sensors (see Figure 56). The electrical resistance of the hybridization heaters 182 is temperature dependent and the CMOS circuitry 86 uses this to derive a temperature reading for each of the hybridization chambers 180.
The LOC device 301 also has a number of MST channel liquid sensors 174 and cap channel liquid sensors 208. Figure 35 shows a line of MST channel liquid sensors 174 at one end of every other meander in the heated microchannel 158. As best shown in Figure 37, the MST channel liquid sensors 174 are a pair of electrodes formed by exposed areas of the top metal layer 195 in the CMOS structure 86. Liquid closes the circuit between the electrodes to indicate its presence at the sensor's location.
Figure 25 shows an enlarged perspective of cap channel liquid sensors 208. Opposing pairs of TiAl electrodes 218 and 220 are deposited on the roof layer 66. Between the electrodes 218 and 220 is a gap 222 to hold the circuit open in the absence of liquid. The presence of liquid closes the circuit and the CMOS circuitry 86 uses this feedback to monitor the flow.
GRAVITATIONAL INDEPENDENCE
The test modules 10 are orientation independent. They do not need to be secured to a flat stable surface in order to operate. Capillary driven fluid flows and a lack of external plumbing into ancillary equipment allow the modules to be truly portable and simply plugged into a similarly portable hand held reader such as a mobile telephone. Having a gravitationally independent operation means the test modules are also accelerationally independent to all practical extents. They are resistant to shock and vibration and will operate on moving vehicles or while the mobile telephone is being carried around.
DIALYSIS VARIANTS
DIALYSIS SECTION WITH FLOW CHANNEL TO PREVENT TRAPPED AIR BUBBLES Described below is an embodiment of the LOC device referred to as LOC variant VIII 518 and shown in Figures 64, 65, 66 and 67. This LOC device has a dialysis section that fills with the fluid sample without leaving air bubbles trapped in the channels. LOC variant VIII 518 also has an additional layer of material referred to as an interface layer 594. The interface layer 594 is positioned between the cap channel layer 80 and the MST channel layer 100 of the CMOS + MST device 48. The interface layer 594 allows a more complex fluidic interconnection between the reagent reservoirs and the MST layer 87 without increasing the size of the silicon substrate 84.
Referring to Figure 65, the bypass channel 600 is designed to introduce a time delay in the fluid sample flow from the interface waste channel 604 to the interface target channel 602. This time delay allows the fluid sample to flow through the dialysis MST channel 204 to the dialysis uptake 168 where it pins a meniscus. With a capillary initiation feature (CIF) 202 at the uptake from the bypass channel 600 to the interface target channel 602, the sample fluid fills the interface target channel 602 from a point upstream of all the dialysis uptakes 168 from the dialysis MST channels 204.
Without the bypass channel 600, the interface target channel 602 still starts filling from the upstream end, but eventually the advancing meniscus reaches and passes over an uptake belonging to an MST channel that has not yet filled, leading into air entrapment at that point. Trapped air reduces the sample flow rate through the leukocyte dialysis section 328. NUCLEIC ACID AMPLIFICATION VARIANTS
PARALLEL PCR
Several variants of the LOC device have multiple amplification sections operating in parallel. For example, LOC variant VII 492 shown in Figure 63 has parallel amplification sections 112.1 to 112.4 which allow multiple nucleic acid amplification assays to be performed simultaneously.
LOC variant XI 746 shown in Figure 74 also has parallel amplification sections 112.1 to 112.4, but additionally has parallel incubation sections 1 14.1 to 114.4, so that the sample can be processed differently prior to amplification. Other LOC variants, such as LOC XIV 641 shown schematically in Figure 69, demonstrate that the number of parallel amplification sections can be "X" number, which is only limited by the size of the LOC device. A larger LOC device can be made to accommodate greater numbers of parallel amplification sections.
Separate amplification sections can be configured to run on different cycle times and/or temperatures for particular target sizes or particular amplification mix constituents. With several amplification sections running in parallel, the LOC device can operate a multiplex nucleic acid amplification process or a uniplex amplification process in each of the sections. In multiplex nucleic acid amplification, more than one target sequence is amplified using more than one pair of primers. A parallel nucleic acid amplification system with "m" chambers can run the equivalent of an n-plex amplification where n = n(l) + n(2) + ...+ n(i) + ...+ n(m), with n(i) being the number of different primer pairs used in the multiplex amplification being run in chamber "i", bearing in mind that the SNR (signal-to-noise ratio) in the parallel amplification system is higher than the n-plex amplification run in a single chamber system. Under the special case where n(i) = 1, the amplification in chamber "i" becomes just a uniplex amplification. DIRECT PCR
Traditionally, PCR requires extensive purification of the target DNA prior to preparation of the reaction mixture. However, with appropriate changes to the chemistry and sample concentration, it is possible to perform nucleic acid amplification with minimal DNA purification, or direct amplification. When the nucleic acid amplification process is PCR, this approach is called direct PCR. In LOC devices where nucleic acid amplification is performed at a controlled, constant temperature, the approach is direct isothermal amplification. Direct nucleic acid amplification techniques have considerable advantages for use in LOC devices, particularly relating to simplification of the required fluidic design. Adjustments to the amplification chemistry for direct PCR or direct isothermal amplification include increased buffer strength, the use of polymerases which have high activity and processivity, and additives which chelate with potential polymerase inhibitors. Dilution of inhibitors present in the sample is also important.
To take advantage of direct nucleic acid amplification techniques, the LOC device designs incorporate two additional features. The first feature is reagent reservoirs (for example reservoir 58 in Figure 8) which are appropriately dimensioned to supply a sufficient quantity of amplification reaction mix, or diluent, so that the final concentrations of sample components which might interfere with amplification chemistry are low enough to permit successful nucleic acid amplification. The desired dilution of non-cellular sample components is in the range of 5X to 20X. Different LOC structures, for example the pathogen dialysis section 70 in Figure 4, are used when appropriate to ensure that the concentration of target nucleic acid sequences is maintained at a high enough level for amplification and detection. In this embodiment, further illustrated in Figure 6, a dialysis section which effectively concentrates pathogens small enough to be passed into the amplification section 292 is employed upstream of the sample extraction section 290, and rejects larger cells to a waste receptacle 76. In another embodiment, a dialysis section is used to selectively deplete proteins and salts in blood plasma while retaining cells of interest.
The second LOC structural feature which supports direct nucleic acid amplification is design of channel aspect ratios to adjust the mixing ratio between the sample and the amplification mix components. For example, to ensure dilution of inhibitors associated with the sample in the preferred 5X - 20X range through a single mixing step, the length and cross- section of the sample and reagent channels are designed such that the sample channel, upstream of the location where mixing is initiated, constitutes a flow impedance 4X - 19X higher than the flow impedance of the channels through which the reagent mixture flows. Control over flow impedances in microchannels is readily achieved through control over the design geometry. The flow impedance of a microchannel increases linearly with the channel length, for a constant cross-section. Importantly for mixing designs, flow impedance in microchannels depends more strongly on the smallest cross-sectional dimension. For example, the flow impedance of a microchannel with rectangular cross-section is inversely proportional to the cube of the smallest perpendicular dimension, when the aspect ratio is far from unity.
REVERSE-TRANSCRIPTASE PCR (RT-PCR)
Where the sample nucleic acid species being analysed or extracted is RNA, such as from RNA viruses or messenger RNA, it is first necessary to reverse transcribe the RNA into complementary DNA (cDNA) prior to PCR amplification. The reverse transcription reaction can be performed in the same chamber as the PCR (one-step RT-PCR) or it can be performed as a separate, initial reaction (two-step RT-PCR). In the LOC variants described herein, a one-step RT-PCR can be performed simply by adding the reverse transcriptase to reagent reservoir 62 along with the polymerase and programming the heaters 154 to cycle firstly for the reverse transcription step and then progress onto the nucleic acid amplification step. A two-step RT- PCR could also be easily achieved by utilizing the reagent reservoir 58 to store and dispense the buffers, primers, dNTPs and reverse transcriptase and the incubation section 1 14 for the reverse transcription step followed by amplification in the normal way in the amplification section 1 12.
ISOTHERMAL NUCLEIC ACID AMPLIFICATION
For some applications, isothermal nucleic acid amplification is the preferred method of nucleic acid amplification, thus avoiding the need to repetitively cycle the reaction components through various temperature cycles but instead maintaining the amplification section at a constant temperature, typically around 37°C to 41°C. A number of isothermal nucleic acid amplification methods have been described, including Strand Displacement Amplification (SDA), Transcription Mediated Amplification (TMA), Nucleic Acid Sequence Based
Amplification (NASBA), ecombinase Polymerase Amplification (RPA), Helicase-Dependent isothermal DNA Amplification (HDA), Rolling Circle Amplification (RCA), Ramification Amplification (RAM) and Loop-mediated Isothermal Amplification (LAMP), and any of these, or other isothermal amplification methods, can be employed in particular embodiments of the LOC device described herein.
In order to perform isothermal nucleic acid amplification, the reagent reservoirs 60 and 62 adjoining the amplification section will be loaded with the appropriate reagents for the specified isothermal method instead of PCR amplification mix and polymerase. For example, for SDA, reagent reservoir 60 contains amplification buffer, primers and dNTPs and reagent reservoir 62 contains an appropriate nickase enzyme and Exo- DNA polymerase. For RPA, reagent reservoir 60 contains the amplification buffer, primers, dNTPs and recombinase proteins, with reagent reservoir 62 containing a strand displacing DNA polymerase such as Bsu.
Similarly, for HDA, reagent reservoir 60 contains amplification buffer, primers and dNTPs and reagent reservoir 62 contains an appropriate DNA polymerase and a helicase enzyme to unwind the double stranded DNA strand instead of using heat. The skilled person will appreciate that the necessary reagents can be split between the two reagent reservoirs in any manner appropriate for the nucleic acid amplification process.
For amplification of viral nucleic acids from RNA viruses such as HIV or hepatitis C virus, NASBA or TMA is appropriate as it is unnecessary to first transcribe the RNA to cDNA. In this example, reagent reservoir 60 is filled with amplification buffer, primers and dNTPs and reagent reservoir 62 is filled with RNA polymerase, reverse transcriptase and, optionally, RNase H.
For some forms of isothermal nucleic acid amplification it may be necessary to have an initial denaturation cycle to separate the double stranded DNA template, prior to maintaining the temperature for the isothermal nucleic acid amplification to proceed. This is readily achievable in all embodiments of the LOC device described herein, as the temperature of the mix in the amplification section 112 can be carefully controlled by the heaters 1 4 in the amplification microchannels 158 (see Figure 14).
Isothermal nucleic acid amplification is more tolerant of potential inhibitors in the sample and, as such, is generally suitable for use where direct nucleic acid amplification from the sample is desired. Therefore, isothermal nucleic acid amplification is sometimes useful in LOC variant XLIII 673, LOC variant XLIV 674 and LOC variant XLVII 677, amongst others, shown in Figures 71, 72 and 73, respectively. Direct isothermal amplification may also be combined with one or more pre-amplification dialysis steps 70, 686 or 682 as shown in Figures 71 and 73 and/or a pre-hybridization dialysis step 682 as indicated in Figure 72 to help partially concentrate the target cells in the sample before nucleic acid amplification or remove unwanted cellular debris prior to the sample entering the hybridization chamber array 110, respectively. The person skilled in the art will appreciate that any combination of pre-amplification dialysis and pre- hybridization dialysis can be used.
Isothermal nucleic acid amplification can also be performed in parallel amplification sections such as those schematically represented in Figures 63, 68 and 69, multiplexed and some methods of isothermal nucleic acid amplification, such as LAMP, are compatible with an initial reverse transcription step to amplify R A. PHOTODIODE
Figure 54 shows the photodiode 184 integrated into the CMOS circuitry 86 of the LOC device 301. The photodiode 184 is fabricated as part of the CMOS circuitry 86 without additional masks or steps. This is one significant advantage of a CMOS photodiode over a CCD, an alternate sensing technology which could be integrated on the same chip using non-standard processing steps, or fabricated on an adjacent chip. On-chip detection is low cost and reduces the size of the assay system. The shorter optical path length reduces noise from the surrounding environment for efficient collection of the fluorescence signal and eliminates the need for a conventional optical assembly of lenses and filters.
Quantum efficiency of the photodiode 184 is the fraction of photons impinging on its active area 185 that are effectively converted to photo-electrons. For standard silicon processes, the quantum efficiency is in the range of 0.3 to 0.5 for visible light, depending on process parameters such as the amount and absorption properties of the cover layers.
The detection threshold of the photodiode 184 determines the smallest intensity of the fluorescence signal that can be detected. The detection threshold also determines the size of the photodiode 184 and hence the number of hybridization chambers 180 in the hybridization and detection section 52 (see Figure 52). The size and number of chambers are technical parameters that are limited by the dimensions of the LOC device (in the case of the LOC device 301, the dimensions are 1760 μηι x 5824 μηι) and the real estate available after other functional modules such as the pathogen dialysis section 70 and amplification section(s) 112 are incorporated.
For standard silicon processes, the photodiode 184 detects a minimum of 5 photons.
However, to ensure reliable detection, the minimum can be set to 10 photons. Therefore with the quantum efficiency range being 0.3 to 0.5 (as discussed above), the fluorescence emission from the probes should be a minimum of 17 photons but 30 photons would incorporate a suitable margin of error for reliable detection. ELECTROCHEMILUMINESCENCE AS AN ALTERNATIVE DETECTION METHOD
Electrochemiluminescence (ECL) involves the generation of species at electrode surfaces that then undergo electron-transfer reactions to form excited states that emit light.
Electrochemiluminescence differs from normal chemiluminescence in that formation of the excited species relies on oxidation or reduction of the luminophore or a coreactant at an electrode. Coreactants, in this context, are additional reagents added to the ECL solution which enhance the efficiency of ECL emission. In normal chemiluminescence, the excited species form purely through mixing of suitable reagents. The emitting atom or complex is traditionally referred to as a luminophore. In brief, ECL relies on generating an excited state of the luminophore, at which point a photon will be emitted. As with any such process, it is possible for an alternate path to be taken from the excited state which does not lead to the desired light emission (i.e. quenching).
Embodiments of the test module that use ECL instead of fluorescence detection do not require an excitation LED. Electrodes are fabricated within the hybridization chambers to provide the electrical pulse for ECL generation and the photons are detected using the photosensor 44. The duration and voltage of the electrical pulse are controlled; in some embodiments, control over the current is used as an alternative to controlling the voltage.
LUMINOPHORE AND QUENCHER
The ruthenium complex, [Ru(bpy)3]2+, described previously for use as a fluorescent reporter in the probes, can also be used as a luminophore in an ECL reaction in the hybridization chambers, with TPrA (tri-n-propylamine
Figure imgf000064_0001
as the coreactant. Coreactant ECL has the benefit that luminophores are not consumed after photon emission and the reagents are available for the process to repeat. Furthermore, the [Ru(bpy)3]2+/TPrA ECL system provides good signal levels at physiologically relevant conditions of pH in aqueous solutions. Alternative coreactants which can produce equivalent or better results than TPrA with ruthenium complexes are N-butyldiethanolamine and 2-(dibutylamino)ethanol.
Figure 76 illustrates the reactions occurring during an ECL process in which [Ru(bpy)3]2+ is the luminophore 864 and TPrA is the coreactant 866. ECL emission 862 in the
[Ru(bpy)3]2+/TPrA ECL system follows the oxidation of both Ru(bpy)3 + and TPrA at the anode 860. The reactions are as follows: Ru(bpy)3 2+ - e → Ru(bpy)3 3+ (!)
TPrA - e"→ [TPrA' f → TPrA* + H+ (2)
Ru(bpy) 3 + + TPrA *→ Ru(bpy) 3 *2+ + products (3 )
Ru(bpy)3'2+→ Ru(bpy)3 2+ + hv (4)
The wavelength of the emitted light 862 is around 620 nm and the anode potential is around 1.1 V with respect to a Ag/AgCl reference electrode. For the [Ru(bpy)3]2+/TPrA ECL system, either the Black Hole Quencher, BHQ 2, or Iowa Black RQ described previously, would be a suitable quencher. In the embodiments described here, the quencher is a functional moiety which is initially attached to the probe, but other embodiments are possible in which the quencher is a separate molecule free in solution.
HYBRIDIZATION PROBES FOR ECL DETECTION
Figures 93 and 94 show the hybridization-responsive ECL probes 237. These are often referred to as molecular beacons and are stem-and-loop probes, generated from a single strand of nucleic acid, that luminesce upon hybridization to complementary nucleic acids. Figure 93 shows a single ECL probe 237 prior to hybridization with a target nucleic acid sequence 238. The probe has a loop 240, stem 242, a luminophore 864 at the 5' end, and a quencher 248 at the 3' end. The loop 240 consists of a sequence complementary to the target nucleic acid sequence 238. Complementary sequences on either side of the probe sequence anneal together to form the stem 242.
In the absence of a complementary target sequence, the probe remains closed as shown in Figure 93. The stem 242 keeps the luminophore-quencher pair in close proximity to each other, such that significant resonant energy transfer can occur between them, substantially eliminating the ability of the luminophore to emit light after electrochemical excitation.
Figure 94 shows the ECL probe 237 in an open or hybridized configuration. Upon hybridization to a complementary target nucleic acid sequence 238, the stem-and-loop structure is disrupted, the luminophore 864 and quencher 248 are spatially separated, thus restoring the ability of the luminophore 864 to emit light. The ECL emission 862 is optically detected as an indication that the probe has hybridized.
The probes hybridize with very high specificity with complementary targets, since the stem helix of the probe is designed to be more stable than a probe-target helix with a single nucleotide that is not complementary. Since double-stranded DNA is relatively rigid, it is sterically impossible for the probe-target helix and the stem helix to coexist. PRIMER-LINKED ECL PROBES
Primer-linked stem-and-loop probes and primer-linked linear probes, otherwise known as scorpion probes, are an alternative to molecular beacons and can be used for real-time and quantitative nucleic acid amplification in the LOC device. Real-time amplification is performed directly in the hybridization chambers of the LOC device. The benefit of using primer-linked probes is that the probe element is physically linked to the primer, thus only requiring a single hybridization event to occur during the nucleic acid amplification rather than separate hybridizations of the primers and probes being required. This ensures that the reaction is effectively instantaneous and results in stronger signals, shorter reaction times and better discrimination than when using separate primers and probes. The probes (along with polymerase and the amplification mix) would be deposited into the hybridization chambers 180 during fabrication and there would be no need for an amplification section on the LOC device.
Alternatively, the amplification section is left unused or used for other reactions.
PRIMER-LINKED LINEAR ECL PROBES Figures 95 and 96 show a primer-linked linear ECL probe 693 during the initial round of nucleic acid amplification and in its hybridized configuration during subsequent rounds of nucleic acid amplification, respectively. Referring to Figure 95, the primer-linked linear ECL probe 693 has a double-stranded stem segment 242. One of the strands incorporates the primer linked probe sequence 696 which is homologous to a region on the target nucleic acid 696 and is labelled on its 5' end with luminophore 864, and linked on its 3' end to an oligonucleotide primer 700 via an amplification blocker 694. The other strand of the stem 242 is labelled at its 3□ end with a quencher molecule 248. After the initial round of nucleic acid amplification has completed, the probe can loop around and hybridize to the extended strand with the, now, complementary sequence 698. During the initial round of nucleic acid amplification, the oligonucleotide primer 700 anneals to the target DNA 238 (see Figure 95) and is then extended, forming a DNA strand containing both the probe sequence and the amplification product. The amplification blocker 694 prevents the polymerase from reading through and copying the probe region 696. Upon subsequent denaturation, the extended oligonucleotide primer 700/template hybrid is dissociated and so is the double stranded stem 242 of the primer-linked linear probe, thus releasing the quencher 248. Once the temperature decreases for the annealing and extension steps, the primer linked probe sequence 696 of the primer-linked linear ECL probe curls around and hybridizes to the amplified complementary sequence 698 on the extended strand and light emission is detected indicating the presence of the target DNA. Non-extended primer-linked linear ECL probes retain their double-stranded stem and light emission remains quenched. This detection method is particularly well suited for fast detection systems as it relies on a single- molecule process.
PRIMER-LINKED STEM-AND-LOOP ECL PROBES Figures 97A to 97F show the operation of a primer-linked stem-and-loop ECL probe 705.
Referring to Figure 97A, the primer-linked stem-and-loop ECL probe 705 has a stem 242 of complementary double-stranded DNA and a loop 240 which incorporates the probe sequence. One of the stem strands 708 is labelled at its 5' end with luminophore 864. The other strand 710 is labelled with a 3'-end quencher 248 and carries both the amplification blocker 694 and oligonucleotide primer 700. During the initial denaturation phase (see Figure 97B), the strands of the target nucleic acid 238 separate, as does the stem 242 of the primer-linked stem-and-loop ECL probe 705. When the temperature cools for the annealing phase (see Figure 97C), the oligonucleotide primer 700 on the primer-linked stem-and-loop ECL probe 705 hybridizes to the target nucleic acid sequence 238. During extension (see Figure 97D), the complement 706 to the target nucleic acid sequence 238 is synthesized forming a DNA strand containing both the probe sequence 705 and the amplified product. The amplification blocker 694 prevents the polymerase from reading through and copying the probe region 705. When the probe next anneals, following denaturation (see Figure 97E), the probe sequence of the loop segment 240 of the primer-linked stem-and-loop probe (see Figure 97F) anneals to the complementary sequence 706 on the extended strand. This configuration leaves the luminophore 864 relatively remote from the quencher 248, resulting in a significant increase in light emission.
ECL CONTROL PROBES
The hybridization chamber array 110 includes some hybridization chambers 180 with positive and negative ECL control probes used for assay quality control. Figures 98 and 99 schematically illustrate negative control ECL probes 786 without a luminophore, and Figures 100 and 101 are sketches of positive control ECL probes 787 without a quencher. The positive and negative control ECL probes have a stem-and-loop structure like the ECL probes described above. However, an ECL signal 862 (see Figure 94) will always be emitted from positive control ECL probes 787 and no ECL signal 862 is ever emitted from negative control ECL probes 786, regardless of whether the probes hybridize into an open configuration or remain closed.
Referring to Figures 98 and 99, the negative control ECL probe 786 has no luminophore (and may or may not have a quencher 248). Hence, whether the target nucleic acid sequence 238 hybridizes with the probe as shown in Figure 99, or the probe remains in its stem 242 and loop 240 configuration as shown in Figure 98, the ECL signal is negligible. Alternatively, the negative control ECL probe could be designed so that it always remains quenched. For example, by having an artificial probe (loop) sequence 240 that will not hybridize to any nucleic acid sequence within the sample under investigation, the stem 242 of the probe molecule will re- hybridize to itself and the luminophore and quencher will remain in close proximity and no appreciable ECL signal will be detected. This negative control would account for any low level emission that may occur if the quenching is not complete.
Conversely, the positive control ECL probe 787 is constructed without a quencher as illustrated in Figures 100 and 101. Nothing quenches the ECL emission 862 from the luminophore 864 regardless of whether the positive control probe 787 hybridizes with the target nucleic acid sequence 238.
Figures 91 and 92 show another possibility for constructing a positive control chamber. In this case, the calibration chambers 382 which are sealed from the amplicon (or any flow containing target molecules) can be filled with the ECL luminophore solution such that a positive signal is always detected at the electrode
Similarly, the control chambers can be negative control chambers because the lack of inlets prevents any targets from reaching the probes such that an ECL signal is never detected.
Figure 52 shows a possible distribution of the positive and negative control probes (378 and 380 respectively) throughout the hybridization chamber array 110. For ECL, positive and negative control ECL probes 786 and 787 would replace control fluorescent probes 378 and 380, respectively. The control probes are placed in hybridization chambers 180 along a line extending diagonally across the hybridization chamber array 110. However, the arrangement of the control probes within the array is arbitrary (as is the configuration of the hybridization chamber array 1 10).
CALIBRATION CHAMBERS FOR ECL DETECTION
The non-uniformity of the electrical characteristic of the photodiode 184, response to any ambient light present at the sensor array, and light originating at other locations in the array, introduce background noise and offset into the output signal. This background is removed from each output signal by calibration chambers 382 in the hybridization chamber array 1 10 which either do not contain any probes, contain probes that have no ECL luminophore, or contain probes with a luminophore and quencher configured such that quenching is always expected to occur. The number and arrangement of the calibration chambers 382 throughout the
hybridization chamber array is arbitrary. However, the calibration is more accurate if photodiodes 184 are calibrated by a calibration chamber 382 that is relatively proximate.
Referring to Figure 116, the hybridization chamber array 1 10 has one calibration chamber 382 for every eight hybridization chambers 180. That is, a calibration chamber 382 is positioned in the middle of every three by three square of hybridization chambers 180. In this configuration, the hybridization chambers 180 are calibrated by a calibration chamber 382 that is immediately adjacent.
Figure 75 shows a differential imager circuit 788 used to substract the signal from the photodiode 184 corresponding to the calibration chamber 382 as a result of the applied electrical pulse, from the ECL signal from the surrounding hybridization chambers 180. The differential imager circuit 788 samples the signal from the pixel 790 and a "dummy" pixel 792. Signals arising from ambient light in the region of the chamber array are also subtracted. The signals from the pixel 790 are small (i.e. close to dark signal), and without a reference to a dark level it is hard to differentiate between the background and a very small signal.
During use, the "read_row" 794 and "read row d" 795 are activated and M4 797 and MD4 801 transistors are turned on. Switches 807 and 809 are closed such that the outputs from the pixel 790 and "dummy" pixel 792 are stored on pixel capacitor 803 and dummy pixel capacitor 805 respectively. After the pixel signals have been stored, switches 807 and 809 are deactivated. Then the "read col" switch 811 and dummy "read col" switch 813 are closed, and the switched capacitor amplifier 815 at the output amplifies the differential signal 817. ECL LEVELS AND SIGNAL EFFICIENCY
The normal metric of efficiency in ECL is the number of photons obtained per "Faradaic" electron, i.e. per electron which participates in the electrochemistry. The ECL efficiency is denoted :
Figure imgf000069_0001
where I is the intensity in photons per second, i is the current in amperes, F is Faraday's constant, and A is Avogadro's constant.
EFFICIENCY OF COREACTANT ECL
Annihilation ECL in deoxygenated, aprotic solutions (e.g. nitrogen-flushed acetonitrile solutions) is simple enough to allow efficiency measurements, and the consensus value of is around 5%. Coreactant systems, however, have been generally declared to be beyond meaningful direct measurements of efficiency. Instead, emission intensity is related by scaling to easily-prepared standard solutions such as u(bpy)32+, measured in the same format. The literature (see for example J. K. Leland and M. J. Powell, J. Electrochem. Soc. , 137, 3127 (1990), and R. Pyati and M. M. Richter, Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem. C, 103, 12-78 (2007)) indicates that (without enhancers such as surfactants), the efficiency of Ru(bpy)3 2+ ECL with TPrA coreactants peaks at levels comparable to the 5% seen for annihilation ECL in acetonitrile (e.g. 2% efficiency; see I. Rubinstein & A. J. Bard, J. Am. Chem. Soc. , 103 512-516 (1981)). ECL POTENTIALS
The voltage at the working electrode for the Ru(bpy)32+ / TPrA system is approximately +1.1 V (generally measured in the literature with respect to a reference Ag/AgCl electrode). Voltages this high shorten electrode lifetimes but this is not an issue for single-use devices such as the LOC device used in the present diagnostic system.
The ideal voltage between the anode and cathode depends on the combination of solution components and electrode materials. Selecting the correct voltage can require compromising between the highest signal levels, reagent and electrode stability, and the activation of undesired side reactions such as electrolysis of the water in the chamber. In tests on buffered aqueous Ru(bpy)3]2+/coreactant solution and platinum electrodes, the ECL emission is maximized at 2.1 - 2.2 V (depending on the coreactant choice). Emission intensities drop to < 75% of the peak values for voltages below 1.9 V and above 2.6 V, and to < 50% of the peak values for voltages below 1.7 V and above 2.8 V. A preferred anode-cathode voltage difference for ECL operation in such systems is therefore 1.7 - 2.8 V, with the range 1.9 - 2.6 V being particularly preferred. This allows maximization of the emission intensity as a function of voltage, while avoiding voltages at which significant gas evolution at the electrodes is observed.
ECL EMISSION WAVELENGTH
The wavelength of the emitted light 862 from ECL has an intensity peak at around 620 nm (measured in air or vacuum), and the emission spans a relatively broad wavelength range. Significant emission occurs at wavelengths from around 550 nm to 700 nm. Furthermore, the peak emission wavelength can vary by ~ 10% due to changes in the chemical environment around the active species. The LOC device embodiments described here, which incorporate no wavelength-specific filters, have two advantages for capturing signals with such a broad and variable spectrum. The first advantage is sensitivity: any wavelength filter reduces light transmission, even within its pass band, so efficiency is improved by not including a filter. The second advantage is flexibility: adjustment of filter pass bands is not required after minor reagent changes, and the signals are less dependent on minor differences in non-target components of the input sample. SOLUTION VOLUME PARTICIPATING IN ECL
ECL relies on the availability of luminophore (and coreactant) in solution. However, as illustrated in Figure 78, the excited species 868 are generated only in the solution 872 near the electrodes 860 and 870. The parameter boundary layer depth in the models presented here, is the depth of the layer of solution 872 around the electrode 860 in which the excited species 868 are generated.
This is a simplification, since solution dynamics can drive the available concentration upward or downward:
• Increased availability: diffusion and electrophoretic effects will allow exchange with more of the solution.
· Decreased availability: reagents can adsorb onto the electrodes and may become unavailable to the ECL process.
For a boundary layer depth value of 0.5 μιη, the following observations are made: ECL is observed in experiments where conjugation to magnetic beads with diameters up to 4.5 μιη is used to attract the luminophore 864 to the anode 860.
Ru(bpy)3 2+/TPrA ECL emission 862 as a function of electrode spacing, for interdigitated electrode arrays, was found to be maximised at a 0.8 μηι electrode spacing. The requirement for a coreactant 866 in aqueous solutions 872 can be lifted when electrode spacings are ~ 2 μηι. This indicates that the excited species 868 diffuse multiple microns, which implies diffusive exchange on a similar scale for the species in the ground state.
STEADY STATE AND PULSED OPERATION
During pulsed activation of the electrodes 860 and 870, the intensity of the ECL emission 862 (see Figure 94) is generally higher than the intensity of the emission 862 from steady-state activation of the electrodes. Accordingly, the activation signal to the electrodes 860 and 870 is pulse-width modulated (PWM) by the CMOS circuitry 86 (see Figure 83).
REAGENT RECYCLING AND SPECIES LIFETIME The Ru complex is not consumed in the Ru(bpy)32+/TPrA ECL system, so the intensity of emission 862 does not reduce with successive reaction cycles. The lifetime of the rate-limiting step is approximately 0.2 milliseconds giving a total reaction recycling time of approximately 1 millisecond. ELECTROPHORETIC EFFECTS AND OTHER CONSTRAINTS
Given the complexity of the solutions in the hybridization chamber, a large number of phenomena take place when the ECL voltage is turned on. Electrophoresis of macromolecules, ohmic conduction, and capacitive effects from small ion migration occur simultaneously.
Electrophoresis of the oligonucleotides (probes and amplicon) can complicate the detection of probe-target hybrids, as DNA is highly negatively charged and attracted to the anode 860. The time scale for this motion is typically short (in the order of milliseconds).
Electrophoretic effects are strong even though the voltages are moderate (~ 1 V), because the separation between the anode 860 and cathode 870 is small.
Electrophoresis enhances the ECL emission 862 in some embodiments of the LOC device and degrades the emission in others. This is addressed by increasing or decreasing the electrode spacing to get the associated increases or decreases in electrophoretic effect.
Interdigitation of the anode 860 and the cathode 870 above the photodiode 184 represents the extreme case of minimizing this separation. Such an arrangement produces ECL, even in the absence of a coreactant 866 at carbon electrodes 860 and 870. OHMIC HEATING (DC CURRENT)
The current required to maintain an ECL voltage of - 2.2 V, is determined as follows with reference to the ECL cell 874 schematically illustrated in Figure 79.
The DC current through the chamber is determined by two resistances: the interface resistance R; between the electrodes 860 and 870 and the bulk of the solution, and the solution resistance Rs which is derived from the bulk solution resistivity and conduction path geometry. For solutions with ionic strengths relevant to the conditions in LOC devices, the chamber resistance is dominated by interfacial resistances at the electrodes 860 and 870, and Rs can be neglected.
The effect of the interfacial resistance is estimated by scaling measurements of macroscopic current flow through similar solutions for the electrode geometries in the LOC devices.
Macroscopic measurements of current density through a similar solution, at platinum electrodes, were taken. Consistent with the worst-case (high current) approach being taken, overall ionic strength and ECL reactant concentrations in the test solution were higher than those used in the LOC devices. The anode area was smaller than the cathode area, and was surrounded by a cathode with comparable area in a ring geometry. For an anode consisting of a circle 2 mm in diameter, the current measured was 1.1 mA, giving a current density of 350 Alva2.
In the heating model, the electrode area is for the square ring geometry schematically illustrated in Figure 79. The anode is a ring with width 1 μιη and thickness 1 μιη. The surface area is 196 square microns, and therefore the calculated current I = 69 nA.
The heating (power = V2/R) was modelled for the worst case in which all the heat goes into raising the temperature of the water in the chamber. This leads to heating of chamber contents at 5.8°C/s, at a voltage difference of 2.2 V, if no allowance for heat removal by the bulk of the LOC device is made.
Heating of the chambers by ~ 20°C can cause denaturation of most hybridization probes. For highly specific probes intended for mutation detection, it is preferable to further restrict heating to 4°C or less. With this level of temperature stability, single base mismatch-sensitive hybridization, using appropriately designed sequences, becomes feasible. This allows the detection of mutations and allelic differences at the level of single nucleotide polymorphisms. Hence the DC current is applied to the electrodes 860 and 870 for 0.69 s, to limit the heating to 4°C.
A current of ~ 69 nA passing through the chamber is far more than can be accommodated as Faradaic current by the ECL species at micromolar concentrations. Therefore, low-duty-cycle pulsing of the electrodes 860 and 870 to further reduce heating (to 1°C or less) while maintaining sufficient ECL emission 862, does not introduce complications associated with reagent depletion. In other embodiments, the current is reduced to 0.1 nA which removes the need for pulsed activation of the electrodes. Even at currents as low as 0.1 nA, the ECL emission 862 is luminophore-limited.
CHAMBER AND ELECTRODE GEOMETRY
MAXIMIZING OPTICAL COUPLING BETWEEN ECL LUMINESCENCE AND PHOTOSENSOR
The immediate chemical precursors of ECL luminescence are generated within nanometres of the working electrode. Referring again to Figure 78, light emission (the excited species 868) generally occurs within microns or less of that location. Hence the volume immediately adjacent to the working electrode (anode 860) is visible to the corresponding photodiode 184 of the photosensor 44. Accordingly, the electrodes 860 and 870 are directly adjacent the active surface area 185 of the corresponding photodiode 184 in the photosensor 44. Furthermore, the anode 860 is shaped to increase the length of its lateral periphery 'seen' by the photodiode 184. This aims to maximize the volume of excited species 868 that can be detected by the underlying photodiode 184.
Figure 77 schematically illustrates three embodiments of the anode 860. A comb structure anode 878 has the advantage that the parallel fingers 880 can be interdigitated with the fingers of a cathode 870. The interdigitated configuration is shown in Figure 84, and in a partial view of a LOC layout in Figures 90 and 92. The interdigitated configuration provides a uniform dielectric gap 876 (see Figure 78) that is relatively narrow (1 to 2 microns) and the interdigitated comb structure is relatively simple for the lithographic fabrication process. As discussed above, a relatively narrow dielectric gap 876 between the electrodes 860 and 870 obviates the need for a coreactant in some solutions 872, as the excited species 868 will diffuse between anode and cathode. The removal of the requirement for a coreactant removes the potential chemical impact of the coreactant on the various assay chemistries and provides a wider range of possible assay options.
Referring again to Figure 77, some embodiments of the anode 860 have a serpentine configuration 882. To achieve high periphery length while maintaining tolerance against fabrication errors, it is convenient to form wide, rectangular meanders 884.
The anode may have a more complex configuration 886 if necessary or desirable. For example, it may have a crenulated section 888, a branched structure 890, or a combination of the two. Partial views of LOC designs incorporating a branched structure 890 are shown in Figures 1 15 and 1 16. The more complicated configurations such as 886 provide a long length of lateral periphery, and are best suited to solution chemistries where a coreactant is employed since patterning a closely-spaced opposing cathode is more difficult.
ELECTRODE THICKNESS
Generally, ECL cells involve a planar working electrode which is viewed externally. Also, traditional microfabrication techniques for metal layers tend to lead to planar structures with metal thicknesses of approximately 1 micron. As has been indicated earlier, and shown schematically in Figures 77, 80 and 81, increasing the length of lateral periphery enhances the coupling between the ECL emission and the photodiode 184.
A second strategy to further increase the efficiency of collection of emitted light 862 (see Figure 94) by the photodiode 184 is to increase the thickness of the anode 860. This is shown schematically in Figure 78. The part of the participating volume 892 adjacent to the walls of the working electrode is the region most efficiently coupled to the photodiode 184. Therefore, for a given width of working electrode 860, the overall collection efficiency of the emitted light 862 can be improved by increasing the thickness of the electrodes. Further, since high current carrying capacity is not required, the width of the working electrode 860 is reduced as far as is practical. The thickness of the electrodes 860 and 870 can not increase without restrictions. Noting that the feature and separation sizes of the electrodes are likely to be of the order of 1 micron, and that liquid filling makes gaps which are wider than they are deep unfavourable, the optimum practical thickness for the electrodes is 0.25 micron to 2 microns.
ELECTRODE SPACING The spacing between the electrodes 860 and 870 is important for the quality of signals in
LOC devices, particularly in embodiments where the electrodes are interdigitated. In embodiments where the anode 860 is a branched structure such as shown in Figure 77 and Figure 81, the spacing between adjacent elements can also be important. ECL emission efficiency, and the collection efficiency of the emitted light, should both be maximised.
Generation of ECL emission tends to favour electrode spacings on the order of one micron or less. Small spacings are particularly attractive when performing ECL in the absence of a coreactant. The fact that the spacing can be comparable to the wavelength of the emitted light 862 is of limited importance. Therefore, in many embodiments where the emitted light 862 (see Figure 94) is measured at a location which does not require that the light have passed between the electrodes 860 and 870, making the electrode spacing as small as practical is often the goal. In embodiments where the emitted light 862 must pass between the electrodes 860 and 870, however, it becomes necessary to move beyond considering just the ECL emission process, and consider the wave properties of light.
The wavelength of the emitted light 862 from ECL of Ru(bpy)32+ is around 620 nm, and therefore 460 nm (0.46 microns) in water. In embodiments where the photodiode 184 and the ECL excited species 868 are on different sides of the electrode structure, and the electrode structure is metallic, the emitted light 862 must pass through a gap between elements of the metallic structures. If this gap is comparable to the wavelength of the light, diffraction generally reduces the intensity of propagating light which reaches the photodiode 184. In cases where the emitted light 862 is incident on the gap at large angles, however, evanescent mode coupling can be harnessed to improve the strength of collected signals. Two measures are taken in the LOC devices to enhance the efficiency of coupling between the photodiode 184 and the emitted light 862. First, the separation between metallic elements is not reduced below approximately the wavelength of the emitted light in water, i.e. approximately 0.4 microns. When combined with other observations regarding small separations between interdigitated electrodes, this indicates an optimal range for the electrode spacing of 0.4 to 2 microns.
Second, the distance from the gap between elements to the photodiode 184 is minimised.
In the LOC device embodiments described here, this indicates that the total thickness of layers between the electrodes 860 and 870 and the photodiode 184 be one micron or less. In embodiments where multiple layers are present between the electrodes and the photodiode, arranging their thicknesses to be quarter-wave or three-quarter wave layers has the further benefit of suppressing reflection of the emitted light 862.
ELECTRODE MODELS
Figure 78 is a schematic partial cross-section of the electrodes 860 and 870 in the hybridization chamber. The volume around the lateral periphery of the anode 860 occupied by the excited species 868, is sometimes referred to as the participating volume 892. The occluded region 894 above the anode 860 is ignored because its optical coupling to the photodiode 184 is negligible.
A technique for determining whether a particular electrode configuration provides a foundation for the level of ECL emission 862 for the underlying photodiode 184 is set out below with reference to Figures 79, 80 and 81.
Figure 79 is a ring geometry in which the anode 860 is around the edge of photodiode
184. In Figure 80, the anode 860 is positioned within the periphery of the photodiode 184. Figure 81 shows a more complex configuration in which the anode 860 has a series of parallel fingers 880 to increase the length of its lateral edges.
For all of the above configurations, the model calculations are as follows.
For a participating volume 892 of solution VECL, the total effective number of emitters NEM is:
Nem = Nlum . XP / TECL = ECLCLNA . XP / TECL (6)
where the participating number of luminophores
Figure imgf000076_0001
ECLCL NA, XECL is the lifetime of the ECL process, CL is the luminophore concentration, τρ is the pulse duration, and NA is
Avogadro's number.
The number of isotropically emitted photons Nphot is:
Nphot = <|>ECL Nem (7)
where <|)ECL is the ECL efficiency, defined as the average number of photons emitted by the ECL reaction of a single luminophore.
The signal count of electrons, S, from the photodiode is then S = Nphot. φοφψ (8)
where φ0 is the optical coupling efficiency (the number of photons absorbed by the photodiode 184) and φ¾ is the photodiode quantum efficiency. The signal is therefore:
S = VECLCLNA^EMq (9)
TECL
For Figures 79 and 80 electrode configurations, φ0 is:
φ0 = (25% photons which are directed towards the photodiode 184)
x (10% of photons which are not reflected)
i.e. , φ0 = 2.5% for configurations shown in Figures 79 and 80
For the electrode configuration of Figure 81, 50% of photons are emitted in a direction pointing towards the photodiode 184, but the absorption efficiency as a function of angle is unchanged, so
φ0 = (50%) photons which are directed towards the photodiode)
x (10% of photons which are not reflected)
i.e. , φ0 = 5% for the configuration of Figure 81.
The participating volume 892 depends on the electrode configuration, and details are presented in the corresponding sections.
The input parameters for the calculations are listed in the following:
Table 5: Input Parameters
Figure imgf000078_0001
RING GEOMETRY AROUND PERIPHERY OF PHOTODIODE
Referring to Figure 79, the anode 860 is a ring around the edge of the photodiode 184. In this configuration, the participating volume 892 is:
VECL = 4 x [(layer beside the electrode wall)
+ (quarter-cylinder above the electrode wall)]
Calculation results:
Photons generated from a 0.5 μιη boundary layer: 3.1 x 105
Electron counts in photodiode: 2.3 x 103 This signal is readily detectable by the underlying photodiode 184 of the LOC device photosensor 44.
ADDITIONAL FINGERS TO INCREASE EDGE LENGTH Referring to Figure 81, parallel fingers 880 are added across the anode 860. Only horizontal edges shown in figure contribute to the participating volume 892, to avoid double- counting the perpendicular edges. The participating volume 892 is then:
VECL = (8 X 2) X [(layer beside the electrode wall) + (quarter-cylinder above the electrode wall)] Calculation results for Figure 81 configuration:
Photons generated from a 0.5 μιη boundary layer: 1.1 x 106
Electron counts in photodiode 184: 8.0 x 103
This signal is easily detectable in the photodiode 184. COMPLETE OVERLAY
This configuration shown in Figure 82 and Figure 83 is included as a limiting case of maximum surface area coupling. In practice, 90% or better coupling between the electrode surface area and the active surface area 185 of the photodiode 184 achieves a nearly optimal result, and even coupling of 50% of the photodiode active surface area 185 to the electrode surface area provides most of the benefit of the complete overlay configuration. Complete overlay can be achieved in two embodiments: first, as indicated schematically in Figure 82, by employing a transparent anode 860, in a plane parallel with that of the photodiode 184 and with an area matched to that of the photodiode, and arranging the anode in immediate proximity to the photodiode 184, such that emitted light 862 passes through the anode and onto the photodiode. In a second embodiment shown schematically in Figure 83, the anode 860 is again parallel to and registered with the photodiode area, but the solution 872 fills a void between the anode 860 and the photodiode 184. For signal modelling of a complete overlay configuration, the anode is assumed to be a complete layer above the photodiode 184, with half of the photons directed toward the photodiode 184 (absorption efficiency still 10%).
Photons generated from a 0.5 μιη boundary layer: 7.7 x 105
Electron counts in photodiode: 1.2 x 104 It is possible to improve the signal and assay beyond the above models by using surfactants and probe immobilization at the anode.
MAXIMUM SPACING BETWEEN ECL PROBES AND PHOTODIODE
The on-chip detection of hybridization avoids the needs for detection via confocal microscopy (see Background of the Invention). This departure from traditional detection techniques is a significant factor in the time and cost savings associated with this system.
Traditional detection requires imaging optics which necessarily uses lenses or curved mirrors. By adopting non-imaging optics, the diagnostic system avoids the need for a complex and bulky optical train. Positioning the photodiode very close to the probes has the advantage of extremely high collection efficiency: when the thickness of the material between the probes and the photodiode is on the order of 1 micron, the angle of collection of emission light is up to 174°. This angle is calculated by considering light emitted from a probe at the centroid of the face of the hybridization chamber closest to the photodiode, which has a planar active surface parallel to that chamber face. The cone of emission angles within which light is able to be absorbed by the photodiode is defined as having the emitting probe at its vertex and the corner of the sensor on the perimeter of its planar face. For a 16 micron x 16 micron sensor, the vertex angle of this cone is 170°; in the limiting case where the photodiode is expanded so that its area matches that of the 28 micron x 26.5 micron hybridization chamber, the vertex angle is 174°. A separation between the chamber face and the photodiode active surface of 1 micron or less is readily achievable.
Employing a non- imaging optics scheme does require the photodiode 184 to be very close to the hybridization chamber in order to collect sufficient photons of fluorescence emission. The maximum spacing between the photodiode and probes is determined as follows.
Utilizing a ruthenium chelate luminophore and the electrode configuration of Figure 81, we calculated 27,000 photons being absorbed by our 16 micron x 16 micron sensor from the respective hybridization chamber, to generate 8000 electrons assuming a sensor quantum efficiency of 30%. In performing this calculation we assumed that the light-collecting region of our hybridization chamber has a base area which is the same as our sensor area, one quarter of the total number of the hybridization photons is angled so as to reach the sensor, and a conservative 10% estimate for the proportion of photons which do not scatter away from the sensor-dielectric interface. That is, the light gathering efficiency of the optical system is α = 0.025 . More accurately we can write φ0 = [(base area of the light-collecting region of the hybridization chamber)/(photodetector area)][Q/4jt][10% absorbed], where Ω = solid angle subtended by the photodetector at a representative point on the base of the hybridization chamber. For a right square pyramid geometry:
Ω = 4arcsin(fl2/(4do2+a2)), where do = distance between the chamber and the photodiode, and a is the photodiode dimension.
Each hybridization chamber releases 1.1 x 106 photons. The selected photodetector has a detection threshold of 17 photons, and for values of do greater than ten times the sensor size (i.e. , essentially normal incidence) the proportion of photons not reflected at the sensor surface can be increased from 10% to 90%. Therefore, the minimum optical efficiency required is:
φ0 = 17/(l . l xl06 x 0.9) = 1.72x l0-5
The base area of the light-emitting region of the hybridization chamber 180 is 29 micron x 19.75 micron.
Solving for do, we will get the maximum limiting distance between the bottom of our hybridization chamber and our photodetector to be do = 1600 microns. In this limit, the collection cone angle as defined above is only 0.8°. It should be noted this analysis ignores the negligible effect of refraction.
LOC VARIANTS
The LOC device 301 described and illustrated above in full is just one of many possible LOC device designs. Variations of the LOC device that use different combinations of the various functional sections described above will now be described and/or shown as schematic flow-charts, from sample inlet to detection, to illustrate some of the combinations possible. The flow-charts have been divided, where appropriate, into sample input and preparation stage 288, extraction stage 290, incubation stage 291, amplification stage 292, pre-hybridization stage 293 and detection stage 294. For all the LOC variants that are briefly described or shown only in schematic form, the accompanying full layouts are not shown for reasons of clarity and succinctness. Also in the interests of clarity, smaller functional units such as liquid sensors and temperature sensors are not shown but it will be appreciated that these have been incorporated into the appropriate locations in each of the following LOC device designs.
MIC OFLUIDIC DEVICE WITH DIALYSIS DEVICE, LOC DEVICE AND
INTERCONNECTING CAP A microfluidic device 783 with dialysis device 784, LOC device 785 and interconnecting cap 51 provides for greater modularity and improved sensitivity. In contrast to LOC designs which combine all the functions (see, for example, LOC variant 729 in Figure 89), separating the dialysis function from the LOC device allows different specialized dialysis devices 784 to be developed that select for different targets. These specialized dialysis devices 784 can be combined with a LOC device 785 and interconnecting cap 51 to form a complete assay system. Furthermore, different LOC devices 785 optimized for different assay approaches can also be developed and coordinated with different dialysis devices 784, thus providing an extremely powerful and flexible approach to system development. It is also possible to deploy the LOC device without a dialysis device for certain applications, or to combine multiple LOC devices 785.
Each surface-micromachined chip constituent of the microfluidic device 783 can be fabricated with the optimal and most cost effective fabrication process. For example, the dialysis device 784 requires no CMOS circuitry and so can be manufactured utilizing less expensive materials and fewer process steps. Furthermore, a larger and optimized dialysis device 784 provides increased sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, and dynamic range for the assay system.
As diagrammatically shown in Figure 102, the microfluidic device 783 prepares the sample 288, and then extracts 290, incubates 291, amplifies 292, and detects 294 pathogenic DNA using twelve separate amplification chambers (112.1 to 1 12.12). The assembly employs multiple amplification chambers to increase assay sensitivity and improve the signal-to-noise ratio. This LOC device utilizes ECL in the hybridization chamber arrays 1 10.1 to 110.12 to detect probe-target hybrids. The system modularity provides for different dialysis devices 784 to be employed to detect other targets, for example, leukocytes, erythrocytes, pathogens, or molecules like free proteins or DNA within a liquid sample, and although the current description describes pathogenic DNA detection, the skilled worker will appreciate that the microfluidic device 783 is not limited to detecting this one target only.
Figure 103 shows the microfluidic device 783 with dialysis device 784, LOC device 785, and interconnecting cap 51. The interconnecting cap 51 consists of the reservoir layer 78, the cap channel layer 80, and the interface layer 594. The interface layer 594 is positioned between the cap channel layer 80 and the MST channel layer 100 of the CMOS + MST device 48. The interface layer 594 allows a more complex fluidic interconnection between the reagent reservoirs and the MST layer 87 without increasing the size of the silicon substrate 84. Figure 104 superimposes the reservoirs, the top channels, and the interface channels to illustrate the more sophisticated plumbing achieved with the interface layer 94. Referring to Figures 104 and 105, the sample (for example, blood) enters the sample inlet 68 and capillary action draws it along the cap channel 94 to the anticoagulant surface tension valve 118. As best shown in Figure 105, the anticoagulant surface tension valve 1 18 has two interface channels 596 and 598 in the interface layer 594. A reservoir-side interface channel 596 connects the reservoir outlet with the downtakes 92 and a sample-side interface channel 598 connects the uptakes 96 with the cap channel 94. Anticoagulant from the reservoir 54 flows through the MST channels 90 via the reservoir-side interface channel 596 until the meniscus is pinned at the uptakes 96. The sample flow along the cap channel 94 dips into the sample-side interface channel 598 to remove the meniscus so that the anticoagulant combines with the blood sample as it continues on to the pathogen dialysis section 70.
Referring to Figures 104 and 105, the pathogen dialysis section 70 in this embodiment comprises an interface target channel 602 and an interface waste channel 604 fluidically coupled by a plurality of apertures of a predetermined threshold size. The aperture at the very upstream of the dialysis section 70 is different from the apertures downstream of it; the downstream apertures are holes with diameters of less than 8.0 microns selected to allow targets to pass through to the interface target channel 602. In the present embodiment the apertures are 3.0 micron diameter holes 164 selected to allow pathogens to pass through to the interface target channel 602. The pathogen dialysis section 70 is configured such that the sample flows through the channels and apertures under capillary action.
Referring to Figures 104 and 105, the blood sample flows through the cap channel 94 to the upstream end of the interface waste cell channel 604. The interface waste cell channel 604 is open to the 3.0 micron diameter apertures 164 leading to the dialysis MST channels 204. Each of the dialysis MST channels 204 lead from the 3.0 micron diameter apertures 164 to respective dialysis uptake holes 168. The dialysis uptake holes 168 are open to the interface target channel 602. However the uptakes are configured to pin a meniscus rather than allow capillary driven flow to continue.
The pathogen dialysis section 70 incorporates a bypass channel 600 for filling the flow channel structures without trapped air bubbles. The bypass channel 600 at the very upstream end of the pathogen dialysis section 70, has a CIF (capillary initiation feature) 202 to promote capillary driven flow from the bypass channel 600 into the interface target channel 602 (see Figures 104 and 105). The bypass channel also has a wide meander to lengthen the flow-path from the interface waste cell channel 604 to the interface target channel 602. The longer flow- path delays the sample flow such that it fills the interface target channel 602 after the meniscus forms at the most upstream dialysis MST channel 204. The sample flow starts at the upstream end and unpins the meniscus at each of the dialysis uptake holes 168 as the flow moves downstream along the interface waste channel 602. This ensures all the dialysis bottom channels fill with sample flow as the dialysis section fills. Without the bypass channel 600, or dialysis uptakes 168 configured to pin a meniscus, some dialysis MST channels 204 may not fill.
Similarly, an air bubble may form in the interface target channel 602. In either case, flow through the dialysis section can be substantially throttled.
The interface waste channel 604 feeds into the waste channel 72 and the interface target channel 602 feeds into the target channel 74 (see Figures 104 and 105). Five dialysis sections are joined in series by cap channels 72 and 74 to increase the efficiency of the dialysis process. At the exit of the fifth dialysis section, the sample flow with the target is drawn along the target channel 74 in the cap channel layer away from the dialysis device 784 and into the LOC device 785 by capillary driven flow. The waste channel 72 flows to the waste reservoir 76 (see Figure 103).
The LOC device 785 can also be employed as a standalone micro fluidic device with an alternate cap suitable for a single device, and in this configuration optional anticoagulant reservoir 55 can be used to supply anticoagulant. One example of this standalone use of the
LOC device 785 is its use for whole blood analysis. Referring to Figures 106 and 107, the target flows into LOC device 785 along cap channel 74. It passes via optional anticoagulant surface tension valve 117, which is used to add the contents of optional anticoagulant reservoir 55, and continues on until it reaches the lysis surface tension valve 128. In the configuration being described here, this optional reservoir and surface tension valves are unused and do not affect the sample flow or operation of the LOC device.
As with the anticoagulant surface tension valve 118 described above, the lysis surface tension valve 128 has a lysis reservoir-side interface channel 606 and a lysis sample-side interface channel 608 (see Figure 107). Lysis reagent flows from the reservoir 56 to the lysis reservoir-side interface channel 606 via a cap channel 94. The reagent flows into the downtakes 92, through the MST channels 90 to the uptakes 96 where the reagents pin a meniscus (see Figure 107). Sample flow from the target channel 74 fills the lysis sample-side interface channel 608. The sample flow removes the menisci at the uptakes 96 and the lysis reagent combines with the sample as it flows into the chemical lysis section 130.
In the chemical lysis chamber section 130, the lysis reagent diffusively mixes through the flow to lyse the target cells and release the genetic material therein. The sample flow stops at the mixing section exit valve 206. The mixing section exit valve is a boiling-initiated valve 206. The liquid sensor 174 upstream of the valve provides feedback that the sample flow is about to reach the valve 206. If the CMOS circuitry 86 is programmed with a delay to ensure the target cells are completely lysed, the liquid sensor feedback initiates the delay period. After any delay period, the boiling-initiated valve 206 is activated and the downstream liquid sensor 174 registers that the flow has resumed along the MST channel 90.
The lysed sample flow continues to the restriction enzyme, ligase and linker surface tension valve 132. The operation of the surface tension valve 132 is the same as described earlier for the anticoagulant surface tension valve 118. Referring to Figure 107, when the lysed sample flow reaches the pinned-menisci at the surface tension valve 132, restriction enzymes, ligase and linker primers are released from the reservoir 58 and combine with the sample flow. The sample then flows through MST channel 90 to the heated microchannels of the incubation section 114. Referring to Figures 107 and 108, the incubation section 114 is composed of a serpentine microchannel 210 heated by heaters 154.
Referring to Figure 108, the sample flow is stopped at the incubator outlet valve 207 until sufficient time has passed. The incubator outlet valve 207 is a boiling-initiated valve similar to the mixing section outlet valve 206. The liquid sensor 174 at the beginning of the incubation section, in conjunction with the flow rate sensor 740 (see Figure 112) and CMOS circuitry 86, initiates an incubation time delay. After sufficient incubation, the incubator outlet valve 207 activates and flow resumes flowing along the MST incubation exit channel 630 to the polymerase surface tension valve 140 (see Figure 109). Polymerase from the reservoir 62 combines with the sample flow as it travels the serpentine path of the amplification input channel 632.
Referring to Figures 108 and 109, the amplification input channel 632 directs the sample flow past the twelve amplification mix surface tension valves 138. Amplification mix in each of the amplification mix reservoirs 60.1-60.12 (see Figure 109) flows through respective cap channels 94 to pin menisci at the amplification mix surface tension valves 138. The sample flow opens each of the surface tension valves in turn, and the amplification mix from the respective amplification mix reservoirs 60.1-60.12 entrains with the sample flow into each of the twelve amplification chambers 1 12.1-112.12. The LOC device has CMOS circuitry that allows operative control of amplification section via temperature sensors and heaters.
Referring to Figure 110, each of the twelve amplification chambers 112.1-112.12 has one of the amplification outlet valves 207, respectively. The amplification outlet valves 207 are boiling-initiated valves like the incubator outlet valve 207. The sample flow stops at each amplification outlet valve 207. After amplification, the amplification outlet valves 207 open for the amplicon to flow into the hybridization chamber arrays 110.1-110.12 containing probes configured to form probe-target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, in this case pathogenic DNA. The sample is drawn along the flow-path 176 through each of the separate arrays 1 10.1-1 10.12 and into the individual hybridization chambers 180 via respective diffusion barrier inlets 175 (see Figure 90 and Figure 111).
Referring to Figures 91 and 111, when the sample flow reaches the end-point liquid sensor 178, the hybridization heaters 182 are activated after a time delay to enhance the generation of probe-target hybrids. The flow rate sensor 740 (see Figure 1 12) is included in the pathogen incubation section 114 to determine the time delay. After a suitable delay for hybridization, an excitation current applied to the ECL electrodes 860 and 870 (see Figures 1 11 and 114) causes the probe-target hybrids to emit photons of light that are detected with the photosensor 44 in the underlying CMOS circuitry 86. The photosensor is comprised of an array of photodiodes 184 positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers.
Figures 113 and 114 show the calibration chambers 382. They are used to calibrate the photodiodes 184 to adjust for system noise and background levels as described elsewhere in this specification. Also, positive ECL control probes 787 and negative ECL control probes 786 are placed in some of the hybridization chambers 180 for assay quality control. A variant of the calibration chambers 382 with interdigitated ECL electrodes is shown in Figure 92.
A humidifier 196 and humidity sensor 232 are used to control evaporation and condensation in the LOC device 785, particularly the hybridization chamber array 110. Figure 1 10 shows the major components of the humidifier 196, the water reservoir 188 and evaporators 190.
Referring to Figure 109, the evaporation-based telltale 189 indicates whether the packaging of the device has been damaged during storage and thus whether the integrity and reliability of the micro fluidic device has been compromised. During manufacture, a small drop of liquid is applied to the liquid sensor 174 at the centre of the evaporation-based telltale 189. If the package seal is breached during storage then the drop of liquid will evaporate. The presence or absence of the liquid can be detected with the liquid sensor 174 and thus indicate the integrity of the seals on the microfluidic device.
CONCLUSION
The devices, systems and methods described here facilitate molecular diagnostic tests at low cost with high speed and at the point-of-care.
The system and its components described above are purely illustrative and the skilled worker in this field will readily recognize many variations and modifications which do not depart from the spirit and scope of the broad inventive concept.

Claims

1. A test module for concentrating pathogens in a biological sample, the test module comprising:
an outer casing with a receptacle for receiving the sample;
a dialysis device in fluid communication with the receptacle and configured to separate the pathogens from other constituents in the sample; and,
a lab-on-a-chip (LOC) device being in fluid communication with the dialysis device and configured to analyze the pathogens.
2. The test module according to claim 1 wherein the dialysis device has a first channel for receiving the biological sample, a second channel, and a plurality of apertures, the second channel being fluidically connected to the first channel via the apertures such that the pathogens flow from the first channel to the second channel and larger constituents in the biological sample remain in the first channel.
3. The test module according to claim 2 wherein the dialysis device also has a series of adjacent channels extending between the first channel and the second channel wherein the apertures are at an upstream end of the adjacent channels, each of the adjacent channels being configured to pin a meniscus of the sample that arrests capillary flow between the first channel and the second channel and, a bypass channel between the first channel and the second channel, the bypass channel joining the second channel upstream of the adjacent channels and is configured for uninterrupted capillary driven flow from the first channel to the second channel, wherein during use, flow from the bypass channel reaches the meniscus pinned at each of the adjacent channels after the meniscus has formed such that the flow sequentially removes each of the menisci and sample flow from the first channel to the second channel is via the adjacent channels as well as the bypass channel.
4. The test module according to claim 3 wherein the second channel supplies a target channel and the first channel supplies a waste channel, the target channel being configured for capillary driven flow to the LOC device.
5. The test module according to claim 4 wherein the pathogens contain target nucleic acid sequences, and the LOC device has a nucleic acid amplification section for amplifying the target nucleic acid sequences.
6. The test module according to claim 5 wherein the LOC device has a lysis section for lysing the pathogens to release the target nucleic acid sequences therein.
7. The test module according to claim 5 wherein the LOC device has a hybridization section with an array of probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences to form probe- target hybrids.
8. The test module according to claim 7 wherein the probes are configured to form probe- target hybrids with the target nucleic acid sequences, the probe-target hybrids being configured to emit photons of light in response to an excitation electric current.
9. The test module according to claim 8 wherein the LOC device has CMOS circuitry for operative control of the PCR section, the CMOS circuitry having a photosensor for sensing photons emitted by the probe-target hybrids.
10. The test module according to claim 9 wherein the hybridization section has an array of hybridization chambers containing the probes for hybridization with the target nucleic acid sequences.
11. The test module according to claim 10 wherein the photosensor is an array of photodiodes positioned adjacent each of the hybridization chambers respectively.
12. The test module according to claim 1 1 wherein the CMOS circuitry has a digital memory for storing data relating to the processing of the fluid, the data including the probe details and location of each of the probes in the array of hybridization chambers.
13. The test module according to claim 12 wherein the CMOS circuitry has at least one temperature sensor for sensing the temperature at the array of hybridization chambers.
14. The test module according to claim 13 wherein the LOC device has a heater controlled by the CMOS circuitry using feedback from the temperature sensor for maintaining the probes and the target nucleic acid sequences at a hybridization temperature.
15. The test module according to claim 14 wherein the photodiodes are less than 1600 microns from the corresponding hybridization chamber.
16. The test module according to claim 15 wherein the probes have an
electrochemiluminescent (ECL) luminophore that emits a photon when in an excited state.
17. The test module of claim 16 wherein the hybridization chambers have electrodes for exciting the ECL luminophores with electrical current.
18. The test module according to claim 17 wherein the ECL probes each have a luminophore and a quencher positioned proximate the luminophore for quenching photons emitted by the luminophore such that hybridization with one of the target nucleic acid sequences moves the quencher away from the luminophore such that the photons are not quenched.
19. The test module according to claim 18 wherein the CMOS circuitry has bond-pads for electrical connection to an external device, and is configured to convert output from the photodiodes into a signal indicative of the ECL probes that hybridized with the target nucleic acid sequences, and provide the signal to the bond-pads for transmission to the external device.
20. The test module according to claim 13 wherein the LOC device and the dialysis device are fluidically connected via a cap, the cap has at least one channel for fluid communication between the dialysis device and the LOC device, and a plurality of reservoirs for holding liquid reagents for addition to the sample.
PCT/AU2011/000672 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Test module with microfluidic device having loc and dialysis device for separating pathogens from other constituents in a biological sample WO2011156849A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US35601810P 2010-06-17 2010-06-17
US61/356,018 2010-06-17
US201161437686P 2011-01-30 2011-01-30
US61/437,686 2011-01-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011156849A1 true WO2011156849A1 (en) 2011-12-22

Family

ID=45327470

Family Applications (23)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/AU2011/000661 WO2011156838A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for pathogen detection with dialysis, chemical lysis and tandem nucleic acid amplification
PCT/AU2011/000678 WO2011156855A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with reagent mixing proportions determined by number of active outlet valves
PCT/AU2011/000667 WO2011156844A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for genetic analysis which performs nucleic acid amplification before removing non-nucleic acid constituents in a dialysis section
PCT/AU2011/000668 WO2011156845A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device with parallel incubation and parallel dna and rna amplification functionality
PCT/AU2011/000679 WO2011156856A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic thermal bend actuated surface tension valve
PCT/AU2011/000664 WO2011156841A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for pathogen detection with dialysis, thermal lysis, nucleic acid amplification and prehybridization filtering
PCT/AU2011/000672 WO2011156849A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Test module with microfluidic device having loc and dialysis device for separating pathogens from other constituents in a biological sample
PCT/AU2011/000673 WO2011156850A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with pcr section and diffusion mixer
PCT/AU2011/000659 WO2011156836A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Apparatus for loading oligonucleotide spotting devices and spotting oligonucleotide probes
PCT/AU2011/000677 WO2011156854A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with conductivity sensor
PCT/AU2011/000680 WO2011156857A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with dialysis section having stomata tapering counter to flow direction
PCT/AU2011/000675 WO2011156852A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Genetic analysis loc with non-specific nucleic acid amplification section and subsequent specific amplification of particular sequences in a separate section
PCT/AU2011/000674 WO2011156851A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Test module with diffusive mixing in small cross section area microchannel
PCT/AU2011/000663 WO2011156840A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for pathogen detection and genetic analysis with chemical lysis, incubation and tandem nucleic acid amplification
PCT/AU2011/000660 WO2011156837A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for pathogen detection with dialysis, thermal lysis, nucleic acid amplification and prehybridization filtering
PCT/AU2011/000666 WO2011156843A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for genetic analysis which performs nucleic acid amplification after sample preparation in a dialysis section
PCT/AU2011/000662 WO2011156839A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for genetic analysis with dialysis, chemical lysis and tandem nucleic acid amplification
PCT/AU2011/000665 WO2011156842A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for pathogen detection and genetic analysis with dialysis and nucleic acid amplification
PCT/AU2011/000676 WO2011156853A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic test module with flexible membrane for internal microenvironment pressure-relief
PCT/AU2011/000658 WO2011156835A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Test module incorporating spectrometer
PCT/AU2011/000669 WO2011156846A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device for simultaneous detection of multiple conditions in a patient
PCT/AU2011/000671 WO2011156848A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with flow-channel structure having active valve for capillary-driven fluidic propulsion without trapped air bubbles
PCT/AU2011/000670 WO2011156847A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device for genetic and mitochondrial analysis of a biological sample

Family Applications Before (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/AU2011/000661 WO2011156838A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for pathogen detection with dialysis, chemical lysis and tandem nucleic acid amplification
PCT/AU2011/000678 WO2011156855A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with reagent mixing proportions determined by number of active outlet valves
PCT/AU2011/000667 WO2011156844A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for genetic analysis which performs nucleic acid amplification before removing non-nucleic acid constituents in a dialysis section
PCT/AU2011/000668 WO2011156845A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device with parallel incubation and parallel dna and rna amplification functionality
PCT/AU2011/000679 WO2011156856A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic thermal bend actuated surface tension valve
PCT/AU2011/000664 WO2011156841A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for pathogen detection with dialysis, thermal lysis, nucleic acid amplification and prehybridization filtering

Family Applications After (16)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/AU2011/000673 WO2011156850A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with pcr section and diffusion mixer
PCT/AU2011/000659 WO2011156836A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Apparatus for loading oligonucleotide spotting devices and spotting oligonucleotide probes
PCT/AU2011/000677 WO2011156854A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with conductivity sensor
PCT/AU2011/000680 WO2011156857A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with dialysis section having stomata tapering counter to flow direction
PCT/AU2011/000675 WO2011156852A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Genetic analysis loc with non-specific nucleic acid amplification section and subsequent specific amplification of particular sequences in a separate section
PCT/AU2011/000674 WO2011156851A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Test module with diffusive mixing in small cross section area microchannel
PCT/AU2011/000663 WO2011156840A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for pathogen detection and genetic analysis with chemical lysis, incubation and tandem nucleic acid amplification
PCT/AU2011/000660 WO2011156837A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for pathogen detection with dialysis, thermal lysis, nucleic acid amplification and prehybridization filtering
PCT/AU2011/000666 WO2011156843A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for genetic analysis which performs nucleic acid amplification after sample preparation in a dialysis section
PCT/AU2011/000662 WO2011156839A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for genetic analysis with dialysis, chemical lysis and tandem nucleic acid amplification
PCT/AU2011/000665 WO2011156842A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Loc device for pathogen detection and genetic analysis with dialysis and nucleic acid amplification
PCT/AU2011/000676 WO2011156853A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic test module with flexible membrane for internal microenvironment pressure-relief
PCT/AU2011/000658 WO2011156835A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Test module incorporating spectrometer
PCT/AU2011/000669 WO2011156846A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device for simultaneous detection of multiple conditions in a patient
PCT/AU2011/000671 WO2011156848A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device with flow-channel structure having active valve for capillary-driven fluidic propulsion without trapped air bubbles
PCT/AU2011/000670 WO2011156847A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-06-01 Microfluidic device for genetic and mitochondrial analysis of a biological sample

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (355) US20110312727A1 (en)
TW (1) TW201213798A (en)
WO (23) WO2011156838A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (265)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7790028B1 (en) * 2005-09-28 2010-09-07 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Systems, methods, and devices relating to a cellularized nephron unit
CA2646309C (en) 2006-04-21 2016-07-26 Nanobiosym, Inc. Single-molecule platform for drug discovery: methods and apparatuses for drug discovery, including discovery of anticancer and antiviral agents
US11001881B2 (en) 2006-08-24 2021-05-11 California Institute Of Technology Methods for detecting analytes
US11525156B2 (en) 2006-07-28 2022-12-13 California Institute Of Technology Multiplex Q-PCR arrays
US8048626B2 (en) 2006-07-28 2011-11-01 California Institute Of Technology Multiplex Q-PCR arrays
US11560588B2 (en) 2006-08-24 2023-01-24 California Institute Of Technology Multiplex Q-PCR arrays
US8498695B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2013-07-30 Novadaq Technologies Inc. Imaging system with a single color image sensor for simultaneous fluorescence and color video endoscopy
US7993292B2 (en) * 2007-05-22 2011-08-09 Bellacure, Inc. Orthotic apparatus and method of operation
US9598737B2 (en) * 2012-05-09 2017-03-21 Longhorn Vaccines And Diagnostics, Llc Next generation genomic sequencing methods
US8406860B2 (en) 2008-01-25 2013-03-26 Novadaq Technologies Inc. Method for evaluating blush in myocardial tissue
US8707452B1 (en) * 2008-04-14 2014-04-22 Avaya Inc. Secure data management device
EP2927350A1 (en) * 2014-04-02 2015-10-07 Beatrice Sala Electrochemical cell for the electrolysis of water in steam or liquid form, manufacturing method and uses
US8304185B2 (en) * 2009-07-17 2012-11-06 Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. Methods and systems for DNA isolation on a microfluidic device
EP2437887B1 (en) 2009-06-04 2016-05-11 Lockheed Martin Corporation Multiple-sample microfluidic chip for dna analysis
WO2011059786A1 (en) * 2009-10-29 2011-05-19 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Microfluidic device for blood dialysis
CN102869974B (en) * 2010-04-28 2014-10-15 松下电器产业株式会社 Chemical sensor
US20110312727A1 (en) * 2010-06-17 2011-12-22 Geneasys Pty Ltd Loc device with parallel nucleic acid amplification functionality
WO2012018535A2 (en) 2010-07-26 2012-02-09 Wellness Indicators, Inc. Wellness panel
US20120044339A1 (en) * 2010-08-19 2012-02-23 Stith Curtis W Opto-fluidic microscope system with evaluation chambers
US20120045786A1 (en) * 2010-08-19 2012-02-23 Stith Curtis W Opto-fluidic microscope diagnostic system
CA3030720A1 (en) * 2010-08-27 2012-03-01 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Microscopy imaging device with advanced imaging properties
US8801275B2 (en) * 2010-09-23 2014-08-12 Bayer Healthcare Llc System and apparatus for determining ambient temperatures for a fluid analyte system
MX2013004184A (en) 2010-10-15 2013-07-29 Lockheed Corp Micro fluidic optic design.
EP2648609B1 (en) 2010-12-09 2018-05-30 Zoll Medical Corporation Electrode with redundant impedance reduction
FR2968532B1 (en) * 2010-12-14 2013-04-26 Commissariat Energie Atomique DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING AN EXCRETION RATE OF A BODILY FLUID BY AN INDIVIDUAL OR ANIMAL
CN102564576B (en) * 2010-12-17 2013-11-06 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Light intensity testing device
US9068566B2 (en) * 2011-01-21 2015-06-30 Biodot, Inc. Piezoelectric dispenser with a longitudinal transducer and replaceable capillary tube
US8794050B2 (en) 2011-01-27 2014-08-05 Nanoscopia (Cayman), Inc. Fluid sample analysis systems
US9469871B2 (en) 2011-04-14 2016-10-18 Corporos Inc. Methods and apparatus for point-of-care nucleic acid amplification and detection
TWI441940B (en) * 2011-06-09 2014-06-21 Shih Hua Technology Ltd Method for making pattern conductive element
EP2720731B1 (en) 2011-06-15 2020-11-18 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Systems, methods, and devices relating to a biomimetic cellularized nephron unit
ITTO20110567A1 (en) * 2011-06-28 2012-12-29 St Microelectronics Srl CARTRIDGE FOR BIOCHEMICAL ANALYSIS, BIOCHEMICAL ANALYSIS SYSTEM AND METHOD TO PERFORM A BIOCHEMICAL PROCESS
TW201301141A (en) * 2011-06-29 2013-01-01 Walton Advanced Eng Inc Storage device having graphs and recognition system thereof
US8717556B2 (en) 2011-07-27 2014-05-06 Aptina Imaging Corporation Microfluidic systems with chemical pumps
CN103733047B (en) * 2011-08-11 2016-03-30 奥林巴斯株式会社 The detection method of intended particle
EP2752655A4 (en) 2011-08-30 2015-06-17 Olympus Corp Method for detecting target particles
US9372135B1 (en) 2011-09-08 2016-06-21 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Fluidics platform and method for sample preparation
US8988684B1 (en) 2011-09-08 2015-03-24 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc System and method for measuring fluorescence of a sample
US9968258B2 (en) * 2011-09-12 2018-05-15 Tufts University Imaging fluorescence or luminescence lifetime
USD753311S1 (en) 2011-10-12 2016-04-05 Alere Switzerland Gmbh Isothermal nucleic acid amplification meter
GB201119032D0 (en) 2011-11-03 2011-12-14 Isis Innovation Multisomes: encapsulated droplet networks
US9689029B2 (en) * 2011-12-02 2017-06-27 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Systems and methods for sampling of amplification products
EP2798086B1 (en) 2011-12-28 2018-09-05 Ricardo Mancebo Reagents and methods for autoligation chain reaction
US20130211289A1 (en) 2012-01-25 2013-08-15 Tasso, Inc. Handheld Device for Drawing, Collecting, and Analyzing Bodily Fluid
JP5940644B2 (en) 2012-02-22 2016-06-29 オリンパス株式会社 Target particle detection method
TWI484154B (en) * 2012-02-24 2015-05-11 Optical detecting apparatus and operating method thereof
WO2013140890A1 (en) 2012-03-21 2013-09-26 オリンパス株式会社 Method for detecting target nucleic acid molecule
US9150907B2 (en) 2012-04-27 2015-10-06 General Electric Company Microfluidic flow cell assemblies and method of use
US9354159B2 (en) 2012-05-02 2016-05-31 Nanoscopia (Cayman), Inc. Opto-fluidic system with coated fluid channels
US9258536B2 (en) * 2012-05-03 2016-02-09 Semiconductor Components Industries, Llc Imaging systems with plasmonic color filters
US9625465B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2017-04-18 Defined Diagnostics, Llc Clinical diagnostic systems
US9081001B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2015-07-14 Wellstat Diagnostics, Llc Diagnostic systems and instruments
US9213043B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2015-12-15 Wellstat Diagnostics, Llc Clinical diagnostic system including instrument and cartridge
CN102649931A (en) * 2012-05-28 2012-08-29 上海理工大学 Preparation method for microarray biochip
KR20130136623A (en) * 2012-06-05 2013-12-13 인제대학교 산학협력단 Apparatus for detecting liquid electric conductivity
JP6028096B2 (en) 2012-06-21 2016-11-16 ノバダック テクノロジーズ インコーポレイテッド Angiography and perfusion quantification and analysis techniques
AU2013293078B2 (en) * 2012-07-23 2017-09-07 Tasso, Inc. Methods, systems, and devices relating to open microfluidic channels
US20140200167A1 (en) 2012-08-01 2014-07-17 Nanomdx, Inc. Functionally integrated device for multiplex genetic identification
US9310300B2 (en) * 2012-08-03 2016-04-12 Ingeneron Incorporated Compact portable apparatus for optical assay
WO2014025924A1 (en) * 2012-08-07 2014-02-13 California Institute Of Technology Ultrafast thermal cycler
US20140046600A1 (en) * 2012-08-07 2014-02-13 Netanel Avner Sim card based medical testing and data transmission system
US9580679B2 (en) * 2012-09-21 2017-02-28 California Institute Of Technology Methods and devices for sample lysis
US9518914B2 (en) * 2012-09-24 2016-12-13 Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Portal and method for management of dialysis therapy
DE102012109317A1 (en) * 2012-10-01 2014-04-03 Astrium Gmbh Device for carrying out a biochemical analysis, in particular in space
US9804149B2 (en) * 2012-10-10 2017-10-31 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Patient-based results display
GB201219201D0 (en) 2012-10-25 2012-12-12 Isis Innovation Hydrogel network
EP2920562B1 (en) * 2012-11-13 2020-09-30 Viavi Solutions Inc. Portable spectrometer
US9885655B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2018-02-06 Viavi Solutions Inc. Spectrometer with a relay lightpipe
WO2014077029A1 (en) * 2012-11-13 2014-05-22 株式会社村田製作所 Droplet quantification method and droplet measurement device
CN103852105A (en) * 2012-12-04 2014-06-11 昆山平成电子科技有限公司 Multi-functional tester
JP6416772B2 (en) * 2012-12-07 2018-10-31 オックスフォード ユニヴァーシティ イノヴェーション リミテッド Droplet collection by 3D printing
US9239328B2 (en) 2012-12-17 2016-01-19 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Systems and methods for an integrated bio-entity manipulation and processing semiconductor device
US9495332B2 (en) * 2012-12-21 2016-11-15 International Business Machines Corporation Detection and repositioning of pop-up dialogs
EP2938417A4 (en) * 2012-12-27 2016-08-31 Medi Physics Inc Dual-filter dual-integrity test assembly
GB201301178D0 (en) 2013-01-23 2013-03-06 Dynamic Biosensors Gmbh Method for sequencing a template nucleic acid immobilized on a substrate
US9999393B2 (en) 2013-01-29 2018-06-19 Zoll Medical Corporation Delivery of electrode gel using CPR puck
US8880196B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2014-11-04 Zoll Medical Corporation Flexible therapy electrode
SG11201507586PA (en) * 2013-03-12 2015-10-29 Univ Michigan Microfluidic device for immunoblotting
EP2972130A4 (en) * 2013-03-14 2016-12-07 The Alfred E Mann Found For Scient Res Microfluidic flow rate sensor
US10933417B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-03-02 Nanobiosym, Inc. Systems and methods for mobile device analysis of nucleic acids and proteins
US9400285B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-07-26 Abbot Laboratories Automated diagnostic analyzers having vertically arranged carousels and related methods
ES2901756T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2022-03-23 Abbott Lab Automated diagnostic analyzers having rear accessible track systems and related methods
JP6165961B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-07-19 アボット・ラボラトリーズAbbott Laboratories Diagnostic analyzer with pre-process carousel and associated method
JP2016522676A (en) * 2013-03-15 2016-08-04 ナノバイオシム・インコーポレイテッド System and method for mobile device analysis of nucleic acids and proteins
GB201304797D0 (en) * 2013-03-15 2013-05-01 Diagnostics For The Real World Ltd Apparatus and method for automated sample preparation and adaptor for use in the apparatus
KR101483493B1 (en) * 2013-03-22 2015-01-19 나노바이오시스 주식회사 PCR device for detecting food-borne bacteria, and and method for detecting food-borne bacteria using the same
US20140323819A1 (en) * 2013-04-29 2014-10-30 Elwha LLC, a limited liability company of the State of Delaware Multi-parameter test units for initial indication of medical symptoms
EP3004813A4 (en) * 2013-05-29 2016-12-21 Gnubio Inc Low cost optical high speed discrete measurement system
GB2516669B (en) * 2013-07-29 2015-09-09 Atlas Genetics Ltd A method for processing a liquid sample in a fluidic cartridge
US9347962B2 (en) 2013-08-05 2016-05-24 Nanoscopia (Cayman), Inc. Handheld diagnostic system with chip-scale microscope and automated image capture mechanism
WO2015031351A1 (en) * 2013-08-26 2015-03-05 Diagenetix, Inc. Hardware and mobile software for operation of portable instruments for nucleic acid amplification
EP3046596A4 (en) * 2013-09-16 2017-05-03 Johnson & Johnson Innovation LLC Microfluidic organ assist device incorporating boundary layer disrupters
ITMI20131541A1 (en) * 2013-09-19 2015-03-20 Eugenio Iannone DIAGNOSIS DEVICE, PARTICULARLY OF THE LAB-ON-CHIP TYPE.
WO2015048009A1 (en) 2013-09-27 2015-04-02 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behale Of Arizona State University System and method for laser lysis
US9604214B2 (en) * 2013-10-01 2017-03-28 Owl biomedical, Inc. Cell sorting system using microfabricated components
WO2015070173A1 (en) * 2013-11-08 2015-05-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for detecting oligonucleotides
US9059337B1 (en) * 2013-12-24 2015-06-16 Christie Digital Systems Usa, Inc. Method, system and apparatus for dynamically monitoring and calibrating display tiles
US20180135108A1 (en) * 2014-01-20 2018-05-17 Board Of Trustees Of Michigan State University Method for detecting bacterial and fungal pathogens
US10260111B1 (en) 2014-01-20 2019-04-16 Brett Eric Etchebarne Method of detecting sepsis-related microorganisms and detecting antibiotic-resistant sepsis-related microorganisms in a fluid sample
WO2015123603A1 (en) * 2014-02-14 2015-08-20 Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. Electrical impedance myography
US20160361476A1 (en) * 2014-02-28 2016-12-15 Bdbc Sciences Corp. System for tissue manipulation
WO2015134938A1 (en) 2014-03-07 2015-09-11 The Regents Of The University Of California Devices for integrating analyte extraction, concentration and detection
US10195610B2 (en) 2014-03-10 2019-02-05 Click Diagnostics, Inc. Cartridge-based thermocycler
EP3116651B1 (en) * 2014-03-11 2020-04-22 Illumina, Inc. Disposable, integrated microfluidic cartridge and methods of making it
US10369548B2 (en) * 2014-03-12 2019-08-06 Basf Se Catalyzed soot filter
US8820538B1 (en) * 2014-03-17 2014-09-02 Namocell LLC Method and apparatus for particle sorting
US10318878B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2019-06-11 Numenta, Inc. Temporal processing scheme and sensorimotor information processing
GB2524730A (en) * 2014-03-30 2015-10-07 Robert Faulkner Predicting application user behaviour and interests in real-time using predictive analytics as a service
EP3132073B1 (en) * 2014-04-14 2021-06-30 SRI International Portable nucleic acid analysis system and high-performance microfluidic electroactive polymer actuators
AU2014391652B2 (en) * 2014-04-25 2018-02-22 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Diagnostic cassette
CN104668002B (en) * 2014-05-22 2016-03-16 Imec非营利协会 Compact fluid analysis device and manufacture method thereof
EP3167045A4 (en) * 2014-07-11 2018-01-17 Advanced Theranostics Inc. Point of care polymerase chain reaction device for disease detection
JP2016023994A (en) * 2014-07-17 2016-02-08 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Electronic component conveyance device and electronic component inspection device
EP3769682B1 (en) 2014-08-01 2024-01-03 Tasso, Inc. Systems for gravity-enhanced microfluidic collection, handling and transferring of fluids
US10196678B2 (en) 2014-10-06 2019-02-05 ALVEO Technologies Inc. System and method for detection of nucleic acids
US9921182B2 (en) 2014-10-06 2018-03-20 ALVEO Technologies Inc. System and method for detection of mercury
US10352899B2 (en) 2014-10-06 2019-07-16 ALVEO Technologies Inc. System and method for detection of silver
US9506908B2 (en) 2014-10-06 2016-11-29 Alveo Technologies, Inc. System for detection of analytes
US10627358B2 (en) 2014-10-06 2020-04-21 Alveo Technologies, Inc. Method for detection of analytes
US10022718B2 (en) * 2014-10-24 2018-07-17 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Microfluidic device and array disk
WO2016062788A1 (en) 2014-10-24 2016-04-28 Ait Austrian Institute Of Technology Gmbh Microfluidic chip for biological analysis
CN104374903B (en) * 2014-11-08 2016-07-06 东莞博识生物科技有限公司 A kind of in-vitro diagnosis test card
CN114958990A (en) 2014-12-31 2022-08-30 维斯比医学公司 Method for detecting target nucleic acid using molecular diagnostic test device
RU2016151351A (en) * 2015-01-28 2019-02-28 КАБУСИКИ КАЙСЯ ДиЭнЭйФОРМ ANALYSIS DEVICE, ANALYSIS CHIP, ANALYSIS KIT AND METHOD OF ANALYSIS WITH THEIR APPLICATION
CA2975422A1 (en) 2015-01-30 2016-08-04 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Diagnostic chip
DE102015001998B3 (en) * 2015-02-20 2016-02-04 Friz Biochem Gesellschaft Für Bioanalytik Mbh Microfluidic cartridge for the detection of biomolecules
US10279352B2 (en) 2015-03-18 2019-05-07 Optolane Technologies Inc. PCR module, PCR system having the same, and method of inspecting using the same
US20180049723A1 (en) * 2015-03-23 2018-02-22 Wellmetris, Llc Smartphone enabled urinalysis device, software, and test platform
US9708647B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2017-07-18 Insilixa, Inc. Multiplexed analysis of nucleic acid hybridization thermodynamics using integrated arrays
WO2016175843A1 (en) * 2015-04-30 2016-11-03 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microfluidic flow sensor
CN107223202B (en) * 2015-04-30 2020-05-19 惠普发展公司,有限责任合伙企业 Flow sensor calibration based on droplet ejection
WO2016188738A1 (en) * 2015-05-26 2016-12-01 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Point of care testing poct system
CN104833747B (en) * 2015-05-06 2016-08-24 华东理工大学 A kind of preparative hplc UV-detector using deep ultraviolet LED light source
US9855555B2 (en) * 2015-05-20 2018-01-02 University Of Maryland Generation and trapping of aqueous droplets in a microfluidic chip with an air continuous phase
US11287426B2 (en) 2015-09-04 2022-03-29 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and devices for analyte collection, extraction, concentration, and detection for clinical applications
US9499861B1 (en) 2015-09-10 2016-11-22 Insilixa, Inc. Methods and systems for multiplex quantitative nucleic acid amplification
US9735305B2 (en) 2015-09-21 2017-08-15 International Business Machines Corporation Monolithically integrated fluorescence on-chip sensor
WO2017059094A2 (en) * 2015-09-29 2017-04-06 Adi Mashiach System and method for detection of disease in bodily fluids
KR102160864B1 (en) 2015-10-01 2020-09-28 디엔에이넛지 리미티드 Methods, devices and systems for securely transmitting biological information
WO2017066405A1 (en) * 2015-10-16 2017-04-20 Opko Diagnostics, Llc Articles and methods for preparing a surface for obtaining a patient sample
CN108289723B (en) 2015-11-13 2021-07-06 史赛克欧洲运营有限公司 System and method for illumination and imaging of an object
WO2017087703A1 (en) * 2015-11-17 2017-05-26 Nanoscopia (Cayman), Inc. Sample processing and smearing apparatus and methods
CN108291875B (en) * 2015-11-26 2021-05-07 富士胶片株式会社 Solution adhesion device and solution adhesion method
JP2019505282A (en) 2015-12-21 2019-02-28 タッソ インコーポレイテッド Apparatus, system, and method for actuation and retraction in body fluid collection
US11214823B2 (en) * 2015-12-22 2022-01-04 Canon U.S.A., Inc. Sample-to-answer system for microorganism detection featuring target enrichment, amplification and detection
US11371075B2 (en) 2016-01-08 2022-06-28 Advanced Theranostics Inc. Fully integrated hand-held device to detect specific nucleic acid sequences
JP1565699S (en) * 2016-01-12 2016-12-19
US10436773B2 (en) * 2016-01-18 2019-10-08 Jana Care, Inc. Mobile device based multi-analyte testing analyzer for use in medical diagnostic monitoring and screening
EP3408654B1 (en) 2016-01-26 2022-08-03 Stryker European Operations Limited Fluorescence imaging system and method for fluorescence imaging
US9643181B1 (en) 2016-02-08 2017-05-09 International Business Machines Corporation Integrated microfluidics system
JP6274233B2 (en) * 2016-02-23 2018-02-07 住友ベークライト株式会社 Clip cartridge system
WO2017155858A1 (en) 2016-03-07 2017-09-14 Insilixa, Inc. Nucleic acid sequence identification using solid-phase cyclic single base extension
CN105675371B (en) * 2016-03-29 2018-09-25 广东江门生物技术开发中心有限公司 A kind of Multifunctional inspection sample extraction separator
US10710083B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2020-07-14 University Of Maryland Integrated thermoplastic chip for rapid PCR and HRMA
WO2017185067A1 (en) 2016-04-22 2017-10-26 Click Diagnostics, Inc. Printed circuit board heater for an amplification module
WO2017197040A1 (en) 2016-05-11 2017-11-16 Click Diagnostics, Inc. Devices and methods for nucleic acid extraction
CN107400628B (en) * 2016-05-19 2021-03-02 深圳市华因康高通量生物技术研究院 Sequencing reaction cell, sequencing reaction clamp and sequencing reaction equipment
CN106018389A (en) * 2016-05-20 2016-10-12 华南师范大学 Handheld POCT (Point of Care Testing) bipolar electrode-electrochemical light emitting device and application thereof
US11828755B2 (en) 2016-06-09 2023-11-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Biomarker concentration and signal amplification for use in paper-based immunoassays and a single platform for extracting, concentrating, and amplifying DNA
EP3469420A4 (en) 2016-06-14 2020-02-12 Novadaq Technologies ULC Methods and systems for adaptive imaging for low light signal enhancement in medical visualization
JP6729027B2 (en) * 2016-06-15 2020-07-22 ウシオ電機株式会社 Micro channel chip
EP3478857A1 (en) * 2016-06-29 2019-05-08 Click Diagnostics, Inc. Devices and methods for the detection of molecules using a flow cell
EP3478417A4 (en) * 2016-06-30 2020-01-15 Click Diagnostics, Inc. Devices and methods for nucleic acid extraction
CN106026006B (en) * 2016-06-30 2019-07-16 成绎半导体技术(上海)有限公司 A kind of USB Type-C interface female intelligent measurement and protection circuit
JP6632487B2 (en) * 2016-07-13 2020-01-22 キヤノン株式会社 Continuum robot, method of correcting kinematics, and control method of continuum robot
CN109311658A (en) * 2016-07-22 2019-02-05 惠普发展公司,有限责任合伙企业 Substrate assembly and correlation technique
US10889854B2 (en) * 2016-08-08 2021-01-12 Universiti Brunei Darussalam System and method for immobilization free electrochemiluminescence DNA detection using a luminophore dye for multi-species detection
CN106323353B (en) * 2016-08-12 2019-02-12 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 A kind of calibration method of proximity sensor, device and terminal
US11327075B2 (en) 2016-08-22 2022-05-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Hydrogel platform for aqueous two-phase concentration of a target to enhance its detection
WO2018057647A1 (en) 2016-09-23 2018-03-29 Alveo Technologies, Inc. Methods and compositions for detecting analytes
WO2018071541A1 (en) * 2016-10-11 2018-04-19 The Regents Of The University Of California Integrated molecular diagnostics system (imdx) and method for dengue fever
EP3529585B1 (en) 2016-10-24 2024-01-03 The Trustees of The University of Pennsylvania Ultra-high throughput detection of fluorescent droplets using time domain encoded optofluidics
WO2018078999A1 (en) * 2016-10-27 2018-05-03 シャープ株式会社 Fluorescent testing system, dielectrophoresis device, and molecular testing method
AU2017363146B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2023-11-02 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Systems for nucleic acid-based data storage
US10650312B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2020-05-12 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Nucleic acid-based data storage
PL235210B1 (en) * 2016-12-21 2020-06-15 Genomtec Spolka Akcyjna Method for detection of genetic material in a biological specimen the device for the execution of this method
GB201704754D0 (en) * 2017-01-05 2017-05-10 Illumina Inc Kinetic exclusion amplification of nucleic acid libraries
EP3576880A4 (en) 2017-02-02 2021-01-06 University of Maryland, College Park Trap arrays for robust microfluidic sample digitization
WO2018142415A1 (en) * 2017-02-06 2018-08-09 Efa - Engineering For All Ltd. Portable digital diagnostic device
WO2018145193A1 (en) 2017-02-10 2018-08-16 Novadaq Technologies ULC Open-field handheld fluorescence imaging systems and methods
US11209427B2 (en) 2017-03-27 2021-12-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Semi-quantitative lateral-flow immunoassay for the detection of CSF leaks
CN106895908B (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-10-16 中国汽车技术研究中心 Check device during a kind of high stability laser positioning luminosity probe
USD849265S1 (en) * 2017-04-21 2019-05-21 Precision Nanosystems Inc Microfluidic chip
US11441701B2 (en) 2017-07-14 2022-09-13 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microfluidic valve
US11590495B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2023-02-28 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Ionic species interrogation and sensing
JP2019024453A (en) * 2017-08-02 2019-02-21 株式会社リコー Rna concentration quantitative method, rna concentration quantitative device, and rna concentration quantitative apparatus
CN208016344U (en) * 2017-08-30 2018-10-30 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 Automatic running device
WO2019066804A1 (en) * 2017-09-27 2019-04-04 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Reuse of dispensers during alignment procedures
WO2019074524A1 (en) * 2017-10-13 2019-04-18 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Partition liquid into samples
AU2018364741B2 (en) * 2017-11-09 2021-03-25 Visby Medical, Inc. Portable molecular diagnostic device and methods for the detection of target viruses
US11383236B2 (en) * 2017-11-10 2022-07-12 Christopher Walker Polymerase chain reaction using a microfluidic chip fabricated with printed circuit board techniques
CN107967380B (en) * 2017-11-15 2021-09-07 晶晨半导体(上海)股份有限公司 Layout design method of printed circuit board
US10854251B2 (en) * 2017-12-15 2020-12-01 Google Llc Physical identifiers for authenticating an identity of a semiconductor component
CN108221844B (en) * 2017-12-31 2023-01-10 浙江大学 Dynamic response test device for near-sea foundation pit under effect of simulated tidal load
US20200360929A1 (en) * 2018-01-29 2020-11-19 The Texas A&M University System Integrated Modular On-Chip Droplet Microfluidic Screening Platform
CN108195728A (en) * 2018-02-01 2018-06-22 山东诺方电子科技有限公司 A kind of control system and its control method based on multinuclear particulate matter sensors technology
AU2019226555A1 (en) * 2018-03-02 2020-10-29 Teleflex Medical Incorporated Infection detection systems and methods
EP3766077A4 (en) 2018-03-16 2021-12-08 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Chemical methods for nucleic acid-based data storage
AU2019270159A1 (en) 2018-05-16 2020-12-03 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Compositions and methods for nucleic acid-based data storage
US20210170408A1 (en) * 2018-06-11 2021-06-10 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microfluidic valves
US10307755B1 (en) * 2018-07-19 2019-06-04 Bioceryx Inc. Apparatuses and methods for sample-specific self-configuration
US10883914B2 (en) 2018-08-07 2021-01-05 Blaire Biomedical, LLC Flow cytometry systems including an optical analysis box for interfacing with an imaging device
CN110819522B (en) * 2018-08-13 2023-09-22 上海新微技术研发中心有限公司 Digital PCR system and digital PCR liquid drop forming method
US20200085414A1 (en) 2018-09-14 2020-03-19 Tasso, Inc. Bodily fluid collection devices and related methods
AU2019338531A1 (en) * 2018-09-14 2021-04-15 William Marsh Rice University Apparatus and methods for multiplexed amplification and detection of DNA using convectional heating and label-free microarray
US11486814B2 (en) * 2018-10-01 2022-11-01 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Particle sorting using microfluidic ejectors
US20210239958A1 (en) * 2018-10-01 2021-08-05 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microscopy systems
EP3861316B1 (en) * 2018-10-01 2023-08-30 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Batch particle sorting
JP6795019B2 (en) * 2018-10-04 2020-12-02 カシオ計算機株式会社 Case and watch
US11946902B2 (en) * 2018-10-11 2024-04-02 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Dielectrophoresis separator cross-over frequency measurement systems
US10760936B2 (en) * 2018-11-02 2020-09-01 Nanya Technology Corporation Semiconductor device and method of sensing a change in a level of a liquid therein
FR3088534A1 (en) * 2018-11-16 2020-05-22 Commissariat A L'energie Atomique Et Aux Energies Alternatives DEVICE FOR PREPARING A CALIBRATED VOLUME OF BLOOD PLASMA
US20210354126A1 (en) * 2018-12-07 2021-11-18 Ultima Genomics, Inc. Implementing barriers for controlled environments during sample processing and detection
US20210292819A1 (en) * 2018-12-13 2021-09-23 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Multiplex nucleic acid detection
EP3899022A4 (en) * 2018-12-20 2023-03-01 Alveo Technologies Inc. Handheld impedance-based diagnostic test system for detecting analytes
EP3911443A4 (en) * 2019-01-17 2022-03-23 Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc. Flow cell using peltier module as prime mover for polymerase chain reaction
EP3880841B1 (en) 2019-02-22 2023-05-31 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Nucleic acid detection
EP3937780A4 (en) 2019-03-14 2022-12-07 InSilixa, Inc. Methods and systems for time-gated fluorescent-based detection
CN110180811A (en) * 2019-05-07 2019-08-30 王海山 A kind of chip detecting equipment that the clarity with dehumidification function is high
WO2020227718A1 (en) 2019-05-09 2020-11-12 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Data structures and operations for searching, computing, and indexing in dna-based data storage
WO2020246963A1 (en) * 2019-06-04 2020-12-10 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Integrated microfluidic ejector chips
WO2021015765A1 (en) * 2019-07-24 2021-01-28 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Device with microfluidic channels
EP3769840A1 (en) * 2019-07-26 2021-01-27 LEX Diagnostics Ltd Systems and modules for nucleic acid amplification testing
GB201911386D0 (en) 2019-08-09 2019-09-25 Stratec Se Calibration tool for planar chip applications
CN110333272A (en) * 2019-08-21 2019-10-15 业成科技(成都)有限公司 Humidity sensor and its manufacturing method
WO2021046506A1 (en) * 2019-09-06 2021-03-11 Teleflex Medical Incorporated Infection detection systems and methods including intermediate filtering and metering
WO2021046504A1 (en) * 2019-09-06 2021-03-11 Teleflex Medical Incorporated Infection detection systems and methods including a sample processor having integrated sample filter and meter
AU2020361681A1 (en) 2019-10-10 2022-05-05 1859, Inc. Methods and systems for microfluidic screening
CA3157804A1 (en) 2019-10-11 2021-04-15 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Nucleic acid security and authentication
USD954573S1 (en) * 2019-11-06 2022-06-14 Fluxergy, Llc Test card
US11352675B2 (en) 2020-01-03 2022-06-07 Visby Medical, Inc. Devices and methods for antibiotic susceptability testing
US11136543B1 (en) 2020-02-11 2021-10-05 Edward R. Flynn Magnetic cell incubation device
US11536732B2 (en) 2020-03-13 2022-12-27 Jana Care, Inc. Devices, systems, and methods for measuring biomarkers in biological fluids
KR20210128632A (en) * 2020-04-17 2021-10-27 커넥타젠(주) Apparatus for Detecting Potable Isothermal Amplification
TWI749529B (en) * 2020-04-20 2021-12-11 關鍵禾芯科技股份有限公司 Ribonucleic acid test panel and ribonucleic acid test device
CN111534430B (en) * 2020-04-28 2023-12-29 港岫科技(上海)有限公司 Ribonucleic acid detection panel and ribonucleic acid detection device
EP4142945A2 (en) * 2020-04-30 2023-03-08 Stab Vida - Investigação e Serviços em Ciências Biológicas Lda Method and portable device for detection of nucleic sequences in suspected coronavirus samples
US11306353B2 (en) 2020-05-11 2022-04-19 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Programs and functions in DNA-based data storage
US20210354127A1 (en) * 2020-05-13 2021-11-18 Keycore Technology Corp. Ribonucleic acid test panel and ribonucleic acid test device
US11654436B2 (en) 2020-08-11 2023-05-23 Seagate Technology Llc Microwave heating device for lab on a chip
JP2022058244A (en) * 2020-09-30 2022-04-11 富佳生技股▲ふん▼有限公司 Nucleic acid detection box and nucleic acid detection device
CN114317223A (en) * 2020-09-30 2022-04-12 富佳生技股份有限公司 Nucleic acid detecting cassette and nucleic acid detecting apparatus
CN112255397B (en) * 2020-10-16 2022-06-07 吉林大学 Kit for detecting Listeria monocytogenes, Vibrio parahaemolyticus and Salmonella typhimurium and preparation method thereof
CN112275335B (en) * 2020-10-16 2022-06-28 吉林大学 Self-suction valve separation type chip, preparation method and detection method of Listeria monocytogenes
GB2600103B (en) * 2020-10-19 2024-01-10 Quantumdx Group Ltd Integrated thermal conditioning and PCR in a molecular POC diagnostic system
EP3992613A1 (en) * 2020-10-28 2022-05-04 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Sputum analysis method and system
WO2022099087A1 (en) * 2020-11-05 2022-05-12 President And Fellows Of Harvard College An airborne pathogen diagnostic platform
CN112553054A (en) * 2020-12-10 2021-03-26 上海艾众生物科技有限公司 Cell separation apparatus for bioreactor
TR202021833A2 (en) * 2020-12-26 2021-10-21 Bilkent Holding A S DISPOSABLE PATHOGEN DETECTION CHIP AND A RELATED PRODUCTION METHOD
CN112858085B (en) * 2021-01-19 2021-11-02 竹简云(天津)生物科技有限公司 Food drug solubility detection and analysis device
WO2022177558A1 (en) * 2021-02-17 2022-08-25 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microfluidic nucleic acid amplification
US11891671B1 (en) * 2021-03-24 2024-02-06 A9.Com, Inc. Virus detection system
KR102423154B1 (en) * 2021-04-13 2022-07-20 주식회사 시큐어메드 Conductive plastic diagnostic device and manufacturing method thereof
WO2022232056A1 (en) * 2021-04-26 2022-11-03 Chan Zuckerberg Biohub, Inc. Testing devices
CN113340332B (en) * 2021-05-27 2022-07-12 西安交通大学 Photoelectric sensor calibration device and method
US11630428B2 (en) * 2021-08-06 2023-04-18 Trimble Inc. Real-time analysis of vibration samples for operating environment classification and anomaly detection
KR20230049323A (en) * 2021-10-06 2023-04-13 경희대학교 산학협력단 Diagnostic microfluidic chip, system and IoT-based genetic analysis system including the same
TWI797820B (en) * 2021-11-08 2023-04-01 財團法人工業技術研究院 Pcr rapid detection device and method thereof
CN114308162B (en) * 2021-12-31 2023-05-05 北京百奥纳芯生物科技有限公司 Device for assisting combination and fixation of gene chip probe and substrate
WO2023152599A1 (en) 2022-02-08 2023-08-17 Universita' Degli Studi Magna Graecia Di Catanzaro Platform for screening static and dynamic cell culture supports
GB202204431D0 (en) * 2022-03-29 2022-05-11 Enzyre Bv A sensor for testing biomakers in nano litre volumes of plasma based on luminescence
WO2024006245A1 (en) * 2022-07-01 2024-01-04 Owl biomedical, Inc. Illumination and imaging system in tdi-based continuous line scanning microscopy
GB2621159A (en) * 2022-08-04 2024-02-07 Wobble Genomics Ltd Methods of preparing processed nucleic acid samples and detecting nucleic acids and devices therefor
CN116188510B (en) * 2023-04-25 2023-07-07 安徽皖欣环境科技有限公司 Enterprise emission data acquisition system based on multiple sensors
CN116854551B (en) * 2023-06-29 2024-03-29 武汉大学 Solid working medium for improving laser micro-propulsion performance and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040018116A1 (en) * 2002-07-26 2004-01-29 Desmond Sean M. Microfluidic size-exclusion devices, systems, and methods
US20040115709A1 (en) * 2002-09-20 2004-06-17 Novus Molecular, Inc. Methods and devices for active bioassay
US20050284763A1 (en) * 2004-06-29 2005-12-29 National Cheng Kung University Integrative microdialysis and chip-based electrophoresis system with online labeling function and analytical method using same
WO2009017627A1 (en) * 2007-07-30 2009-02-05 Gn Biosystems Incorporated Apparatus and method for conducting high-throughput micro-volume experiments

Family Cites Families (274)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3283560A (en) * 1962-12-24 1966-11-08 Du Pont Differential thermal analysis apparatus
DE3110879A1 (en) * 1981-03-20 1982-09-30 Philips Patentverwaltung Gmbh, 2000 Hamburg ELECTROCHEMOLUMINESCENT CELL
US4407290A (en) * 1981-04-01 1983-10-04 Biox Technology, Inc. Blood constituent measuring device and method
US5187990A (en) * 1984-02-16 1993-02-23 Rainin Instrument Co., Inc. Method for dispensing liquids with a pipette with compensation for air pressure and surface tension
US5075447A (en) * 1984-09-17 1991-12-24 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Ruthenium complexes useful as carriers for immunologically active materials
US4713347A (en) * 1985-01-14 1987-12-15 Sensor Diagnostics, Inc. Measurement of ligand/anti-ligand interactions using bulk conductance
US5038852A (en) * 1986-02-25 1991-08-13 Cetus Corporation Apparatus and method for performing automated amplification of nucleic acid sequences and assays using heating and cooling steps
US4929426A (en) * 1987-11-02 1990-05-29 Biologix, Inc. Portable blood chemistry measuring apparatus
DE4113033A1 (en) * 1991-04-20 1992-10-22 Fraunhofer Ges Forschung INTEGRATED CONDUCTIVITY MEASURING DEVICE
US5498392A (en) * 1992-05-01 1996-03-12 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification device and method
US5304487A (en) * 1992-05-01 1994-04-19 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Fluid handling in mesoscale analytical devices
US5726026A (en) * 1992-05-01 1998-03-10 Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Mesoscale sample preparation device and systems for determination and processing of analytes
US6315953B1 (en) * 1993-11-01 2001-11-13 Nanogen, Inc. Devices for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics including waveguides
US5965452A (en) * 1996-07-09 1999-10-12 Nanogen, Inc. Multiplexed active biologic array
US6071699A (en) * 1996-06-07 2000-06-06 California Institute Of Technology Nucleic acid mediated electron transfer
US6015880A (en) * 1994-03-16 2000-01-18 California Institute Of Technology Method and substrate for performing multiple sequential reactions on a matrix
US5700695A (en) * 1994-06-30 1997-12-23 Zia Yassinzadeh Sample collection and manipulation method
US5610635A (en) * 1994-08-09 1997-03-11 Encad, Inc. Printer ink cartridge with memory storage capacity
US6635226B1 (en) * 1994-10-19 2003-10-21 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Microanalytical device and use thereof for conducting chemical processes
JPH08122247A (en) * 1994-10-24 1996-05-17 Hitachi Ltd Analyzer
US5527710A (en) * 1994-12-02 1996-06-18 Igen, Inc. Rate measurements of biomolecular reactions using electrochemiluminescence
US6207369B1 (en) * 1995-03-10 2001-03-27 Meso Scale Technologies, Llc Multi-array, multi-specific electrochemiluminescence testing
US6673533B1 (en) * 1995-03-10 2004-01-06 Meso Scale Technologies, Llc. Multi-array multi-specific electrochemiluminescence testing
US20020022261A1 (en) * 1995-06-29 2002-02-21 Anderson Rolfe C. Miniaturized genetic analysis systems and methods
US5856174A (en) * 1995-06-29 1999-01-05 Affymetrix, Inc. Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device
US5633724A (en) * 1995-08-29 1997-05-27 Hewlett-Packard Company Evanescent scanning of biochemical array
US6130098A (en) * 1995-09-15 2000-10-10 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Moving microdroplets
US6114122A (en) * 1996-03-26 2000-09-05 Affymetrix, Inc. Fluidics station with a mounting system and method of using
US5707589A (en) * 1996-04-12 1998-01-13 Merlin Instrument Company Funnel-shaped sample-vial septum with membrane covered diffusion-barrier section
US5798502A (en) * 1996-05-10 1998-08-25 Oak Frequency Temperature controlled substrate for VLSI construction having minimal parasitic feedback
FR2750999B1 (en) * 1996-07-10 1998-11-20 Appligene Oncor THERMOSTABLE DNA POLYMERASE OF ARCHAEBACTERIA OF THE GENUS PYROCOCCUS SP
US6136212A (en) * 1996-08-12 2000-10-24 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Polymer-based micromachining for microfluidic devices
US6379929B1 (en) * 1996-11-20 2002-04-30 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Chip-based isothermal amplification devices and methods
US6071249A (en) * 1996-12-06 2000-06-06 Abbott Laboratories Method and apparatus for obtaining blood for diagnostic tests
US6529446B1 (en) * 1996-12-20 2003-03-04 Telaric L.L.C. Interactive medication container
CA2284211A1 (en) * 1997-03-20 1998-09-24 University Of Washington Solvent for biopolymer synthesis, solvent microdroplets and methods of use
US7314711B2 (en) * 1997-05-23 2008-01-01 Bioveris Corporation Assays employing electrochemiluminescent labels and electrochemiluminescence quenchers
US7160687B1 (en) * 1997-05-29 2007-01-09 Cellomics, Inc. Miniaturized cell array methods and apparatus for cell-based screening
US7328975B2 (en) * 1997-07-15 2008-02-12 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Injet printhead with thermal bend arm exposed to ink flow
AUPO793797A0 (en) * 1997-07-15 1997-08-07 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd A method of manufacture of an image creation apparatus (IJM03)
US5965410A (en) * 1997-09-02 1999-10-12 Caliper Technologies Corp. Electrical current for controlling fluid parameters in microchannels
DE69839709D1 (en) 1997-12-24 2008-08-21 Cepheid Apparatus and method for lysis
US6287776B1 (en) * 1998-02-02 2001-09-11 Signature Bioscience, Inc. Method for detecting and classifying nucleic acid hybridization
US6184040B1 (en) * 1998-02-12 2001-02-06 Polaroid Corporation Diagnostic assay system and method
US6200531B1 (en) * 1998-05-11 2001-03-13 Igen International, Inc. Apparatus for carrying out electrochemiluminescence test measurements
US6761816B1 (en) * 1998-06-23 2004-07-13 Clinical Micro Systems, Inc. Printed circuit boards with monolayers and capture ligands
US20050244954A1 (en) * 1998-06-23 2005-11-03 Blackburn Gary F Binding acceleration techniques for the detection of analytes
US6494614B1 (en) * 1998-07-27 2002-12-17 Battelle Memorial Institute Laminated microchannel devices, mixing units and method of making same
US5936730A (en) * 1998-09-08 1999-08-10 Motorola, Inc. Bio-molecule analyzer with detector array and filter device
US6116717A (en) * 1998-09-15 2000-09-12 Lexmark International, Inc. Method and apparatus for customized control of a print cartridge
US6203683B1 (en) * 1998-11-09 2001-03-20 Princeton University Electrodynamically focused thermal cycling device
US6638760B1 (en) * 1998-11-25 2003-10-28 Pe Corporation (Ny) Method and apparatus for flow-through hybridization
US20040053290A1 (en) * 2000-01-11 2004-03-18 Terbrueggen Robert Henry Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing
US20020177135A1 (en) * 1999-07-27 2002-11-28 Doung Hau H. Devices and methods for biochip multiplexing
US6878540B2 (en) * 1999-06-25 2005-04-12 Cepheid Device for lysing cells, spores, or microorganisms
US6453431B1 (en) * 1999-07-01 2002-09-17 International Business Machines Corporation System technique for detecting soft errors in statically coupled CMOS logic
US7078167B2 (en) * 1999-09-17 2006-07-18 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Arrays having background features and methods for using the same
US6699384B1 (en) * 1999-09-21 2004-03-02 Battelle Memorial Institute Compact electrochemical sensor system and method for field testing for metals in saliva or other fluids
US6743399B1 (en) * 1999-10-08 2004-06-01 Micronics, Inc. Pumpless microfluidics
US6576460B1 (en) * 1999-10-28 2003-06-10 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Filtration-detection device and method of use
US6553844B2 (en) * 1999-10-29 2003-04-29 Metasensors, Inc. Property-independent volumetric flowmeter and sonic velocimeter
US6867851B2 (en) * 1999-11-04 2005-03-15 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Scanning of biological samples
US6875619B2 (en) * 1999-11-12 2005-04-05 Motorola, Inc. Microfluidic devices comprising biochannels
SG121902A1 (en) * 2000-01-11 2006-05-26 Maxygen Inc Integrated systems for diversity generation and screening
DE60135092D1 (en) 2000-01-31 2008-09-11 Univ Texas PORTABLE DEVICE WITH A SENSOR ARRAY ARRANGEMENT
JP3871846B2 (en) * 2000-03-10 2007-01-24 日立ソフトウエアエンジニアリング株式会社 Hybridization reaction detection method and detection apparatus
US7867763B2 (en) * 2004-01-25 2011-01-11 Fluidigm Corporation Integrated chip carriers with thermocycler interfaces and methods of using the same
CH695166A5 (en) * 2000-04-25 2005-12-30 Sensirion Ag Method and apparatus for measuring the flow of a liquid.
AU6152301A (en) * 2000-05-12 2001-11-26 Caliper Techn Corp Detection of nucleic acid hybridization by fluorescence polarization
US20010042712A1 (en) * 2000-05-24 2001-11-22 Battrell C. Frederick Microfluidic concentration gradient loop
US8071051B2 (en) * 2004-05-14 2011-12-06 Honeywell International Inc. Portable sample analyzer cartridge
US7351376B1 (en) * 2000-06-05 2008-04-01 California Institute Of Technology Integrated active flux microfluidic devices and methods
CA2410879A1 (en) * 2000-06-07 2001-12-13 Baylor College Of Medicine Novel compositions and methods for array-based nucleic acid hybridization
CA2311622A1 (en) * 2000-06-15 2001-12-15 Moussa Hoummady Sub-nanoliter liquid drop dispensing system and method therefor
KR100481305B1 (en) * 2000-07-21 2005-04-07 박용덕 Apparatus for controling a door using a mobile communications system
FR2812306B1 (en) * 2000-07-28 2005-01-14 Gabriel Festoc POLYMERSIS CHAIN AMPLIFICATION SYSTEM OF TARGET NUCLEIC SEQUENCES
NL1016298C2 (en) * 2000-09-29 2002-04-03 Sgt Exploitatie Bv Vial, method for using a vial for analysis on a sample, as well as a system for performing the method according to the invention using a vial according to the invention.
AU2001296674A1 (en) * 2000-10-06 2002-04-15 Protasis Corporation Microfluidic substrate assembly and method for making same
US6827095B2 (en) * 2000-10-12 2004-12-07 Nanostream, Inc. Modular microfluidic systems
ATE480618T1 (en) * 2000-10-31 2010-09-15 Hitachi Chemical Res Ct Inc METHOD FOR COLLECTING AND USING NUCLEAR MRNA
US7378280B2 (en) * 2000-11-16 2008-05-27 California Institute Of Technology Apparatus and methods for conducting assays and high throughput screening
US20020094528A1 (en) * 2000-11-29 2002-07-18 Salafsky Joshua S. Method and apparatus using a surface-selective nonlinear optical technique for detection of probe-target interations
US6382254B1 (en) * 2000-12-12 2002-05-07 Eastman Kodak Company Microfluidic valve and method for controlling the flow of a liquid
US7157232B2 (en) * 2000-12-13 2007-01-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Method to detect the end-point for PCR DNA amplification using an ionically labeled probe and measuring impedance change
EP1373874A4 (en) * 2001-01-31 2004-03-31 Univ Texas Method and apparatus for the confinement of materials in a micromachined chemical sensor array
US20020160363A1 (en) * 2001-01-31 2002-10-31 Mcdevitt John T. Magnetic-based placement and retention of sensor elements in a sensor array
US6386219B1 (en) * 2001-02-01 2002-05-14 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Fluid handling system and method of manufacture
AU2002251956A1 (en) * 2001-02-15 2002-08-28 Caliper Technologies Corp. Methods and systems for enhanced delivery of electrical currents to fluidic systems
US20020165675A1 (en) * 2001-03-03 2002-11-07 Golovlev Valeri V. Method and microelectronic device for multi-site molecule detection
EP1370318B1 (en) * 2001-03-15 2005-07-20 The Government of the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary, Department of Health &amp; Human Services Systems and methods for aerosol delivery of agents
DE10114540A1 (en) * 2001-03-21 2002-10-02 Francotyp Postalia Ag Consumption module for an electronic device
US7323140B2 (en) * 2001-03-28 2008-01-29 Handylab, Inc. Moving microdroplets in a microfluidic device
US20020142318A1 (en) * 2001-03-30 2002-10-03 Cattell Herbert F. Chemical array reading
GB0110501D0 (en) * 2001-04-30 2001-06-20 Secr Defence Brit Amplification process
WO2002089972A1 (en) * 2001-05-03 2002-11-14 Commissariat A L'energie Atomique Microfluidic device for analyzing nucleic acids and/or proteins, methods of preparation and uses thereof
US6573734B2 (en) * 2001-05-08 2003-06-03 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Integrated thin film liquid conductivity sensor
US20050009101A1 (en) * 2001-05-17 2005-01-13 Motorola, Inc. Microfluidic devices comprising biochannels
US7214300B2 (en) * 2001-06-04 2007-05-08 Epocal Inc. Integrated electrokinetic devices and methods of manufacture
WO2002099410A1 (en) * 2001-06-04 2002-12-12 Aclara Biosciences, Inc. Sensor device and method for indicating oxygen consumption
US20030015425A1 (en) * 2001-06-20 2003-01-23 Coventor Inc. Microfluidic system including a virtual wall fluid interface port for interfacing fluids with the microfluidic system
US20030186222A1 (en) 2001-06-27 2003-10-02 Paul John H. Rapid detection of enteroviruses in environmental samples by NASBA
US20030032172A1 (en) * 2001-07-06 2003-02-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Automated nucleic acid assay system
FR2827199B1 (en) * 2001-07-10 2004-07-09 Centre Nat Rech Scient PROCESS AND MACHINE FOR THE EX SITU MANUFACTURE OF LOW AND MEDIUM INTEGRATION BIOPE NETWORKS
DE10133844B4 (en) * 2001-07-18 2006-08-17 Micronas Gmbh Method and device for detecting analytes
AU2002367840A1 (en) * 2001-07-26 2003-11-17 Motorola, Inc. System and methods for mixing within a microfluidic device
US6726820B1 (en) * 2001-09-19 2004-04-27 Applera Corporation Method of separating biomolecule-containing samples with a microdevice with integrated memory
US6995841B2 (en) * 2001-08-28 2006-02-07 Rice University Pulsed-multiline excitation for color-blind fluorescence detection
US7075162B2 (en) 2001-08-30 2006-07-11 Fluidigm Corporation Electrostatic/electrostrictive actuation of elastomer structures using compliant electrodes
DE10145701A1 (en) * 2001-09-17 2003-04-10 Infineon Technologies Ag Fluorescence biosensor chip and fluorescence biosensor chip arrangement
EP1442142A4 (en) 2001-10-19 2006-11-15 Proligo Llc Nucleic acid probes and methods to detect and/or quantify nucleic acid analytes
US6969843B1 (en) * 2001-10-19 2005-11-29 Beach James M Light standard for microscopy
US20030175947A1 (en) * 2001-11-05 2003-09-18 Liu Robin Hui Enhanced mixing in microfluidic devices
US6622746B2 (en) * 2001-12-12 2003-09-23 Eastman Kodak Company Microfluidic system for controlled fluid mixing and delivery
US20030148391A1 (en) * 2002-01-24 2003-08-07 Salafsky Joshua S. Method using a nonlinear optical technique for detection of interactions involving a conformational change
US8114349B2 (en) * 2002-01-28 2012-02-14 Qiagen Sciences, Llc Bio-analysis cartridge tracking and protection mechanism
US7318902B2 (en) * 2002-02-04 2008-01-15 Colorado School Of Mines Laminar flow-based separations of colloidal and cellular particles
US20060164533A1 (en) * 2002-08-27 2006-07-27 E-Phocus, Inc Electronic image sensor
US20040109793A1 (en) * 2002-02-07 2004-06-10 Mcneely Michael R Three-dimensional microfluidics incorporating passive fluid control structures
US7195986B1 (en) * 2002-03-08 2007-03-27 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Microfluidic device with controlled substrate conductivity
JP3722367B2 (en) * 2002-03-19 2005-11-30 ソニー株式会社 Manufacturing method of solid-state imaging device
US6639313B1 (en) 2002-03-20 2003-10-28 Analog Devices, Inc. Hermetic seals for large optical packages and the like
US7312085B2 (en) * 2002-04-01 2007-12-25 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic particle-analysis systems
US7156484B2 (en) * 2002-04-12 2007-01-02 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Inkjet printhead with CMOS drive circuitry close to ink supply passage
US7157274B2 (en) * 2002-06-24 2007-01-02 Cytonome, Inc. Method and apparatus for sorting particles
US6877528B2 (en) * 2002-04-17 2005-04-12 Cytonome, Inc. Microfluidic system including a bubble valve for regulating fluid flow through a microchannel
US20050033525A1 (en) * 2002-05-21 2005-02-10 Corson John F. Method and system for computing and applying a user-defined, global, multi-channel background correction to a feature-based data set obtained from reading a microarray
US7229838B2 (en) * 2002-07-08 2007-06-12 Innovative Micro Technology MEMS actuator and method of manufacture for MEMS particle sorting device
US20040018635A1 (en) * 2002-07-26 2004-01-29 Peck Bill J. Fabricating arrays with drop velocity control
US6777662B2 (en) * 2002-07-30 2004-08-17 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. System, circuit and method providing a dynamic range pixel cell with blooming protection
US7118676B2 (en) * 2003-09-04 2006-10-10 Arryx, Inc. Multiple laminar flow-based particle and cellular separation with laser steering
US20040197845A1 (en) * 2002-08-30 2004-10-07 Arjang Hassibi Methods and apparatus for pathogen detection, identification and/or quantification
WO2004084263A2 (en) * 2002-09-07 2004-09-30 Arizona Board Of Regents Integrated apparatus and methods for treating liquids
US7595883B1 (en) * 2002-09-16 2009-09-29 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Biological analysis arrangement and approach therefor
ITTO20020808A1 (en) * 2002-09-17 2004-03-18 St Microelectronics Srl INTEGRATED DNA ANALYSIS DEVICE.
AU2003277030A1 (en) * 2002-09-26 2004-04-19 Vanderbilt University Method for screening molecular interactions
WO2004037907A2 (en) * 2002-10-21 2004-05-06 Biosearch Technologies, Inc. Luminescent metal ion complexes
TWI324684B (en) * 2002-10-25 2010-05-11 Nat Univ Tsing Hua Micro-array system for micro amount reaction
US7932098B2 (en) * 2002-10-31 2011-04-26 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microfluidic system utilizing thin-film layers to route fluid
US20040086872A1 (en) * 2002-10-31 2004-05-06 Childers Winthrop D. Microfluidic system for analysis of nucleic acids
US7264723B2 (en) * 2002-11-01 2007-09-04 Sandia Corporation Dialysis on microchips using thin porous polymer membranes
EP1419818B1 (en) * 2002-11-14 2013-10-30 Boehringer Ingelheim microParts GmbH Device for sequential transport of liquids by capillary forces
US6755509B2 (en) * 2002-11-23 2004-06-29 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Thermal ink jet printhead with suspended beam heater
JP3624950B2 (en) * 2002-11-26 2005-03-02 セイコーエプソン株式会社 ink cartridge
US7785782B2 (en) * 2002-12-12 2010-08-31 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. Device and method for in-line blood testing using biochips
US20040115794A1 (en) 2002-12-12 2004-06-17 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for detecting transcriptional factor binding sites
US20050042639A1 (en) * 2002-12-20 2005-02-24 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Single molecule amplification and detection of DNA length
CN102620959B (en) * 2002-12-26 2015-12-16 梅索磅秤技术有限公司 Assay cartridges and using method thereof
US20040188648A1 (en) * 2003-01-15 2004-09-30 California Institute Of Technology Integrated surface-machined micro flow controller method and apparatus
CA2513880A1 (en) * 2003-01-21 2004-08-05 Micronics Inc. Method and system for microfluidic manipulation, amplification and analysis of fluids, for example, bacteria assays and antiglobulin testing
US20060210984A1 (en) * 2003-03-03 2006-09-21 Jeremy Lambert Use of nucleic acid mimics for internal reference and calibration in a flow cell microarray binding assay
SE0300823D0 (en) * 2003-03-23 2003-03-23 Gyros Ab Preloaded Microscale Devices
US6986649B2 (en) * 2003-04-09 2006-01-17 Motorola, Inc. Micropump with integrated pressure sensor
US7435381B2 (en) * 2003-05-29 2008-10-14 Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc. Packaging of microfluidic devices
US7309467B2 (en) * 2003-06-24 2007-12-18 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Fluidic MEMS device
WO2005003395A1 (en) * 2003-07-02 2005-01-13 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Method for amplifying and detecting nucleic acids in microfluidic devices under continuous and non-continuous flow conditions
US20050019951A1 (en) * 2003-07-14 2005-01-27 Gjerde Douglas T. Method and device for extracting an analyte
GB0321158D0 (en) * 2003-09-10 2003-10-08 Central Research Lab Ltd Apparatus and method for handling cells,embryos or oocytes
US8277760B2 (en) * 2003-09-19 2012-10-02 Applied Biosystems, Llc High density plate filler
US20050112634A1 (en) * 2003-09-19 2005-05-26 Woudenberg Timothy M. High density sequence detection methods and apparatus
US7811443B2 (en) * 2003-10-16 2010-10-12 The Regents Of The University Of California Microfluidic dynamic vapor control system
NL1024578C2 (en) * 2003-10-21 2005-04-22 Univ Delft Tech Device for carrying out a reaction.
US7444005B2 (en) * 2003-11-04 2008-10-28 Becton, Dickinson And Company Apparatus and method for using optical mouse engine to determine speed, direction, position of scanned device and to obtain quantitative or qualitative data from same
WO2005047545A2 (en) * 2003-11-04 2005-05-26 Applera Corporation Microarray controls
US20050095602A1 (en) * 2003-11-04 2005-05-05 West Jason A. Microfluidic integrated microarrays for biological detection
US7695952B2 (en) * 2003-11-07 2010-04-13 Nanosphere, Inc. Disposable sample processing module for detecting nucleic acids
US20050208539A1 (en) * 2003-12-31 2005-09-22 Vann Charles S Quantitative amplification and detection of small numbers of target polynucleotides
US7526944B2 (en) * 2004-01-07 2009-05-05 Ashok Sabata Remote monitoring of pipelines using wireless sensor network
US7448734B2 (en) * 2004-01-21 2008-11-11 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Inkjet printer cartridge with pagewidth printhead
US20050176135A1 (en) * 2004-02-06 2005-08-11 Brian Jones Cassette for isolation, amplification and identification of DNA or protein and method of use
US20060094046A1 (en) * 2004-02-11 2006-05-04 Arie Abo Compositions and methods relating to angiogenesis and tumorigenesis
US7461560B2 (en) * 2005-03-28 2008-12-09 Microstrain, Inc. Strain gauge with moisture barrier and self-testing circuit
US7796266B2 (en) * 2004-04-30 2010-09-14 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Optical detection system using electromagnetic radiation to detect presence or quantity of analyte
US9101302B2 (en) * 2004-05-03 2015-08-11 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Analyte test device
JP4683538B2 (en) * 2004-05-06 2011-05-18 セイコーインスツル株式会社 Analysis system and analysis method including microchip for analysis
US7694694B2 (en) * 2004-05-10 2010-04-13 The Aerospace Corporation Phase-change valve apparatuses
US7134319B2 (en) * 2004-08-12 2006-11-14 Honeywell International Inc. Acoustic wave sensor with reduced condensation and recovery time
US7812324B2 (en) * 2004-10-18 2010-10-12 Macquarie University Fluorescence detection
CN101437614A (en) * 2004-11-16 2009-05-20 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 Microfluidic device
US7785868B2 (en) * 2004-12-02 2010-08-31 Microfluidic Systems, Inc. Apparatus to automatically lyse a sample
JP4455306B2 (en) * 2004-12-13 2010-04-21 キヤノン株式会社 Biochemical treatment method
US20060153745A1 (en) * 2005-01-11 2006-07-13 Applera Corporation Fluid processing device for oligonucleotide synthesis and analysis
EP1849012A2 (en) * 2005-01-28 2007-10-31 Parker-Hannifin Corporation Sampling probe, gripper and interface for laboratory sample management systems
WO2006088427A1 (en) * 2005-02-15 2006-08-24 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Microfluidics package and method of fabricating the same
US20080148822A1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2008-06-26 Andrew Peter Phelan Fluidic Gating Device
EP2597471A3 (en) * 2005-04-01 2014-03-05 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic, Inc. Micro integrated analysis system, testing chip, and testing method
JP5141976B2 (en) * 2005-04-25 2013-02-13 株式会社アルバック Integrated printhead assembly
GB0508983D0 (en) * 2005-05-03 2005-06-08 Oxford Gene Tech Ip Ltd Cell analyser
US7738086B2 (en) * 2005-05-09 2010-06-15 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Active CMOS biosensor chip for fluorescent-based detection
WO2006122311A2 (en) * 2005-05-11 2006-11-16 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Microfluidic chip
WO2006120221A1 (en) * 2005-05-12 2006-11-16 Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. Microfluidic device with integrated micropump, in particular biochemical microreactor, and manufacturing method thereof
US8377377B2 (en) * 2005-05-24 2013-02-19 Lee H. Angros In situ heat induced antigen recovery and staining apparatus and method
WO2006133101A2 (en) * 2005-06-03 2006-12-14 Trans-Dermal Patents Company, Llc Agent delivery system
WO2007002579A2 (en) * 2005-06-23 2007-01-04 Bioveris Corporation Assay cartridges and methods for point of care instruments
US8288151B2 (en) * 2005-06-29 2012-10-16 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Biochemical reaction cassette
WO2007005974A2 (en) * 2005-07-01 2007-01-11 Honeywell International, Inc. A flow metered analyzer
KR100672690B1 (en) * 2005-08-03 2007-01-22 동부일렉트로닉스 주식회사 Method for manufacturing of cmos image sensor
US7731910B2 (en) * 2005-08-05 2010-06-08 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microfluidic mixing assembly
EP1938101A2 (en) * 2005-09-13 2008-07-02 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic assay devices and methods
US20070081920A1 (en) * 2005-10-12 2007-04-12 Murphy R S Semi-disposable optoelectronic rapid diagnostic test system
EP2131195B1 (en) * 2005-10-12 2012-04-25 Allergan, Inc. Assays of molecular or subcellular proximity using depolarization after resonance energy transfer (DARET)
US20070116607A1 (en) * 2005-11-23 2007-05-24 Pharmacom Microlelectronics, Inc. Microsystems that integrate three-dimensional microarray and multi-layer microfluidics for combinatorial detection of bioagent at single molecule level
US20080210748A1 (en) * 2005-11-30 2008-09-04 Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware, Systems and methods for receiving pathogen related information and responding
US20080241910A1 (en) * 2007-03-27 2008-10-02 Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware Devices for pathogen detection
JP5030110B2 (en) * 2005-12-21 2012-09-19 サムスン エレクトロニクス カンパニー リミテッド Biomemory disk drive device and analysis method using the same
EP1963817A2 (en) * 2005-12-22 2008-09-03 Honeywell International Inc. Portable sample analyzer cartridge
US8703445B2 (en) * 2005-12-29 2014-04-22 Abbott Point Of Care Inc. Molecular diagnostics amplification system and methods
EP1987344A1 (en) * 2006-02-06 2008-11-05 STMicroelectronics S.r.l. Nucleic acid analysis chip integrating a waveguide and optical apparatus for the inspection of nucleic acid probes
US7815868B1 (en) * 2006-02-28 2010-10-19 Fluidigm Corporation Microfluidic reaction apparatus for high throughput screening
JP4770530B2 (en) * 2006-03-13 2011-09-14 株式会社デンソー Capacitive humidity sensor
JP5254949B2 (en) * 2006-03-15 2013-08-07 マイクロニクス, インコーポレイテッド Integrated nucleic acid assay
US20100120132A1 (en) * 2006-03-31 2010-05-13 Intel Corporation Bioassays by direct optical detection of nanoparticles
US8232091B2 (en) * 2006-05-17 2012-07-31 California Institute Of Technology Thermal cycling system
US20070280857A1 (en) * 2006-06-02 2007-12-06 Applera Corporation Devices and Methods for Positioning Dried Reagent In Microfluidic Devices
US8637436B2 (en) * 2006-08-24 2014-01-28 California Institute Of Technology Integrated semiconductor bioarray
WO2007141700A2 (en) * 2006-06-08 2007-12-13 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N. V. Microelectronic sensor device for dna detection
CN101505872B (en) * 2006-06-23 2011-12-28 意法半导体股份有限公司 Assembly of a microfluidic device for analysis of biological material
US7629124B2 (en) * 2006-06-30 2009-12-08 Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. Real-time PCR in micro-channels
US8048626B2 (en) 2006-07-28 2011-11-01 California Institute Of Technology Multiplex Q-PCR arrays
US7633606B2 (en) * 2006-08-24 2009-12-15 Microfluidic Systems, Inc. Integrated airborne substance collection and detection system
US8173071B2 (en) * 2006-08-29 2012-05-08 International Business Machines Corporation Micro-fluidic test apparatus and method
US8187541B2 (en) * 2006-09-18 2012-05-29 California Institute Of Technology Apparatus for detecting target molecules and related methods
WO2008147382A1 (en) * 2006-09-27 2008-12-04 Micronics, Inc. Integrated microfluidic assay devices and methods
WO2008061165A2 (en) * 2006-11-14 2008-05-22 Handylab, Inc. Microfluidic cartridge and method of making same
US20090186034A1 (en) * 2006-12-19 2009-07-23 Genetech, Inc. Gene expression markers for inflammatory bowel disease
WO2008089449A2 (en) * 2007-01-19 2008-07-24 Biodot, Inc. Systems and methods for high speed array printing and hybridization
EP2125219B1 (en) * 2007-01-19 2016-08-10 Fluidigm Corporation High precision microfluidic devices and methods
US7622783B2 (en) * 2007-02-14 2009-11-24 Innovative Micro Technology MEMS thermal actuator and method of manufacture
WO2008113112A1 (en) * 2007-03-16 2008-09-25 Cleveland Biosensors Pty Ltd Stop structure for microfluidic device
GB2447698A (en) * 2007-03-23 2008-09-24 Univ Exeter Fabrication of photonic biosensor arrays
WO2008117200A2 (en) * 2007-03-23 2008-10-02 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Integrated microfluidic device with reduced peak power consumption
US20090227005A1 (en) * 2007-03-27 2009-09-10 Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware Methods for pathogen detection
EP1977830A1 (en) * 2007-03-30 2008-10-08 Roche Diagnostics GmbH Micro-fluidic temperature driven valve
ES2797951T3 (en) * 2007-04-04 2020-12-04 Ande Corp Integrated nucleic acid analysis
US9110010B2 (en) * 2007-05-11 2015-08-18 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Electrical detection using confined fluids
EP2155912B1 (en) * 2007-05-18 2013-06-26 THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, as represented by the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services Primers and probes for the detection of streptococcus pneumoniae
WO2009015689A1 (en) * 2007-07-31 2009-02-05 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) All optical batcher banyan switch, batcher switch, banyan switch and contention manager
EP2178641B1 (en) * 2007-08-09 2018-04-11 Progenity, Inc. Methods and devices for correlated, multi-parameter single cell measurements and recovery of remnant biological material
EP2185261A4 (en) * 2007-09-13 2013-08-28 Arryx Inc Methods and apparatuses for sorting objects in forensic dna analysis and medical diagnostics
US20090107907A1 (en) * 2007-10-24 2009-04-30 University Of Alaska Fairbanks Droplet-based digital microdialysis
JP2011505548A (en) 2007-11-22 2011-02-24 サムスン エレクトロニクス カンパニー リミテッド Thin film valve device and its control device
US8396701B2 (en) * 2007-12-04 2013-03-12 Lester F. Ludwig Software systems for development, control, programming, simulation, and emulation of fixed and reconfigurable lab-on-a-chip devices
EP2072133A1 (en) * 2007-12-20 2009-06-24 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Multi-compartment device with magnetic particles
KR101435522B1 (en) * 2008-01-23 2014-09-02 삼성전자 주식회사 Biochip
DE102008009185A1 (en) * 2008-02-15 2009-09-24 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Apparatus and method for detecting liquids or substances from liquids and use of the apparatus
US20110020141A1 (en) * 2008-03-28 2011-01-27 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Microfluidic device and method
EP2138233B1 (en) 2008-06-02 2010-10-20 Boehringer Ingelheim microParts GmbH Microfluid film structure for metering liquids
US7887756B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-02-15 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Microfluidic system comprising mechanically-actuated microfluidic pinch valve
EP2138587A1 (en) * 2008-06-23 2009-12-30 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Amplification of nucleic acids using temperature zones
US9724695B2 (en) * 2008-06-23 2017-08-08 Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. Systems and methods for amplifying nucleic acids
CN102076870A (en) * 2008-06-25 2011-05-25 实时基因组有限公司 Method and apparatus for melting curve analysis of nucleic acids in microarray format
US8133451B2 (en) * 2008-08-28 2012-03-13 Microfluidic Systems, Inc. Sample preparation apparatus
US20100056394A1 (en) * 2008-09-04 2010-03-04 Chung Yuan Christian University Mini Bio-Reactor
US8707781B2 (en) * 2008-09-11 2014-04-29 Nxp, B.V. Sensor has combined in-plane and parallel-plane configuration
US20100075340A1 (en) * 2008-09-22 2010-03-25 Mehdi Javanmard Electrical Detection Of Biomarkers Using Bioactivated Microfluidic Channels
US9156010B2 (en) * 2008-09-23 2015-10-13 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet-based assay system
JP2010076380A (en) 2008-09-29 2010-04-08 Seiko Epson Corp Liquid container
US20100089135A1 (en) * 2008-10-10 2010-04-15 Nxp B.V. Device and method for measuring sensor chips
CA2740113C (en) * 2008-10-10 2019-12-24 The Governing Council Of The University Of Toronto Hybrid digital and channel microfluidic devices and methods of use thereof
US20110203700A1 (en) * 2008-11-13 2011-08-25 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Interfacing an inlet to a capillary channel of a microfluidic system
US8169006B2 (en) * 2008-11-29 2012-05-01 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Bio-sensor chip for detecting target material
EP2194381B1 (en) * 2008-12-03 2015-12-02 Roche Diagnostics GmbH Testing element with combined control and calibration zone
US7964474B2 (en) * 2008-12-31 2011-06-21 Stmicroelectronics, Inc. Use of field oxidation to simplify chamber fabrication in microfluidic devices
US8450063B2 (en) * 2009-01-28 2013-05-28 Fluidigm Corporation Determination of copy number differences by amplification
US8637301B2 (en) * 2009-03-02 2014-01-28 The Johns Hopkins University Microfluidic solution for high-throughput, droplet-based single molecule analysis with low reagent consumption
WO2010141921A1 (en) * 2009-06-05 2010-12-09 Integenx Inc. Universal sample preparation system and use in an integrated analysis system
US9376713B2 (en) * 2009-09-23 2016-06-28 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Label free detection of nucleic acid amplification
EP2980224B1 (en) * 2009-10-21 2019-07-03 Brandeis University Kits for analyzing single-stranded nucleic acid sequences
CA3028780C (en) * 2009-12-07 2022-05-31 Meso Scale Technologies, Llc Assay cartridges and methods of using the same
US8500979B2 (en) * 2009-12-31 2013-08-06 Intel Corporation Nanogap chemical and biochemical sensors
CN105004596B (en) * 2010-02-23 2018-12-21 卢米尼克斯公司 Instrument and method for the sample preparation of integration, reaction and detection
AU2011221244B2 (en) * 2010-02-23 2014-02-13 Rheonix, Inc. Self-contained biological assay apparatus, methods, and applications
US9188585B2 (en) * 2010-05-13 2015-11-17 Robert Bosch Gmbh Device and method for indirect modulation of detection environment
US20110312727A1 (en) * 2010-06-17 2011-12-22 Geneasys Pty Ltd Loc device with parallel nucleic acid amplification functionality
KR20120063162A (en) * 2010-12-07 2012-06-15 삼성전자주식회사 Gene analysis apparatus and method of analyzing gene using the same

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040018116A1 (en) * 2002-07-26 2004-01-29 Desmond Sean M. Microfluidic size-exclusion devices, systems, and methods
US20040115709A1 (en) * 2002-09-20 2004-06-17 Novus Molecular, Inc. Methods and devices for active bioassay
US20050284763A1 (en) * 2004-06-29 2005-12-29 National Cheng Kung University Integrative microdialysis and chip-based electrophoresis system with online labeling function and analytical method using same
WO2009017627A1 (en) * 2007-07-30 2009-02-05 Gn Biosystems Incorporated Apparatus and method for conducting high-throughput micro-volume experiments

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20110312659A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156851A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312726A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156846A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312555A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US8388910B2 (en) 2013-03-05
US20110312658A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312715A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312727A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312832A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110309275A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312594A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312698A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312772A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312622A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312605A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312559A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312609A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312526A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312574A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312546A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312563A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312650A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312598A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312854A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312758A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312690A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312824A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312633A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312572A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312585A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110308945A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312778A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312708A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312643A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312807A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US8398938B2 (en) 2013-03-19
US20110312624A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312592A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312571A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312620A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312741A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312636A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312839A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312721A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312653A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312569A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312750A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312718A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110311393A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312767A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312798A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312539A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110311412A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312655A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312813A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312744A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312716A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156857A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312537A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312814A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312699A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312599A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312073A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312685A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312844A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156838A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312568A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312596A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312665A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312680A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312731A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312728A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312692A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312590A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312701A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312760A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312649A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312667A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312697A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312075A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312538A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312802A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312823A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312838A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312617A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312644A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312764A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312676A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312834A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312627A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20120052562A1 (en) 2012-03-01
US20110312792A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312078A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156855A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312544A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312589A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312703A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312756A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312695A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312851A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312830A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312841A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312779A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US8349277B2 (en) 2013-01-08
US20110312737A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312776A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312713A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312610A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312799A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312686A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312640A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312619A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312752A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312820A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312683A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312621A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312702A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312657A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US8394339B2 (en) 2013-03-12
US20110311394A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US8398940B2 (en) 2013-03-19
US20110312593A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156839A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312704A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312766A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312648A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312070A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312553A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312656A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312730A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312565A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312725A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312831A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312773A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110311415A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312796A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312618A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US8425845B2 (en) 2013-04-23
US20110312829A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312784A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20120028842A1 (en) 2012-02-02
US20110312651A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312607A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110311408A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312608A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312646A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110311409A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312717A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312664A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312637A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312746A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312848A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312720A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312549A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312815A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312742A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312816A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312601A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312774A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312748A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312797A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312751A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156842A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156856A9 (en) 2012-02-09
US20110312603A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312762A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312600A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312567A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312735A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312694A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312547A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312562A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312724A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312573A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312840A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312642A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312666A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312711A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312691A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312641A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312612A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312765A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US8383064B2 (en) 2013-02-26
US20110312828A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US8398939B2 (en) 2013-03-19
US20110312074A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110311413A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312706A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312850A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US8354074B2 (en) 2013-01-15
WO2011156845A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312652A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312781A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312707A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156843A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312819A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312554A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312738A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20130079254A1 (en) 2013-03-28
US20110312611A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312800A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312542A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312810A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312068A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312069A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312786A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312856A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156841A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312808A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312645A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312672A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312682A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312757A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312570A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312769A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156854A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312077A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312812A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156835A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312564A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312647A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312588A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312770A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312783A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20120053088A1 (en) 2012-03-01
US20110312719A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312795A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312626A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110309276A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156844A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312630A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312712A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312550A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312827A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312788A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312794A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110308313A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312734A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312669A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312552A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312072A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312777A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312709A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312740A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US8383065B2 (en) 2013-02-26
US20110312082A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312067A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312722A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312688A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312684A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312551A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312615A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110311395A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312852A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312580A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110311414A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312566A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312789A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312631A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312700A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312833A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110311411A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312761A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312780A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312804A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156837A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312581A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312705A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312785A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312809A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312071A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312587A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312791A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312825A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312790A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312632A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312805A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312625A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312548A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312623A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312577A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312558A1 (en) 2011-12-22
TW201213798A (en) 2012-04-01
US20110312749A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312836A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312604A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312668A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312787A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312743A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312595A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312853A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312578A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312616A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312687A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156848A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312541A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312675A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312759A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312843A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312597A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156836A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110311407A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312639A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312635A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312654A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156856A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312846A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312817A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312634A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312591A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156853A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312847A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312076A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312768A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312582A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312696A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312583A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312662A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312826A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312710A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312849A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312671A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312837A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312835A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312811A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312660A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312560A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US8394340B2 (en) 2013-03-12
US20110312755A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312689A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312540A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312775A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312527A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312693A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312663A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312745A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312602A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312739A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312576A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312845A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312628A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20120004145A1 (en) 2012-01-05
US20110312575A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312855A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110311418A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312586A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312670A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312545A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312771A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312629A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312557A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312747A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312732A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312079A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312678A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312806A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312584A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312782A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312729A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312793A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156850A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312081A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312818A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312753A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312673A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312733A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312556A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312681A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312801A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312579A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312561A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312606A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312821A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312803A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312674A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312763A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312842A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156847A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312677A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156852A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312714A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312754A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312736A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312638A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312679A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312822A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312661A1 (en) 2011-12-22
WO2011156840A1 (en) 2011-12-22
US20110312723A1 (en) 2011-12-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8394339B2 (en) LOC device with on-chip semiconductor controlled incubation section
TW201209406A (en) Test module with microfluidic device having LOC and dialysis device for separating pathogens from other constituents in a biological sample
KR20170016915A (en) Microfluidic cartridges and apparatus with integrated assay controls for analysis of nucleic acids
TW200406487A (en) Microfluidic system for analyzing nucleic acids

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11794942

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11794942

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1